A Digital edition of the Abhisamacarika-Dharma of the Mahasamghika-Lokottaravadins by Abhisamacarika-Dharma Study Group THE INSTITUTE FOR COMPREHENSIVE STUDIES OF BUDDHISM TAISHO UNIVERSITY Explanatory Remarks The present text is edited to facilitate word-searches. The text is based on the manuscript of the transliteration of the AbhisamAcArika-Dharma of the MahAsAGghika-LokottaravAdins. Grammatical errors and the like have been left uncorrected, but preferred readings are occasionally given for conspicuous scribal errors. The symbols and editorial features are as follows: (1) The letters between ( ) indicate that they should be supplied. (2) The letters which seem to be wrongly written are underlined. Immediately after them suggestion is supplied between ( ). (3) Letters in blue and underlined are to be omitted. No suggestion is supplied after them. This applies to the omission of the virAma. (4) The letters between [ ] indicate that they are obscure. (5) An illegible character (akXaras) is indicated by one "+". (6) Symbols which seem to indicate virama are substituted by comma (" , "). (7) Symbols which seem to be SiddhaM, etc., are substituted by " * ". (8) Cancellations in the Ms. are not indicated. (9) J. refers to the Jinananda edition. (10) Compounds in which hiatus appears are hyphened. 旼컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴� � THIS TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY! � � COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE. � � � � Text converted to Ronald E. Emmerick's encoding for � � WordPerfect 5.1 DOS and related utility programmes � � BHELA, CARAKA etc. (DOS versions): � � � � description character = ASCII � � � � long a � 195 � � long A � 249 � � long i � 197 � � long I � 253 � � long u � 198 � � long U � 244 � � vocalic r � 173 � � vocalic R � 227 � � long vocalic r � 204 � � vocalic l � 202 � � long vocalic l � 203 � � velar n � 199 � � velar N � 167 � � palatal n � 164 � � palatal N � 165 � � retroflex t � 194 � � retroflex T � 232 � � retroflex d � 172 � � retroflex D � 214 � � retroflex n � 239 � � retroflex N � 215 � � palatal s � 211 � � palatal S � 193 � � retroflex s � 171 � � retroflex S � 229 � � anusvara � 230 � � capital anusvara � 245 � � visarga � 247 � � capital visarga � 234 � 읕컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴� (I.p.43) Abhisam홤홸ikadharma I.1 Ms.1b1 (J.1.1); Ch.499a22 * namo buddh홿a // abhisam홤홸ik췹홲 홥i� / bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� sa�ghasya d홳i po첺dho 홿u쳋충 nandano sa�ghasthaviro upanandano dvit흝asthaviro d홿akad홳apat� p춃chanti / 홸ya ki� samagro bhik쳕sa�gho 홫a�su no d흏gh홿u / ko d홳i n홪acchati / bhikテ 홫a�su sa�ghasthaviro n홪acchati / te d홳i ojjh�(1b2)yanti / pa�yatha bha�e vayan t홼a karmm홳t홳 cchoraya 홪acch홲a / samagrasya sa�ghasya p홥홳a vandi쳙홲a / deyadharmma� ca pratiヂh홶ayi쳙홲a / sa�ghasthaviro n홪acchati / so d홳i pa�c홥 홪atv� sa�k쳃ptena catv홸i p홸홭ik홳 dharmm홳 udde�iy췹a no ca dak쳃点m 홥i�ati / na parikath충 karoti / utthiya gato / navak� bhikテ p춃chanti / 홿u쳋홳 n홪ato sa�ghasthaviro bhikテ 홫a�su / 홪ato (1b3) ca gato ca / te pi navak� bhikテ 홫a�su / naiva sa�ghastha(J.2)virasya 홪ati� prajㅓyate na gati� / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha nandana� so d홳i �abd홶ito / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� nandana eva� n홲a sa�ghasya po첺dho ti / tad eva sarvva� bhagav홳 vistare�a praty홸ocayati navak� bhikテ ojjh홿anti / naiva sa�ghasthavirasy�(1b4)gatir nna gati� / prajㅓyate ti / 홫a / 홲a bhagavan / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� sa�ghasthavire�a po첺dhe pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i sa�ghasthavire�a po첺dhe pratipadyitavya� / yad aho sa�ghasya po첺dho bhavati / tad aho sa�ghasthavire�a j홳itavya� / kim adya sa�ghasya po첺dho c홺urdda�iko p채cada�iko sandhipo첺dho bhavi쳙at흓i ki� p�rvva� bhakta� / ki� pa�c�(1b5)dbhakta�, / kettika pauruッhi cch홿홫i kahim bhavi쳙ati / prah췹a痰l홿홲 v� upasth홳a痰l홿홲 v� / agni痰l홿홲 v� / ma詮alam챙e v� / yasmin prade�e ya� divasa� sa�ghasya po첺dho bhavati / sa�ghasthavire�a pa쨇as�tr췹i vistare�a sv홥hy홿itavy홳i / y홼antamasato (I.p.44) catv홸i p홸홭ik� g홺h촨 ca siヂakam abh흆ワa�rutik홿� yadi d홳i na(n�)gato sa�(1b6)gho bhavati sa�ghasthavire�a yahi� bhavi쳙ati tahi� 홸ocayitavya�, / 홿u쳋an adya sa�ghasya po첺dho c홺urdda�iko v� p채cada�iko v� sandhipo첺dho v� / amukahi� bhavi쳙ati / prah췹a痰l홿홲 v� / upasth홳a痰l홿홲 v� / ma詮alam챙e v� purebhaktam v� pa�c홥bhaktam v� / ati(bhi)kramantu 홿u쳋anto n홶i d홳i 홸ocita� may� ti / yatrolaggik홿a 홹itavya� / (J.3) atha khalu prati(1b7)k춗yeva po첺dhasth홳a� gantavya� si쨇홶ayitavyo sanm홸jayitavyo gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy� / 홹anapraj쨅pti karttavy� / vibhavo bhavati �al홮� gandhodakena dhovitavy홿o pu쳎ehi okiritavy홿o sa�ghasthavire�a j홳itavya� ko �al홮충 c홸ayi쳙ati / ko praticchi쳙ati / ko pr홺imok첺s�tra� uddi�i쳙ati / ko dak쳃点� 홥i�i쳙ati / ko parikath충 kari쳙ati / yo prati(2a1)balo bhavati / so adhye쳃tavyo aya� s홳a� �al홮충 c홸e쳃 / tva� �al홮충 praticchesi / tva� pr홺imok첺s�tram uddi�e쳃 tva� bh챘esi tva� parikath충 karesi / tva� dak쳃点� 홥i�esi / tena yath홥hyeヂena �al홮� c홸ayitavy� / dvit흝ena prat휽chitavy� / n홶i k첺mati �al홮충 c홸ayantena anirmm홥iya hast충 �al홮충 c홸ayitu� / n홶i k첺mati / ogu漸hik홿ak춗ena up홳ah�(2a2)r튬hena v� �al홮충 c홸ayanta(tu)� / atha khalu hast충 nirmm홥iya ogu漸hik충 apaniya up홳ah충 omu쨇iya ek충sak춗ena �al홮� c홸ayitavy� / �al홮충 pi d홳i g춉�antena na c홶i k첺mati / ogu漸hik홮춗ena v� up홳ah홸튬hena v� �al홮충 g춉�itu�, / atha khalu ek충�ak춗ena hast홳 nirmm홥iya ogu漸hik충 apaniya up홳ah충 omu쨇iya �al홮충 g춉�itavy� / ya� k홯a� (2a3) �al홮� c홸it� bhavanti bhikテ ga�it� bhavanti / s홲agr� 홸ocit� bhavati / d홿akad홳apati parip춃chitavy� / kim vasi쳙atha atha gami쳙atha / (J.4) yadi t홼홫a�su gacch홲a tato deyadharmma� pratiヂh홶ayitavya� / deyadharmmam anumod홶ayitavya� / dh홸mmy� kathay� sa�dar�ayitavy츠 / sam홥홶ayitavy츠 / samuttejayitavy츠 / sa�prahar첺yitavy츠 / (2a4) udyojayitavy츠 // atha d홳i 홫a�su vasi쳙홲a nti(tti) vaktavya� / gacchatha t홼a b홫yato 홲uh�rtta�, 홪ametha bhik쳕sa�gho (I.p.45) t홼a po첺dha� kari쳙ati / ya� k홯a� d홿akad홳apati nirddh홼it� bhavanti / tato s�trodde�akena j홳itavya�, / yadi t홼a n홺y�(ti)膽tam bhavati / n홺y홺i-uワa� na d�rad�re vih홸ak� bhavanti bhikテ v� na jar홥urbbal� na vy�(2a5)dhidurbbal� v� bhavanti / na v� si�habhayam v� vy홪hrabhayam v� caurabhayam v� bhikテ v� sukhopaviヂ� bhavanti / yadi t홼a vistare�a pr홺imok첺s�tra� �rotuk홲� bhavanti vistare�a pr홺imok첺s�tra� uddi�itavya� / atha d홳i atisi(s�)tam v� (ati)uワam v� bhavati / bhikテ v� jar홥urbbal� v� vy홥hidurbbal� v� bhavanti / si�habhayam v� vy홪hrabhayam v� caurabhayam v� bhikテ (2a6) ca na vistare�a pr홺imok첺s�tra� �rotuk홲� bhavanti / sa�k쳃ptena catv홸i p홸홭ik충 dharmm충 uddi�iy홳a� �iヂaka� abh흆ワa�rutik홿e g홺h홿e ca tato yath홹ukha� karttavya� / atha d홳i sarvvar홺rik� bhavati / tato adhye쳃tavya� / tva� bh챘ayes흓i // yath홥hyeヂehi bh챘am췹a� sarvvar홺ri� dharmmav�ヂiye v흓in홲iy홳a� d홿akad홳apati (J.5) dharmy� kathay� sa�dar�ayitavy� sam홥�(2a7)payitavy� samuttejayitavy� sa�prahar첺yitavy� udyojayitavy� yath홹ukha� karttavya� / abhipramodantu 홿u쳋anto / eva� sa�ghasthavire�a po첺dhe pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik�(�) dharmm충 atikramati //*// I.2 Ms.2a7 (J. 5.5); Ch.499c2 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / �ast� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� sa�ghasya d홳i po첺dho 홿u쳋충 nandano (2b1) sa�ghasthaviro upanandano dvit흝asthaviro sa�ghasthaviro 홪ato bhik쳕 홪at� dvit흝asthaviro n홪acchati / d홿akad홳apati d홳i deyadharmm췹i 홥홿a pratip홯enti / samaya(gra)� ca bhik쳕sa�gham vandi쳙홲a� / deyadharmma� ca pratiヂh홶ayi쳙홲o ti // te d홳i p춃chanti / 홸ya samagro bhik쳕sa�gho a(�)ha�su noheta� d흏gh홿u ko khalu n홪acchati / 홫a�su dvit흝asthaviro n홪a-ccha(2b2)ti / te d홳i ojjh홿anti vaya� ye(va) t홼a karmm홳t� cchoriya 홪at홪acch홲a samagrasya sa�ghasya p홥충 vandi쳙홲a� / deyadharmma� (I.p.46) ca pratiヂh홶ayi쳙홲a� / dvit흝asthaviro pi n홪acchati / te d홳i muh�-rttam홺ra� pratip홯iya 홹itv� deyadharmma� pratiヂh홶ayitv� gat츠 / so d홳i ativik홯e 홪ato sa�ghasthaviro ojjh홿ati / asm홮a� bhagav홳 da詮akarmman dad홺i dvit흝asthavira(2b3)sya monti(tti)k� / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocayanti / bhagav홳 홫a // �abd홶ayatha upanandana� so d홳i �abd홶ito / bhagav홳 홫a // satya� upanandana (J.6) eva� d홳i sa�ghasya po첺dho ti / tad eva sarvva� bhagav충 vistare�a praty홸ocayati / y홼a sa�ghasthaviro pi ojjh홿ati / asm홮a� bhagav충 da詮akarmman deti / dvit흝asthavirasya monti(tti)k� (2b4) 홫a / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� dvit흝asthavire�a po첺dhe pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i dvit흝asthavire�a po첺dhe pratipadyitavya� / yad aho d홳i sa�ghasya po첺dho bhavati / sa�ghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvit흝asthavire�a j홳itavya� / ki� adya sa�ghasya po첺dho caturdda�iko v� p채cada�iko v� sandhipo첺dho v� ki� r�(2b5)tripo첺dho bhavi쳙ati div홶o첺dho purebhakti bhavi쳙ati / pa�c홥bhakta� / kahi� bhavi쳙ati / upasth홳a痰l홿홲 v� prah췹a痰l홿홲 v� ma詮alam챙e v� / ucchedanake v� ni첺dy홿a v� tti yahim bhavati / tahi� 홸ocayitavya� / 홿u쳋an adya sa�ghasya po첺dho c홺urdda�iko v� p채cada�iko v� / atha d홳i sa�ghasthaviro na pratibalo bhava(2b6)ti / dvit흝asthavire�a prak춗yeva po첺dhasth홳a� si쨇홶ayitavya� / sanm홸jayitavya� / gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy� 홹anapraj쨅pti� karttavy� vibhavo bhavati �al홮� gandhodakena dhovayitavy�/yo pu쳎ehi okiritavy홿o sa�ghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvit흝asthavire�a j홳itavya� ko �al홮충 c홸ayi쳙ati / ko �al홮충 praticchi쳙ati / ko pr홺imok첺s�tram uddi�i쳙a(2b7)ti / ko bh챘i쳙ati / ko dak쳃点� 홥i�i쳙ati / ko parikath충 kari쳙ati / yo pratibalo bhavi쳙ati / so adhye쳃tavyo / tva� �al홮충 c홸ayi쳙asi / tva� praticche쳙asi y홼a tva� parikath충 k홸ayas흓i / tato �al홮충 c홸antena na (J.7) k첺mati ogu漸hik홮춗ena v� up홳ah홸튬hena v� hastehi v� anirmm홥itehi �al홮충 c홸ayitu� / atha khalu hast홳 nirmm홥iy홳a� up홳ah충 omu쨇iya (3a1) ek충sak춗ena �al홮� c홸ayitavy� �al홮충 pi praticchantena na k첺mati ogu漸hik홮춗ena v� up홳ah홸튬hena v� (I.p.47) hastehi v� anirmm홥itehi �al홮충 praticchitu� / atha khalu hast홳 nirmm홥iy췹a up홳ah충 omu쨇iy췹a ek충sak춗ena �al홮� praticchitavy� / yad� �al홮� c홸it� bhavanti bhikテ ga�it� bhavanti s홲agr� 홸ocit� bhavati / tato d홿akad홳apat� p춃chi(3a2)tavy츠 kim vasi쳙atha uta gami쳙atha yadi t홼a jalpanti / gacch홲a tato deyadharmma� pratiヂh홶ayitavy� deyadharmmo anumod홶ayitavyo parikath� karttavy� dh홸my� kathay� sa�dar�iya sam홥홶iya samuttejiya samprahar첺yitv� udyojayitavy� / atha d홳i jalpanti vasi쳙홲a nti(tti) vaktavya� / muh�rttan t홼a b홫yato 홪ametha sa�gho t홼a po첺dha� kari쳙ati / yad� k홯e d홿akad홳apati (3a3) nirddh홼it� bhavanti tato s�trodde�akena j홳itavya� / yadi t홼a atis흓am v� ati-uワam v� bhavati / bhikテ v� jar홥urbbal� v� vy홥hidurbbal� v� bhavanti d�rad�re v� parive点 bhavanti si�habhayam v� vy홪hrabhayam v� corabhayam v� bhavati / bhikテ v� na vistare�a �rotuk홲� bhavanti / sa�k쳃ptena (J.8) catv홸i p홸홭ik� uddi�itavya� / �iヂaka� abh흆ワa�rutik홿e g�(3a4)th홿o ca / tato yath홹ukha� karttavya� / atha d홳i n홺y홺i膽ta� na c홺y홺i-uワa� na d�rad�re parive点 bhavanti / bhikテ ca sukhopaviヂ� bhavanti vistare�a �rotuk홲� tato vistare�a pr홺imok첺s�tra� uss홸ayitavya� / tato yath홹ukha� karttavya� / atha d홳i sarvvar홺rik� bhavati / sa�ghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati dvit흝asthavire�a adhye쳃tavya� / tva(3a5)y� bh챘itavya� tvay� bh챘itavya� yath홥hyeヂehi bh챘a点ya sarvvar홺ri� dharmmav�ヂiye v흓in홲iya / (y�)na d홿akad홳apati dh홸mmya(y�) kathay� sandar�iya sam홥홶iya samuttejiya sa�prahar첺yitv� udyojayitavy� / tato yath홹ukha� karttavya� / abhipramodaya�tu 홿u쳋anto abhipramodaya�tu 홿u쳋anto apram홥ena sa�p홥ayitavya� / eva� dvit흝asthavi(3a6)re�a po첺dhe pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyeti abhisam홤홸ik충 dharmm홳 atikramati // *// (I.p.48) I.3 Ms.3a6 (J. 8.14); Ch.499c14 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� sa�ghasya d홳i po첺dho 홿u쳋홳 nandano sa�ghasthaviro upanandano dvit흝asthaviro 홪ato bhikテ osarantik홿e na 홪acchanti d홿akad홳apati p춃chanti 홸ya samagro bhik쳕sa�gho bhikテ 홫a�,(3a7)su / noh휾a� d흏gh홿u ko khu n홪acchati / bhikテ 홫a�su / (J.9) ete hi bhikテ osarantik홿e na 홪acchanti / te d홳i ojjh홿anti / vaya� yeca(va) karmm홳t충 cchoriya cchoriya 홪at� 홪acch홲a / samagrasya p홥충 vandi쳙홲a / deyadharmma� ca pratiヂh홶ayi쳙홲a� / ime pi 홸yami�r� osaratik홿e n홪acchanti / sa�ghasthaviro ca dvit흝asthaviro ca odhy홿anti / asm홮a� bhagav충 da詮akarmman deti / eッ�, (3b1) monti(tti)ko bhikテ et�(ta)m prakara�a� 홸ocayanti bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha bhikテna te d홳i �abd홶it츠 / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo eva� d홳i sa�ghasya po첺dho ti / tad eva sarvva� bhagav홳 vistare�a praty홸ocayati / y홼a sa�ghasthaviro ca dvit흝asthaviro ca odhy홿anti / asm홮a� bhagav홳 da詮akarmman deti / imeッ� monti(tti)k� 홫a�su� / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi sarvvehi eva� (3b2) po첺dhe pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i / eva� sarvvehi po첺dhe pratipadyitavya� / sarvvehi j홳itavya� / ki� khalv adya pak첺sya pratipad� dvit흝� y홼at pa쨇ada膽 yadi d홳i koci p춃chati / bhante katam홥ya na d홳i vaktavya� / katam� puna hi yo bh튤흓i / ava�ya� va�savidalik홫i v� nalavidalik홫i v� likhitv� s�tre�a 홣ra(bu)�itv� dv홸akoヂhake v� pr홹홥e v� kalpiyaku헻k홿충 v� bandhitavya� (3b3) k흈ak홳i khanetv� dv홸e (J.10) sth�(ta)vya� / yo d홳i bhavati m홹ac홸iko v� pak첺c홸iko tena ekam eka� sa�s홸ayitavya� devasika� yath홭ㅓpeta katim 홥ya sarvvehi j홳itavya� / e쳍 d홳i sa�ghasya po첺dho bhavati / sa�ghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvit흝asthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo bhavati tena j홳itavya� / ki� adya sa�ghasya (3b4) po첺dho c홺urdda�iko v� p채cada�iko v� sandhipo첺dho v� div홸홺rau v� (I.p.49) po첺dhe purobhakta� v� pa�c홥bhaktam v� kati pauruッhi cch홿홫i kahi� bhavi쳙ati / prah췹a痰l홿홲 v� upasth홳a痰l홿홲 v� ma詮alam챙e v� occhedake ca�krame v� ni첺dy홿a nti(tti) yahi� bhavati tahi� 홸ocayitavya� / abhikramantu 홿u쳋anto ti n홿a� (k첺mati) 홸ocita� ma(3b5)y� ti p�(ya)trollaggik홿e 홹itu� / atha khalu yadi t홼a sa�ghasthaviro na prati(balo) bhavati / dvit흝asthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo bhavati / tena prak춗yeva po첺dhasth홳a� gantavya� po첺dhasth홳a� si쨇itavya� / sanm홸jitavya� / gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy� 홹anapraj쨅pti� karttavy� / vibhavo bhavati �al홮� gandhodakena dhovitavy� / pu쳎e(3b6)hi okiritavy� / sa�ghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvit흝asthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo bhavati / tena j홳itavya� / ko �al홮충 c홸ayi쳙ati / ko �al홮충 praticchi쳙ati / ko pr홺imok첺s�tram uddi�i쳙ati / ko dak쳃点� 홥i�i쳙ati / ko parikath충 kari쳙ati / yadi t홼at pratibalo bhavati 홺man� sarvva� karttavya� / atha d홳i na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra prati(3b7)balo bhavati / so adhye쳃tavyo tva� �al홮충 (J.11) c홸ayesi tva� �al홮충 praticchesi tva� pr홺imok첺� uddi�esi tva� bh챘esi tva� dak쳃点� 홥i�e쳃 tva� parikath충 k홸ayesi / �al홮충 pi ca c홸ayantena na k첺mati / anirmm홥itakehi hastehi up홳ah홸튬hena ogu漸hi(k홮�)tena v� �al홮충 c홸ayitu� / atha khalu hast충 nirmm홥iya up홳ah충 omu쨇iya ek충�ak춗ena �al홮� c홸ayitavy� (4a1) �al홮충 pi d홳i praticchantena na k첺mati / anirmm홥itakehi hastehi up홳ah홸튬hena v� ogu漸hik홮춗ena v� �al홮충 praticchitu� // atha khalu hast충 nirmm홥iy췹a up홳ah충 mu쨇iya eka烟ak춗ena �al홮� praticchitavy� / ya� k홯a� �al홮� c홸it� bhavanti / bhikテ ga�it� bhavanti / s홲agr� 홸ocit� bhavati / d홿akad홳apati p춃chitavy츠 � / kim va�i쳙atha atha (4a2) gacchatha / yadi t홼a jalpanti / gacch홲a nti(tti) deyadharmma pratiヂh홶ayitavyo / deyadharmmam anumod홶ayitavyo / dh홸my� kathay� sa�dar�iya sam홥홶iya samuttejiya sa�prahar첺yitv� udyojayitavy� / (I.p.50) athed홳i� jalpanti vasi쳙홲a nti(tti) / vaktavya� / b홫yato t홼a y�ya� muh�rttam 홪ametha sa�gho t홼a po첺dha� kari쳙ati / ya� k홯a� d홿akad홳apati nirddh홼it� bhavanti / tato s�trodde�a(4a3)kena j홳itavya� / yadi t홼a n홺i膽ta� bhavati n홺y튤�am v� corabhayam v� na bhavati si�habhaya� v� vy홪hrabhaya� v� na (J.12) bhavati / na d�rad�re v� parive点 bhavanti bhikテ v� na jar홥urbbal� v� vy홥hidurbbal� bhavanti / sukhopaviヂ� bhavanti vistare�a �rotuk홲� bhavanti / tato vistare�a pr홺imok첺s�tra� uddi�itavya� / atha d홳i sarvvar홺rik� bhavati / bh챘a�ak� (4a4) adhye쳃tavy츠 / tvay� bh챘itavya� tvay� bh챘itavyan ti // yath홥hyeヂehi / bh챘iy췹a� sarvvar홺ri dharmmav�ヂiyer vv흓in홲iy홳a d홿akad홳apati dharmy� kathay� sa�dar�ayitavy� y홼a udyojayitavy� / tato yath홹ukha� karttavya� / abhipramodatu 홿u쳋anto apram홥ena sa�p홥ayitavya� / eva� sarvvehi po첺dhe pratipadyitavya� na pratipadyanti vinay홺ikramam �(4a5)s홥ayanti //*// I.4 Ms.4a5 (J.12.11); Ch.499c28 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� sa�ghasya d홳i b홫iraka� bhakta� 홿u쳋홳 nandano sa�ghasthaviro dvit흝asthaviro upanandano 홪ato bhikテ 홪at츠 / sa�ghasthaviro n홪acch홺i / odano 膽talo bhavati / s�po 膽talo bhavati / gh춗a� th흝ati m충sa� th흝ati vya쨓an홳i 膽tal�(4a6)bhavanti / d홿akad홳apati p춃chanti / 홸ya ki� samagro bhik쳕sa�gho 홫a�su noheda� d흏gh홿u ko khu n홪acchati / 홫a�su sa�ghasthaviro n홪acchati / te d홳i ojjh홿anti / vaya� yeca(va) t홼a karmm홳t충 cchoriya 홪at홪acch홪acch홲a samagra� bhik쳕sa�gha� parivi�i쳙홲a� / sa�ghasthaviro pi n홪acchati / (J.13) so d홳i pa�c홥 홪acchiy췹a bhu�jiy췹a sa�k쳃ptena dak쳃点m 홥i�iya na parikath충 (4a7) karoti / n홶i d홿akad홳apati� dharmy� kathay� (I.p.51) sa�dar�ayati sam홥홶ayati / samuttejayati / sa�prahar첺yati / utthihi(ya) gato navak� bhikテ p춃chanti / 홪ato sa�ghasthaviro 홫a�su 홪ato ca gato ca te d홳i odhy홿ati naiva sa�ghasthavirasya 홪atir (na) ggati� prajㅓyati / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 aha / �abd홶ayatha nandana� / so (4b1) d홳i �abd홼ito bhagav홳 홫a / satya� nandana evan n홲a sa�ghasya b홫iraka� bhakta� (nandano) sa�ghasthaviro upanandano dvit흝asthaviro ti tad eva sarvva� bhagav홳 vistare�a praty홸ocayati / y홼a navak� bhikテ odhy홿anti / y홼a sa�ghasthavirasy홪atir nna gati prajㅓyate / 홫a / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi sa�ghasthavire�a eva� bhakt홪re pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i sa�ghasthavire(4b2)�a eva� bhakt홪re pratipadyitavya� / sa�ghasthavire�a j홳itavya� / kasy홥ya bhakta� ubhayato s충ghika� sarvva� s충ghika� parive�ika� / p쳇iyabhakta� gr홲e vih홸e e쳍 d홳i koci sa�gha� bhaktena �uvetan홿a nimantreti / na d홳i sa�ghasthavire�a gat홪atasya adhiv홹ayitavya� / atha khalu sa�ghasthavire�a j홳itavya� ko ya� nimantreti / 홪antuko gamiko g춉astho pravrajito str� puru쳍 d�(4b3)rako d홸ik� p춃chitavya� / kin n홲ako si (J.14) ki� gotrako si / ki� karmmik� te m홺홶itarau katama� de�a� g춉a� katam홿충 rathy홿충 kuto mukha� g춉asya v� s홮홸a� sodde�a� p춃chiy췹a� tato dhiv홹ayitavya� / n홶i d홳i adhiv홹ita(�) mayeti / yatrollagn홿e 홹itavya� / atha khalu prak춗yeva m홹ac홸iko pak첺c홸iko v� pre첺yitavyo gaccha j홳�(4b4)hi ki� sajjiyat흓i / anek홿a tahi j홺aka� bhaveya� m춗akam v� bhaveya sandhi v� cchinno agnid홫o v� r홭akul홺o v� upadravo 촪oss� v� vi쩠 v� v홺aputro v� vihe헺an홣hipr홿� nimantraye�su tena gacchiya p춃chitavya� / koci ima�hi itthann홲o n홲a up홹ako yadi t홼a 홫a�su n홹ti asm홮a� koci eva� n홲a up홹ako vaktavya� [bhi]k쳕(4b5)sa�gho tena nimantrito ki� sidhyati v� pacyati v� / yadi t홼a 홫a�su kasya bhakta� kasya sidhyati kasya pacyat흓i j홳itavya� / vipralabdho bhik쳕sa�gho ti (I.p.52) 홪acchiya yadi t홼a anugraho bhavati anugraho s홥hayitavyo / anugraho na bhavati bhakt홳i bhavanti / bhakt홳i uddi�itavy홳i / bhakt홳i na bhavanti ra�ara点(ya) ga詮i 홫a�iya vaktavya� / 홿u(4b6)쳋an vipralabdho bhik쳕sa�gho svakasvak충 v춗ti� parye첺tha / sarvvehi pa헻p쳇ik홿a pi詮홿a pravi�itavya� / atha d홳i te jalpanti / bhante eta� sidhyati pravi�ati(tu) bhik쳕sa�gho ti tato ra�ara点ya ga詮� 홫a�iya yadi t홼a hemanto bhavati anuk홯a� (J.15) pravi�itavya� / m� k홯o tikrayi(mi)쳙at흓i / atha d홳i gr큰mo k홯o bhavati 膽talakasa�gena anuk홯ya� pravi�itavya� // atha (4b7) d홳i varッr홺ro k홯o bhavati dev홳tar홿ena anuk홯ya� pravi�itavya� / m� k홯o atikrami쳙at흓i / yadi t홼a (na) sa�j쨅(jja)m bhavati / mahanto ca k홯o bhavati kahi쨇i ca gantuk홲o bhavati / kasyacita bhik쳕sya jalpitavya� / amuka� kula� upasa�krami쳙atha yad� sajja� bhaveya / tato m� pa헻saresi / na d홳i tena 홲antrita� may� ti bhadrap홯ak춗yehi ha漸hitavya� / atha khalu prati(5a1)k춗yeva 홪antavya� pravi�atehi j홳itavya� / katha� 홹an� praj쨅pt츠 / atidak쳃�am anuv홲충 kad홤i ma�galakara霑ye atidak쳃�a� praj쨅pta� bhavati / tath� yeva upaveヂavya� / atha d홳i pretakara霑ye anuv홲a� praj쨅pta� bhavati / tath� yeva upaveヂavya� n홶i d홳i k첺mati / pravi�antehi bha詮a� la�gha�tehi k충sabh홭ana� la�gha�tehi d홸akad홸ik충 la�gha�tehi gantu� / atha khalu bha詮a� pa(5a2)rivarjantehi k충sabh홭ana� parivarjantehi d홸akad홸ik충sa parivarjantehi pravi�itavya� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati gat홪atasya upavi�anta(tu)� / atha khalu hastena 홹ana� pratyavek쳃tavya� / anaik홿o tatra garbhar�p췹i sop홿itak홳i bhave�su� / k충sabh홭an홳i v� thapitak홳i bhave�su� / atha khalu hastena par충m��iy췹a j홳itavya� / ohe쳙a(yya)k홳충 (J.16) gl홳ak홳충 pratik춗ye(5a3)va d홶itavya� / atha d홳i so manu쳙o an홤흏程ad홳o v� bhavati / tittino v� bhavati na d홳i adhyupek쳃tavya� / vaktavya� d흏gh홿u ava�yan teッ� d홺avya� pi詮ap홺a� (I.p.53) / atha d홳i d홿akad홳apati jalpanti pa헻p쳇ik홿a g춉natha nti(tti) hemanto ca k홯o bhavati vaktavya� nahi nti(tti) / bhagavat� anekapary홿e�a gl홳o paritto kim v� ambhehi vih홸a蕁(5a4)nya� �akya� karttu� ti laghu k홯o atikramati / detha y�yan ti atha d홳i gr큰mo v� varッ v� r홺ro v� k홯o bhavati cirehi k홯o atikramati / pa헻p쳇ik홿a g춉nitavya� / tato sa�ghasthavire�a j홳itavya� / ki� 홸abhya deti tath� yeca(va) nimantra点petavya� bhojana� d흝ati mahanto pi詮o parig춉흓o bhavati / sa�ghasthavire�a vaktavya� / sarvveッ� etta(5a5)ka-ettaka� bhavi쳙ati / 홫a / nahi 홸yasya eta� eva� d흝ati vaktavya� / tath� dehi / yath� sarvveッ� sama� bhavati / atha d홳 홫a bhavi쳙at흓i prat휽chitavya� / atha d홳i so thokin� arthiko bhavati vaktavya� mama thoka� dehi heヂh� bahu� eva� // pe // s�pasya gh춗asya m충sasya ola�k홳충 dadhisya tato n홶i k첺mati sa�ghasthavire�a labdho pi詮o (5a6) dv홸a� pa�yiya lapyala(p)y홿e bhu�jiy췹a utthihiya gantu� / atha khalu odanasampattir vv� 홪ama�tena bhu�jitavya� / vya쨓anasampattir vv� 홪ama�tena bhu쨓itavya� na bhu쨓itv� hasta� nik쳃piya 홹itavya� / m� heva otrape�su / atha khalu anuj홳etavya� / yad� navak츠 santarpit� bhavanti / upagr홿anti p홳흝a� v� pibanti / hast홲 v� ukka촪촪iya 홹anti / na d홳i sa�ghasthavire�a bhu쨓a(5a7)ntakenaiva utth홿a 홹an홺o gantavya� / labdho pi詮o dv홸a� pa�yiya / atha khalu sa�ghasthavire�a 홪ametavya� / d흏ghodaka� d홶etavya� / parikath� karttavy� / dak쳃点 홥isitavy� / j홳itavya� / kim 홯ambana� bhakta� j홺aka� m춗akam v� ce(ve)v홫ikam v� g춉aprave�akam v� 홪antukasya gamikasya g춉asthasya pravrajitasyeti / yadi t홼a j홳a(ta)ka�bhavati / n홿a� dak쳃点 홥i(�i)ta(5b1)vy� / aya� kum홸o �ivapathik홿a cchandito a�guヂhasnehena y홶aye saptar홺ra� �unakh� 短g홯� ca na� la�ghayantu / (I.p.54) k홮� ca ak쳃mala� harant� (J.18) n홿a� eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / atha khalu dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / aya� kum홸o �ara�a� upetu buddha� vipa�yi� ca �ikhi(�) ca vi�vabhu� krakucchanda kon홮amuni� ca k촨yapa� mah홿a�a� 痰kyamuni� ca gautama� / etehi buddhehi maharddhikehi (5b2)ye devat� santi abhiprasann� t� na� rak첺�tu t� ca na� p홯ayantu yath� na� icchati m홺� yath� na� icchati pit� ato �reyataro bhotu kum홸o kulavarddhano / eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / atha d홳i m춗aka� bhavati / n홿a� k첺mati / eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itu� adya te sudivasa� sumah홣ala� bhadrak홮첺�a muh�rtta� prasthit� adya te suvihite suvihitehi / dak쳃点 agrabh홭anaga(5b3)gat� virocati / (J.19) n홿a� eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / atha khalu dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / sarvvasatv� mari쳙anti mara点nta� hi j흚ita� / yath홮armma gami쳙anti pu�yap홶aphalopag츠 // niraya� p홶akarmm췹o k춗apu�y� ca svarggati� / apare m홸ggam bh홼ayitv� parinirvv홳ti an촨rav� iti // (I.p.55) eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� // atha d홳i ved�(v�)hika� bhavati / n�(5b4)ya� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / nagn� nad� anodik� nagna� r챘혇a� ar홭aka� / istr� pi vidhav� nagn� sacesy� da�a bhr홺aro (J.20) n홿a� eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / atha khalu dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / istri pi pe�al� bhavatu �r홥dh� bhavatu pativrat홳ug� 膽lavat� yo(ty�)gasampann� samyagd�ヂi ca y� iha / puru쳍 pi pe�al� bhavatu �r홥dho bhavatu vrat�(5b5)nugo / 膽lav충 ty홪asampanno samyagd�ヂi ca yo iha // ubhau �raddh홿a sampann� ubhau 膽lo(le)hi sa�v춗� / ubhau pu�y홳i k춗v홳a sama膽lavrat� ubhau // vidhin� devalokas tu modantu k홲ak홲ino / t홲 eva bh홸y충 carey� yo asy� s흈ehi sa�v춗� // asati� parivarjey� m홸gga� pratibhaya� yath� / eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� // atha d�(5b6)ni gharaprave�anika� bhavati / n홿a� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / (J.21) 홥흍tasmi� 홪are yo niharati bha詮aka� ta� khu tasya svaka� bhavati / na khalu yo tatra dahyati / evam 홥흍ite loke m춗yun� ca jaray� ca yo n흂arati / d홳ena dinna� ta� 홫uti huta� / n홿a� eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� // atha khalu dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� vibhaktabh홪a� rucira� manorama� (I.p.56) pra�astam 홸ye[h]i nava� nive(5b7)�ana� / pravi�ya v춄dhiye var홿e bh�r흝e �ir흝e lak쳋흍arigrahe�a ca / imasmi 홪홸e nivasantu devat츠 / mah홣hi첺�ka na ca anukampik� ya� vibhavadhanadh홳yena sambhavo bh�r ime ca s� yasmi� prade�e medh홼� v� sa�kalpeti pa詮ito 膽lav홺antra(n tatra) bhojey� sa�yat충 brahmac홸i�o / (J.22) y� tatra devat� asy� t홹충 dak쳃点m 홥i�ehi / t홿e vastum홯홳충 cirar홺r홿a ka(6a1)lpate // bhojan홼astup홯� satk춗� pratim홳it� / gr홲e v� yadi v홸a�ye nimne v� yadi v� sthale div� v� yadi v� r홺rau dev� rak첺ntu d홿ak홳 // dev홳ukampito po쳍 sad� bhadr췹i pa�yati // eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / atha d홳i gamika� bhakta� bhavati / n홿a� dak쳃n� 홥i�itavy� / sarvv� di痰su bhay� sam홮ul� sa-uttar� sapurastim� [dak쳃]点 pa�cim� ca sa(6a2)sarvvo ca loko sa�kulaj홺o m� pramajji jina痰sane // n홿a� eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� // atha khalu di痰 sauvastik� dak쳃点 vistare�a dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / yath� p홺rapratisa�yukte eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / atha d홳i pravrajitasya bhavati / n홿a� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� (J.23)putram v� pa�um v� 홸abhya dhanadh홳yapriy췹i v� (I.p.57) devabh홼a� v� manu쳙am v� pa쨇adho (6a3) manasi pr흝anti / na eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� // atha khalu dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / sudu쳈ara� pravrajitasya d홳a� p홺re�a bhaik첺� abhis홫aritv� / kul홺 kula� cariya pi詮ap홺a� kruddhaprasann홳충 mukha� ud흆쳃ya� // so ya� �reヂh홿atane pratiヂhito p홺rasa�h춗o l홣ho pr흓i� janehi suvihit� tath� hi dinna� ima� d홳an ti / eva� dak쳃点� / (6a4) 홥i�iya gantavya� / eva� sa�ghasthavire�a bhakt홪re pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // abhisam홤홸ik충 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // I.5 Ms.6a4 (J.23.12); Ch.499c28 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca / vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� sa�ghasya d홳i b홫iraka� bhakta� / 홿u쳋홳 nandano sa�ghasthaviro upanandano dvit흝asthaviro sa�ghasthaviro 홪a(6a5)to dvit흝asthaviro n홪acchati / d홿akad홳apati p춃chanti / 홸ya ki� samagro bhik쳕sa�gho bhikテ 홫a�su / noheti d흏gh홿u ko d홳i n홪acchati (J.24) 홫a�su dvit흝asthaviro n홪acchati / te d홳i odhy홿anti / pa�yatha bha�e vaya� yeva bh�(t�)va karmm홳t충 cchoriya 홪acch홲a samagra� bhik쳕sa�gha� parivi�i쳙홲a / 홸yami�r췹채 ca p홥충 vandi쳙홲a� (6a6) dvit흝asthaviro n홪acchati / sa�ghasthaviro pi odhy홿ati / asm홮a� bhagav충 da詮akarmman deti / dvit흝asthavirasya munti(tti)k� // eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha upanandana� so d홳i �abd홶ito bhagav홳 홫a / satya� upanandana eva� n홲a sa�ghasya b홫iraka� bhakta� nandano sa�ghasthaviro tva� dvit흝asthaviro sa�ghasthaviro 홪ato bhi(6a7)kテ 홪at츠 / tva� n홪acchasi / d홿akad홳apati p춃chati / 홸ya ki� samagro bhik쳕sa�gho bhikテ 홫a�su / nahi ko khalu n홪acchati dvit흝asthaviro n홪acchati / te d홳i odhy홿anti / vaya� (I.p.58) yeva t홼a karmm홳ta� / cchoriya 홪at� gacch홲a� / samagra� bhik쳕sa�gha� parivi�i쳙홲a� / 홸yami�r췹충 ca p홥충 vandi쳙홲a� / dvit흝asthaviro n홪acchati / sa�ghasthaviro pi odhy홿ati / a(6b1)sm홮a� bhagav홳 da詮akarmma deti / dvit흝asthavirasya muttik� / 홫a / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� dvit흝asthavire�a bhakt홪re pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i dvit흝asthavire�a bhakt홪re pratipadyitavya� / e쳍 d홳i koci bhik쳕sa�gha� bhaktena nimantrayati / sa�ghasthaviro (J.25) na pratibalo bhavati / dvit흝asthavire�a j홳itavya� / ko nimantreti / bhik쳕bhik쳕n� up홹akop홹ik� 홪a(6b2)ntuko gamiko v췹ijako s홸thav홫o kin n홲ako ki� j홺iko ki� karmmik� se m홺홶itarau katamasmin de�e g춉a� katam홿충 rathy홿충 kuto mukha� g춉asya dv홸a� / s홮홸a� sodde�a� p춃chiya tato dhiv홹ayitavya� / n홿a� adhiv홹ita� mayeti / yatrollagn홿e 홹itavya� / yadi t홼a sa�ghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati dvit흝asthavire�a aparejjuk홿e ca m홹ac�(6b3)riko v� pak첺c홸iko / pre첺yitavyo vaktavya� gaccha j홳홫i / asuke de�e asuk홿충 rathy홿충 ittha�n홲o n홲a up홹ako tena bhik쳕sa�gho nimantrito j홳홫i ki� sidhyati ki� pacyati / tena pravisiy췹a� tahi� p춃chitavya� / 홸ogya� d흏gh홿u koci ima�hi ittha�n홲o n홲a up홹ako 홫a bhante ki� kari쳙asi / vaktavya� / tena bhik쳕sa�,(6b4)gho bhaktena nimantrito ki� sidhyati v� ki� pacyati v� ti / yadi t홼ad 홫a / bhante kisya up홹ako kahi� up홹ako ti n홲홹m홮a� koci up홹ako na sidhyati / na pacyati tti j홳itavya� vipralabdho bhik쳕sa�gho ti / 홪acchiy췹a� yadi t홼a anugraho bhavati / anugraho s홥hitavyo anugraho na bhavati / bhaktak홳i bhavanti / bhaktak� uddi�itavy홳i / (6b5) (J.26) bhaktak홳i na bhavanti / ra�ara点ya ga詮i� 홫a�iy췹a� 홸ocitavya� vaktavya� / 홿u쳋a(n)to vipralabdho bhik쳕sa�gho svakasvak충 v춗ti� parye첺theti / sarvvehi pa헻p쳇ik홿a pi詮홿a caritavya� / atha d홳i 홫a bhante eta� sidhyati eta� pacyati / pravi�antu 홸yami�r츠 ra�ara点ya ga詮i� 홫a�iy췹a� pravi�itavya�, / (I.p.59) yadi t홼a hemantak홯o bhava(6b6)ti anukallatarakam pravi�itavyam / ba(la)hu� k홯o atikramati / atha d홳i gr큰mak홯o bhavati / uワasant홶ena anukar程a(lla)taraka�, pravi�itavya� / atha d홳i varッr홺rak홯o bhavati / dev홳tare�a pravi�itavya�, / tato n홶i k첺mati bha詮a� la�gha�yantehi pravi�itu� / atha khalu bha詮a� parivarjayantehi / y홼a d홸akad홸ik충 parivarjayantehi / pravi�itavya� tato na k첺mati / gat홪atasya (6b7) upavi�itu�, / anek홿e tahi� 홹anehi d홸akad홸ik� v� sov홶it� bhave�su / atha khalu hastehi pratyavek쳃y췹a� anantarik췹충 홹an홳i varjayantehi // upavi�itavya� / yadi t홼a hemantak홯o bhavati / laghu k홯o atikramati / oheyyagl홳ak홳충 pi詮ap홺o d홶ayitavyo / atha d홳i d홿akad홳apati jalpanti / bhante pa헻p쳇ik홿a g춉natha nti(tti) / vaktavya� / nahi / bhagava(7a1)t홳ekapary홿e�a gl홳o par흓to kim asm홣hi� vih홸ako 蕁nyako karttavyo / laghu k홯o ti(J.27)kramati / detha y�ya� ti atha gr큰mak홯o varッr홺ro v� bhavati / cire�a k홯o atikramati / oheyyagl홳ak홳충 pa헻p쳇ik홿e pi詮ap홺o g춉nitavyo / sa�ghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvit흝asthaviro pratibalo bhavati na k첺mati / dvit흝asthavire�a hantahant홿e bhu쨓iy췹a� labdho pi(7a2)詮o dv홸a� pa�yiya utthiya gantu� / atha d홳i sa�ghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati dvit흝asthaviro pratibalo bhavati / dvit흝asthavire�a odanasampatti 홪amayantena bhu쨓itavya� / vya쨓anasampattim v� / 홪amayantena bhu쨓itavya� / ya� k홯a� navak� bhikテ u(pa)gr홿anti v� p홳흝am v� pibanti hast홳i oka촪iya 홹anti tato yadi t홼a sa�ghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvit흝asthavire�a j홳ita(7a3)vya� kim홸a�ba�a� / eva(ta)� bhakta� j홺aka� m춗aka� vev홫ika� gharaprave�aka� 홪antukasya gamikasya g춉asthasya pravrajitasyeti / yath� bhavati / tath� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / yath� prathamake �ikッpade eva� dvit흝asthavire�a bhakt홪re pratipadi(dyi)tavya� / tath� yeca(va) dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / y�(yo) tato 홪antavya� / eva� dvit�-yasthavire�a bhakt홪re pratipadyitavya�, / (7a4) na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // (I.p.60) I.6 Ms.7a4 (J.28.1); Ch.501c4 (J.28) bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� sa�ghasya d홳i b홫iraka� bhakta� / 홿u쳋an nandano sa�ghasthaviro 홿u쳋홳 upanandano dvit흝asthaviro sa�ghasthaviro 홪ato dvit흝asthaviro 홪ato bhikテ osarantik홿e 홪acchanti / d홿akad�(7a5)napati p춃chanti / 홸ya ki� samagro bhik쳕sa�gho bhik쳕 홫a�su / noheta� d흏gh홿u ko d홳i n홪acchati bhikテ 홫a�su / osarantik홿e 홪acchanti / te d홳i odhy홿anti / vayam eva t홼a karmm홳t충 cchoraya 홪at� gacch홲a� samagra� bhik쳕sa�gha� parivi�i쳙홲a� / 홸yami�r췹충 ca p홥충 vandi쳙홲a nti(tti) / ime pi 홸yami�r� osarantik홿e 홪acchanti / sa�ghastha(7a6)viro ca dvit흝asthaviro ca odhy홿anti / asm홮a� bhagav홳 da詮akarmman deti // imeッ� muktik� / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a // �abd홶ayatha bhikテn / te d홳i �abd홶it츠 / bhagav홳 홫a // satya� bhik첺vo eva� n홲a sa�ghasthavirasya b홫iraka� bhakta� nandano sa�ghasthaviro upanandano dvit흝asthaviro 홪ato y�ya� osarantik홿e 홪acchatha d홿aka(7a7)d홳apati p춃chanti / 홸ya ki� samagro bhik쳕sa�gho nti(tti) / bhikテ 홫a�su noh휾a� d흏gh홿u ko d홳i na(n�)gacchati bhikテ osarantik홿e 홪acchanti / te d홳i odhy홿anti vayam eva t홼a karmm홳t� cchoriya 홪at� gacch홲a / samagra� bhik쳕sa�gha� parivi�i쳙홲a nti(tti) / 홸yami�r췹채 ca p홥am vandi쳙홲a nti(tti) / ime pi 홸yami�r� (J.29) osarantik홿e 홪acchanti / sa�ghasthaviro ca / dvit흝asthaviro ca odhy�(7b1)yanti / asm홮a� bhagav홳 da詮akarmman deti / imeッ� mottik� 홫a�su / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi sarvvehi eva� bhakt홪re pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� sarvvehi bhakt홪re pratipadyitavya� / e쳍 d홳i koci sa�gha� bhakta(ktena) nimantreti / sa�ghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati dvit흝asthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo bhavati / tena j홳itavya� / ko ya� ni(7b2)mantreti bhik쳕bhik쳕霑 up홹aka-up홹ik� g춉astho pravrajito v췹ijako s홸thav홫o 홪antuko gamiko n홶i k첺mati / gat홪atasya adhiv홹itu� // atha khalu p춃chitavya� / kin n홲ako si ki� gotrako si ki� karmmik� te (I.p.61) m홺홶itarau / katame de�e g춉a� kuto mukha� katam홿e rathy홿e kuto mukha� g춉asya dvara� s홮홸a� sodde�a� p춃chiy췹a� / tato dhiv홹ayitavya� n홶i d�(7b3)ni k첺mati / adhiv홹ita� mayeti / tatrollagik홿e 홹itu� / atha khalu yadi t홼a sa�ghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvit흝asthaviro na pratibalo bhavati yo pratibalas tena prak춗yeva m홹ac홸iko v� pak첺c홸iko v� pre첺yitavyo / anek홿e tahi� j홺aka� m춗akam v� bhaveya r홭abhaya� v� corabhayam v� 촪ossabhayam v� v홺aputrabhayam v� vihe헺an�(7b4)bhipr홿� nimantraye�su // tena gacchiy췹a tahi� g춉a� p춃chitavya� / koci ima(�)hi evann홲ako up홹ako d홳apat� v� v췹ijak� (J.30) v� ti kim v� etat ti vaktavya� bhik쳕sa�gho tena bhaktena nimantrito yadi t홼a 홫a�su n홹ti koci ima�hi eva�n홲ako ki�sa up홹ako / kasya bhakta� katha� bhakta� ti j홳itavya� / vipralabdho bhik쳕sa�gho tti tato 홪acchiya yadi t홼a (7b5) anugraho bhavati s홥hayitavyo anugraho na bhavati / bhaktak홳i bhavanti bhaktak홳i uddi�itavy홳i / atha d홳i bhaktak홳i na bhavanti / ra�ara点ya ga詮i� 홫a�iya y홼a sarvvehi pa헻p쳇ik홿e p홺r췹i g춉niya pravi�itavya� pi詮ap홺a� / atha d홳i te jalpanti bhante eva(ta)� sidhyati / eta� pacyati / y홼at p홺r췹i g춉niya pravi�itavya� / yadi t홼a hemantak홯o bhavati / a(7b6)nukar程a(lla)� pravi�itavya� / laghu� k홯o atikr홲ati // atha d홳i gr큰mak홯o bhavati anuk홯a� uワa烟a�kena pravi�itavya� / varッr홺ro bhavati dev홳tare�a anukar程a(lla)a� pravi�itavya� / tato na k첺mati / bha詮am v� la�ghayatena pravi�itu� bh홭anam v� la�ghayantehi / pravi�itu� d홸akad홸ik� la�ghayantehi pravi�itu� / atha khalu bha詮a� pariharantehi d홸akad홸ik충 pariharantehi pravi�itavya� ta(7b7)to n홶i k첺mati / praviヂehi gat홪atasya upavi�itu� / anek홿e tahi� 홹anehi garbhar�p� sov홶it홳i bhave�su // bh홭anak홳i v� thapitak홳i bhave�su� / atha khalu hastena pratyavek쳃y췹a 홳antariy췹충 홹an홳i varjayantehi / yath홼춄dhik홿e upavi�itavya� / tato yadi t홼a hemantak홯o bhavati / (J.31) laghu k홯o atikramati / (I.p.62) oheyyagl홳ak홳충 pi詮ap�[to] ++[pa]yitavyo / a(8a1)tha d홳i d홿akad홳apati jalpanti / bhante oheyyagl홳ak홳충 pa헻p쳇ik홿o pi詮ap홺a� g춉natheti vaktavya� / nah흓i / laghu k홯o atikramati / bhagavat� ca anekapary홿e�a gl췹o parindito ki� ambhehi �akyam vih홸ako 蕁nyako kartun ti / atha d홳i gr큰mo v� varッr홺ro v� k홯o bhavati / na lahu� k홯o atikramati / oheyyagl홳ak홳충 pa헻p쳇ik홿e pi詮ap홺o [g춉nitavyo] na k첺mati la(8a2)bdh홯abdha� hantahant홿e bhu쨓iya labdho pi詮o dv홸a� pa�yiya utthiya gantu� / atha khalu yadi t홼a sa�ghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati dvit흝asthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo bhavati / tena odanasa�patt� v� 홪ametavya� vya쨓anasampatt� v� 홪ama�tena bhu쨓itavya� / tena dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / j홳itavya� kim 홯ambana� / eta� bhakta� j홺aka� m춗aka� [vev�]hika� v� gharapra(8a3)ve�ika� v� 홪antukasya gamikasya g춉asthasya pravrajitasyeti / tato yadi t홼a j홺aka� bhavati n홿a� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / (J.32) (aya�) kum홸o si/vapasi(thi)k�(ya) ccho(ccha)(ndi)to a�guヂhasneha(he)na y홶ayati / saptar홺ra� �unakh� 短g�(l�) ce(ca) na� la�ghayanta� / k홮o ca se ak쳃mala� haranta� ti n홿a� eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / atha khalu dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / aya� kum홸o �ara�a� upetu (8a4) buddha� vipa�yi� ca �ikhi� ca vi�vabhuva / krakucchando ca kanakamuni� ca k촨yapa� mah홲uni� 痰kyamuni� ca gotama� // etehi buddhehi maharddhikehi ye devat� santi abhiprasann츠 / (I.p.63) t� na� rak첺ntu (t� ca na� p홯ayantu) yath� icchati se m홺� / yath� icchati se m�(pi)t� ato �reyataro bhava�tu kum홸o kulavarddhano (J.33) eva� dak쳃点 홥i�itavy� / tath� yeva dak쳃点yo vistare�a karttavy홿o yath� (8a5) sa�ghasthavirasya bhakt홪re eva� sarvvehi bhakt홪re pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadya�ti // asi(bhisa)m홤홸ik충 dharmm충 atikr홲ati // * // I.7 Ms.8a5 (J. 33.5); Ch.501c14 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto nandanopanandan� 첺촺arggik촨 ca upasa�p홥enti / te d홳i upasa�p홥iya na ovadanti / na anu痰santi / te d홳i indra(8a6)gav� viya varddhayanti / �ivacchagal� dhipa(viya) varcati(ddhayanti) / an홮alpasampann츠 / an흏y홶athasampann츠 / na j홳anti / katham up홥hy홿e pratipadyitavya�, / katham 홤홸ye pratipadyitavya� / katha� v춄dhatarake pratipadyitavya� / katha� sa�ghamadhye pratipadyitavya� / katha� gr홲e pratipattavya� / katha� 홸a�ye pratipattavya� / katha� niv홹ayitavya� / katha� pr홼aritavya� / katha� sa�gh쳇흍홺rac흚aradh홸a�e pratipadyitavya� // (8a7) eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha nandanopanandan충 / 첺촺arggik충� ca / te d홳i �abd홶it� / bhagav홳 홫a // eva� n홲a y�ya� upasa�p홥etha / upasa�p홥iya na ovadatha na anu痰sayatha nti(tti) / tad eva� sarvva� bhagav홳 vistare�a praty홸ocayati / y홼a (J.34) katha� sa�gh쳇흍홺rac흚aradh홸a�e pratipadyitavya� / 홫a�su / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / eva� (8b1) d췹i y�ya� upasa�p홥iya naivovadatha n홳u痰satha tena hi eva� up홥hy홿ena �r�(s홸)ddhavih홸esmi� pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i up홥hy홿ena �ra(s홸)ddhevih홸esmi� pratipadyitavya� / up홥hy홿ena t홼a �r�(s홸)ddhevih홸i� upasa�p홥etukenaiva ubhayato vinayo gr홫ayitavyo ubhayato vinaya� na p홸ayati ekato vinayo (I.p.64) gr홫ayitavyo / ekato vinaya� na p홸ayati / pa쨇as�tr췹i vista(8b2)re�a gr홫ayitavyo pa쨇as�tr췹i na p홸ayati catv홸i dh�(v�) tr퇘i duve eka� s�tra� vistare�a gr홫ayitavyo / eka� s�tra� na p홸eti tri烟ato pi gr홫ayitavyo / �iヂaka� abh흆ワa(�ruti)k홿o g홺h홿o ca tri烟ato pi na p홸eti dve aniyat충 gr홫ayitavyo / �iヂaka� abh흆ワa�rutik홿o g홺h홿o ca dve aniyat� na p홸enti / antamasato catv홸i p홸홭ik충 gr홫ayitavyo �iヂaka� abh흆ワa烟rutik홿o g�(8b3)th홿o ca �ekhayitavyo / anu痰sayitavyo k홯ya� madhyantika� s홿a� s홿a� abhidharmme�a v� abhivinayena v� abhidharmmo n홲a navavidho s�tr홳to s�tra� geya� vy홮ara�a� g홺h� ud홳a� itiv춗taka� j홺aka� vaipuly홥bhut홥harmm� / abhivinayo n홲a pr홺imok쳍 sa�k쳃ptavistaraprabhedena / atha d홳i na pratibalo bhavati / uddi�itu�, / 홶attikau�alya� �i(8b4)k쳃tavyo / s�trakau�alya� skandhakau�alya� 홿atana(J.35)kau�alya� prat흓yasamutp홥akau�alya� / sth홳홹th홳akau�alya� 홤홸a� �ekhayitavyo / an홤홸ato c�(v�)rayitavyo / atha d홳i ovadati / so eva tasya ov홥o eva� sv홥hy홿ati / ara�ye vasati / prah췹e upavi�ati / so ev홹ya ov홥o up홥hy홿o �ra(s홸)ddhevih홸i upasa�p홥iya na ova(8b5)dati / na anu痰sati / na uddi�ati / na sv홥hy홿ati / na ara�ye vasati / na prah췹e upavi�ati / antamasato vaktavyo / apram홥ena sa�p홥eh흓i / na ovadati vinay홺i(kra)ma� 홹홥ayati / evam up홥hy홿ena �ra(s홸)ddhevih홸ismi� pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // I.8 Ms.8b5 (J.35. 9); Ch.502a2 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / 痰st� dev�(8b6)n채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� te d홳i bhikテ upasa�p홥enti / te d홳i upasa�p홥it츠 / up홥hy홿asya na allimya(yya)�ti / te d홳i bhikテ odhy홿anti / asm홮a� bhagav홳 da詮akarmman deti / imeッ� muktik� / katha� ambhehi ovavaditavy츠 / anu痰sitavy츠 / ye ime asm홮a� na ava(naiva a)ll흝a�ti / na praty홯흝a�ti / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸oca[ye�su /] bhagav홳 홫a / te(8b7)na hi eva� s홸ddhevih홸i点 up홥hy홿e pratipadyitavya� // kin ti d홳i eva� s홸ddhevih홸i点 up홥hy홿e pratipadyitavya� / s홼e(rddhe)vih홸i点 n�(t�)va kalyata eva (J.36) uttha�tena up홥hy홿asya (I.p.65) vih홸asya dv홸a� 홮o헯yitavya� ya� k홯a� abhyanujㅓ dinn� bhavati / tato dv홸a� sukh홮a� apaduriy췹a tato prathama� dak쳃�o p홥o prave�itavyo pa�c� v홲o prave�aya vanditv� sukha�ayita� / p춃chitavyo u(9a1)ddi�itv� pratip춃chitv� khe(헯)ka헯(쩠)hako nikk홯ayitavyo prasr홼akumbhik� nikk홯ayitavy� p태hik� praj쨅payitavy� / hemantak홯o bhavati mandamukhi prajv홯ayitavy� / mukhodaka� d홶ayitavya� / dantak챘헺a� dhoviya upan홲ayitavya� / su(mu)khodakam 홹i쨇itavya� / hast충 nirmm홥iya hastanirmm홥ana� d홺avya� / pey� ukka촪itavy� / pey� peyi�t� pe(ya)p홺ra� �odhitavya� / �o[dhitv�] bha[ktu]dde痰to (9a2) bhaktaka� grahetavya� / bhaktavisarggo karttavyo p홺ra� nirmm홶ayitavya� / p홺ra� prati痰mayitavya� / gocara� pravi�antasya gr홲aprave�anik홳i c흚ar췹i upan홲ayitavy홳i / vih홸acara�ak홳i c흚ar췹i prati痰mayitavy홳i / 홺mano c흚araka� g춉niya p�ヂhato nugantavya� / n홶i d홳i khur홮hura� / atha khalu n홺y홹anne (J.37) n홺id�re tena d홳i gocar홺o nirggatasya up홥hy홿asya c흚ar췹i praspho(9a3)헻ya s홫ariya pratis홲ayitavy홳i / 홺mano skandhe dapi(yi)ya 膽r첺� on홲iya purato gantavya� / vih홸a� 홪acchiy췹a p태hik� praj쨅payitavy� gr홲aprave�anik홳i c흚ar췹i ek홳te sthapetavy홳i / vih홸acara�ak홳i c흚ar췹i upan홲ayitavy홳i / p홥odaka� upan홲ayitavya� / p홥ata쩟haka� upan홲ayitavya� / p홥� dhopayitavy� / uワa� bhavati sn홶etavyo (9a4) 膽ta� bhavati / mandamukh� prajv홯ayitavy� / yadi pi詮ac홸o a漸hito bhavati / upan홲ayitavyo / n홳홳홼ar程ita� bhavati p춃chitavyo suvihita kuto ida� labdha� asuk홺o ve�ikakul홺o va촡� vidhav홿e sth�lakum홸흝e pa詮akasya asuk홿e bhik쳕霑ye u幢akiyapari�a�kiy췹i kul홳i vyapadi�ati / v홸etavyo vaktavyo m� tahi� gaccha / atha d홳 홫a / asu(9a5)kesmi kule buddhavacana� jalpita� / tato labdha� / vaktavya� k홸ehi dh�ma� m� ca puno 홲i첺cak쳕 de�esi hast홳 nirmm홥iya (I.p.66) hastanirmm홥ana� d홺avya� / pi詮ap홺o ukka촪itavyo pi詮ap홺a upan홲ayitavyo bhu쨓antasya p홳흝a� c홸itavya� / v흅anav홺o d홺avyo bhaktavisarggo va(ka)rttavyo bhukt홼i�ya p홺ra� apakar쳃tavya� / apakk� ca bh홭ana� bhaktopadh홳a� �a(9a6)yy홹ana� (J.38) prati痰metavya� / c흚ar췹i p홺ra� �odhetavya� / p홺ra� pratis홲etavya� / vih홸ako si쨇itavyo sanm홸jitavyo k홯ena k홯a� gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy� / �ayy촨ana� praspho헯yitavya� / c흚ar췹i dhovetavy홳i / si쨇itavy홳i / ra�jitavy홳i p홺ra� dahitavya� / ra쨓itavya� / div홼ih홸a� gacchantasya p태hik� nayitavy� niヅdana� nayitavya� / pustako nayitavyo ku詮ik� nayitavy� / udde(9a7)�a� g춉niya ekamante sv홥hy홿atena 홹itavya� / atha d홳i div홼ih홸a� gantuk홲o bhavati 홶춃chi�(ya) gantavya� / yadi d홳i tahi� kenaci saha sv홥hy홿atuk홲o bhavati / 홶춃chitavya� / vaktavya� / karomi amukena saha sv홥hy홿an ti / tena d홳i j홳itavya� / yadi so bhavati �aithaliko v� b홫uliko v� / 홼aКhako v� asikッk홲o vaktavya� / m촨rayo utpadyey� / atha d홳i bhadrako bhava(9b1)ti / gu�av충 �ikッk홲o vaktavya� / karohi div홼ih홸ato 홪acchantasya p태hik� 홳ayitavy� / niヅdana� 홳ayitavya� / pra(pu)stako 홳ayitavyo / ku詮ik� 홳ayitavy� / 홪atasya sam홳asya hastanirm홥ana� d홺avya� pu쳎췹i d홺avy홳i cetipa(ya)� ca(va)ndantasya p�ヂhato nugantavya� / p태hik� praj쨅payitavy� / hemantak홯o bhavati / mandamukh� prajv홯ayitavy� / p홥� dhovayitavy� / p홥� mrak첿tavyo / �ayy� prajㅓpayita/(9b2)vy� / yadi mah홭aniko bhavati / antamasato hastena samavadh홳a� dh홺avya� / d흍o prajv홯ayitavyo / khe헯ka쩠haka� (J.39) upan홲ayitavya� / prasr홼akumbham upan홲ayitavya� / sukha� pratikram홶ayitavya� / uddi�itv� v� parip춃chitv� v� yadi vih홸o pr홶u�ati / 홶춃chitavya� / amuka� vih홸a� g춉n홲i / atha d홳i dvit흝ena saha pr홶u�ati vih홸a� up홥hy홿ena j홳itavya� / yadi so bhavati �aithiliko (9b3) v� b홫uliko v� a(�)vaКhako v� (a)�ikッk홲o vaktavya� / m� g춉na (I.p.67) m� sa�sarggado쳍 bhavi쳙at흓i / atha d홳i bhavati / bhadrako gu�av홳 �ikッk홲o vaktavyo g춉na y홼an na utth홶흝ati s� eva me 홶춃chanik� atha d홳i utth홶흝ati pa(ya)ttik충 v홸충 홶춃chitavya� / yadi d홳i tahi� kenacit saha sv홥hy홿atuk홲o bhavati / 홶춃chitavya� / karomi amukena s홸ddha� sv홥hy�(9b4)ya� / up홥hy홿ena j홳itavya� / eva� �ra(s홸)ddhevih홸i点 up홥hy홿e pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyate(ti) / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // I.9 Ms.9b4 (J.39.13); Ch.502b13 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� te d홳i 홿u쳋anto nand(an)opanandano 첺촺arggik� ca ni�raya� dapi(yi)ya naiva antev홹i ovadanti / na anu痰santi / te d홳i indragav� viya (9b5) varddhanti �ivacchagal� viya varddhanti / an홮alpasampann츠 an흏y홶athasa�pann츠 / na j홳anti katham up홥hy홿e pratipadyitavya� / katha� 홤홸ye pratipadyitavya� / katha� v춄dhatarake쳕 pratipadyitavya� / (J.40) katha� sa�ghamadhye pratipadyitavya� / katha� gr홲e pratipadyitavya�, / katha� ara�ye pratipadyitavya� / katha� niv홹ayitavya� / katha� pr홼aritavya� / katha� sa�gh쳇흍홺rac흚aradh홸a�e pratipadyitavya� // (9b6) eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a // �abd홶ayatha nand(an)opanandan충 첺촺arggik홳충 ca te d홳i �abd홶it� / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo nand(an)opanandan� 첺촺arggik촨 ca evan n홲a y�ya� ni�raya� detha ni�raya� dadiy췹a antev홹ik충 na ovadatha n홳u痰satha tad eva sarvva� bhagav홳 vistare�a praty홸ocayati / y홼a katha� sa�gh쳇흍홺rac흚aradh홸a�e pratipadyitavya� / 홫a�(9b7)su / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / eva� ca y�ya� ni�raya� dadiya� antev홹ik충 naiva ovadatha n홳u痰satha / tena hi eva� 홤홸ye�a antev홹ikasmi� pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i 홤홸ye�a antev홹ikasmi� pratipadyitavya� / 홤홸ye�a t홼a ni�raya� dentena antev홹i ubhayato vinaya� gr홫ayitavyo / ubhayato pi vinaya� na p홸eti / ekato vinayato gr홫ayitavyo / ekato vinaya� (I.p.68) na p홸e(10a1)ti pa쨇as�tr췹i vistare�a gr홫ayitavyo / pa쨇as�tr췹i na p홸eti catv홸i tr퇘i dve eka� s�tra� vistare�a gr홫ayitavyo / eka� s�tra� na p홸eti / dv홳avat흓o gr홫ayitavyo dv홳avat흓o na �aknoti tri烟atito gr홫ayitavyo �iヂaka� abh흆ワa�rutik홿o g홺h홿o ca tri烟atito na p홸eti dve aniyat충 gr홫ayitavyo �iヂaka� abh흆ワa�rutik홿e g홺h홿o ca / dve aniyat� na p홸eti / anta(10a2)masato catv홸i p홸홭ik충 gr홫ayitavyo �iヂaka� abh흆ワa�rutik홿e g홺h홿o va(ca) �ekhayitavyo / dh홺ukau�alya� (J.41) skandhakau�alya� 홿atanakau�alya� prat흓yasamutp홥akau�alya� 홤홸a� �ekhayitavyo / an홤홸ato dh�(v�)rayitavyo / e쳍 홤홸yo ni�raya� dadiya antev홹i naiva ovadati / n홳u痰sati / vinay홺ikramam 홹홥ayati / evam 홤홸ye�a antev홹ismi� pratipa(10a3)dyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 홺ikramati // * // I.10 Ms.10a3 (J.41:6); Ch.502b16 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� te d홳i bhikテ ni�rayan de�ti te antev홹ik� 홤홸ikasya ni�raya� g춉niya naiva all흝anti / na pratyall흝anti te d홳i bhikテ odhy홿anti / asm홮a� bhagav�(n) da詮akarmman deti / imeッ� muktik� y� (10a4) d홳i asm홮a� (naiva) all흝anti na pratyal흝anti / katha� ime ambhehi ovaditavy츠 / anu痰sitavy츠 / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha bhikテna te d홳i �abd홶it츠 / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� antev홹in� 홤홸ye pratipadyitavya� / antev홹in� t홼a kalpa(ya)to yeva utthatta(nta)kena eva� 홤홸yasya vih홸asya dv�(10a5)ra� 홮o헯yitavya� / ya� k홯a� abhyanujㅓ dinn� bhavati / dv홸a� sukh홮a� apaduriy췹a� prathama� dak쳃�o p홥o prave�ayitavyo / pa�c홥 v홲a� p홥a� prave�ay췹a 홤홸yasya sukhar홺ri (I.p.69) p춃chitavy� / khe헯ka쩠ha� (J.42) ni쳈촨ayitavy충(vya� / ) y홼at p홥odaka� d홶ayitavya� / p홥odaka� upan홲ayitavya� / p홥ata쩟haka� upan홲ayitavya� / p홥� dhovayitavy� / p홥� mra(10a6)k첺yitavy� / khe헯ka쩠haka� prave�ayitavya� / prasr홼akumbhik� prave�ayitavy� / d흍ako prajv홯ayitavyo / �ayy� praj쨅payitavy� / eva� apara� divasa� prasr홼akumbhik� ni쳈촨ayitavy� / tad eva sarvva� navakaparicary� karttavy� / vistare�a yath� �ra(s홸)ddhevih홸isya y홼a d흍a� 홥흍iya �ayy충 praj쨅piya sukha� pratikr홲ayitavyo / eva� antev홹in� 홤홸ye pratipadyita(10a7)vya� / na pratipadyati abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // udd홳a� // eva� sa�ghasthavire�a po첺dhe pratipadyitavya�, / eva� dvit흝asthavire�a po첺dhe pratipadyitavya� / eva� sarvvehi po첺dhe pratipadyitavya� / eva� sa�ghasthavire�a bhakt홪re pratipadyitavya� / eva� dvit흝asthavire�a bhakt홪re pratipadyitavya� / eva� sarvvehi bhakt홪re pratipadyitavya� / eva� up홥hy홿e(10b1)na �ra(s홸)ddhevih홸ismi� pratipadyitavya� / (J.43) eva� �ra(s홸)ddhevih홸i点 up홥hy홿e pratipadyitavya� / eva� 홤홸ye�a antev홹ismi� pratipadyitavya� / eva� antev홹in� 홤홸ye pratipadyitavya� // * // (I.p.70) II.1 Ms.10b1 (J. 44.1); Ch.502b25 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� pa쨇홸thava痰� sa�pa�yam홳홹 tath홪at� arhanta� samyaksambuddh츠 / pa쨇홫ik충 vih�(10b2)rac홸ik홲 anuca�kramanti / anuvicaranti / katam충 pa쨇a kaccim me �r홼ak츠 na karmm홸홲� na karmmarat츠 / na karmm홸홲at홳uyogam anuyukt� viharanti / na bh챘y홸홲츠 na bh챘yarat츠 / na bh챘y홸홲at홳uyogam anuyukt� viharanti / na nidr홸홲츠 na nidr홸at츠 / na nidr홸홲at홳uyogam anuyukt� viharanti / gl홳ak홳채 ca bhikテ点� anukamp홸tha� ye te (10b3) �r홥dh츠 kulaputr츠 (tath홪atam evoddi�ya) �raddhay홥 홪홸홥 anag홸ik충 pravrajit츠 / te ca tath홪ata� d�ヂv� at흚a ud홸췹i pr흓ipr홲ody홳i pratilabhi쳙anti / im�(� pa)쨇홸thava痰na sa�pa�yam홳홹 tath홪at� arhanta� samyaksa�buddh츠 pa�c홫ik충 vih홸ac홸ik홲 anuca�kramanti / anuvicaranti / adr홮ヅd bhagav충 pa쨇홫ik충 vih홸ac홸ik홲 anuca�kramanto anuvi(10b4)caranto �ayy홹ana� ujjhitaprak흏程a� utp홥aka� (J.45) u(du)tthitaka� v홺홺apena vin촨iyanta� var첿�a ovar쳃yanta� pr췹akehi khajjanta� pak쳃hi ohayiyanta� omayilamayila� p쳇itavip쳇ita� / 홺ape dinna� bhagav충 j홳anto yyeva bhikテ� p춃chati kasyema� bhik첺vo �ayy홹ana� ujjhitaprak흏程a� pey홯a� // y홼a omayilamayila� p쳇itavip쳇ita� / 홺ape dinna� 홫a�su / eta� (10b5) bhagava� s충ghika� / bhagav홳 홫a / eva� ca y�ya� apraty홹tara�ak� �ayy홹ana� paribhu�jatha / tena hi eva� �ayy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i (eva�) �ayy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / na d홳i k첺mati s충ghika� �ayy홹ana� adhyupek쳃tu� / utp홥akam v� u(du)tthitakam v� pr췹akehi v� khajjanta� var첿�a (v�) ovar첺paryantam v홺홺apena v� vin촨iyanta� pakヅhi th�(v�) oh(ay)iyanta� / atha khalu yadi t�(10b6)va ujjhitaprak흏程a� bhavati / s홫aritv� ek홳te sth홶ayitavya� / utp홥aka� bhavati / sam(a� (I.p.71) th)홶etavya� / var첿�a ovarヅyati v홺홺apena c�(v�) vin촨흝ati / cchanne pravi�ayitavya� / pr췹akehi kh홥yati / pakヅhi ohapi(yi)yante praspho헻y홳a cchanne prave�ayitavya� / na d홳i vih홸o adhyupek쳃tavyo / oddir程ako praluggako acauk쳍 v� apratisa�sk춗o v� // atha khalu yadi t홼a t��acchadano bhavati / t�(10b7)�ap�lako d홺avyo / apakkacchadano bhavati / apakk� d홺avy� / (J.46) kabhallacchadano bhavati kabhallik� d홺avy� / sudh홲춗tik홤chadano bhavati m춗pi詮o d홺avyo / varッya ov�ヂo bhavati vikha(cikkha)llik� op�re(ta)vy� va�ghorik� d홺avy� gomaya痰혃 d홺avyo na d홳i k첺mati / s충ghika� �ayy홹ana� evam eva paribhu쨓ita�(tu�) / apraty홹tara�a� v� t��a� v� t��a� v� antar홮춗v� le�ka헯ka� v� atha khalu pra(11a1)ty홹tara�a� karttavya� / n홶i k첺mati kalpa� karttu� / pa헻k홲 v� loКhakam v� praty홹tara�a� karttu� / atha khalu dvigu�it� n홲a karttavy� vi�iヂ� ma쨇홺o v� yadi t홼a kambalasya bhavati / ekapu헯� v� dvipu헯m v� karttavya� / atha d홳i karp홹asya bhavati dvipu쩠 v� tripu쩠 v� karttavyo samantena s�tre�a �iviy췹a� / tato madhye�a d흏ghas�tr췹i d홺avy홳i tato na k첺mati / �ayy홹ana� omayilomayila� v� p쳇itavip쳇itam v� adhyu(11a2)pek쳃tu� / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� bodhi(dhovi)tavya� / k홯ena k홯a� �i�citavya� / k홯ena k홯a� 홺ape d홺avya� / na k첺mati s충ghikena �ayy홹anena pr홼춗ena bhakt홪re v� tarpa点gre v� s홲홿ikam v� upavi�itu� / na k첺mati �ayy홹ana� s충ghika� pr홼ariya� d흏ghaca(�)krama� ca�kramitu� // atha d홳i bhik쳕� �ir홼iddhako v� bhavati virecanap흓ako v� gl홳ako v� bhavati vastrapuggalika� antar흆ara�a� dadi(11a3)ya ca�kramati / an홶atti� / n홶i k첺mati s충ghika� �ayy홹ana� paudgalikaparibhogena paribhu쨓itu� / atha khalu s충ghika� �ayy홹ana� praj쨅payitavya� / (J.47) praty홹tara�a� dadiya tato paribhu쨓itavya� / atha d홳i s충ghika� �ayan홹ana� mahanta� bhavati / uparito bhu�jitavya� (I.p.72) yath� n촨a� na gacche / atha d홳i hemantak홯o bhavati s충ghika� �ayy홹ana� pr홼ariya �ayati / (11a4) antar흆ara�a(�) d홺avya� / na deti vinay홺ikramam 홹홥ayati / eva� �ayy홹ana�(ne) pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // II.2 Ms. 11a4 (J.47.6); Ch.502c13 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� te d홳i bhikテ upagacchanik�(y충) k홯e vih홸an na pratisa�skarenti / pa쨇홸thava痰� sa�pa�yam홳충s tath홪at� arha(11a5)nta� samyaksa�buddh츠 pa쨇홫ik충 vih홸ac홸ik홲 anuca�kramanti / anuvicaranti / katam충 pa쨇a / kacci me �r홼ak츠 na karmm홸홲츠 na karmmarat츠 / na karmm홸홲at�-anuty�(yo)gam anuyukt� viharanti na bh챘y홸홲츠 / na bh챘yarat츠 na bh챘y홸홲at홳uyogam anuyukt� viharanti / na nidr홸홲츠 na nidr홸at츠 na nidr홸홲at홳uyogam anuyukt� viharanti / gl홳ak�(11a6)n채 ca bhikテ点m anukamp홸tha� ye ca te �r홥dh츠 kulaputr츠 tath홪atam evoddi�ya 홪홸홥 anag홸ik충 pravrajit츠 / te ca tath홪ata� d�ヂv� atiri(t�)vod홸췹i pr흓ipr홲ody홳i pratilabhi쳙anti / im충 pa쨇a arthava痰� sa�pa�yam홳홹 tath홪at� arhanta� samyaksambuddh츠 pa쨇홫ik충 vih홸ac홸ik충 anuca�kramanti / anuvicaranti / (J.48) adr홮ヅd bhagav충 pa쨇홫ik충 vih홸ac홸ik충 anuca�kramanto anuvi(11a7)caranto vih홸ak홳 ondri(ddri)nnak충 praluggak충 acokッ� apratisa�sk춗충 �ayy홹ana� ujjhitaprak흏程e(r程a�) omayilemayila� p쳇itavip쳇ita� ma쨇홲 p태h�(�) ondri(ddri)程ak충 paluggak충 ucchi(dutthi)tak충 v홺홺apena op�riya�t충 pr췹akehi khajjant충 varye(첿)�a ovaryi(쳃)yant충 k홮a�akuntehi ohayiyant충 bhagav홳 j홳anto p춃chati / kasyeme bhik첺vo vih홸ak� odri程ak� paluggak� acaukッ apratisa�sk춗� �ayy홹a(11b1)na� ujjhitaprak흏程a� omayilomayila� p쳇itavip쳇ita� ma쨇� p태h� (I.p.73) ondri(ddri)程ak� paluggak충 u(du)tthitak충 v홺홺apena op�riyant충 pr췹akehi khajjant충 var첿�a ovar쳃yant충 k홮a�akuntehi ohayiyant충 bhikテ 홫a�su // ima� bhagavan sa�ghasya ye dharmm�(varッ)� upagacchi쳙anti / te pratisa�skari쳙anti / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� var쳍pan홿ike �ayy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� var쳍pan홲i(yi)ke �ayy홹ane pra(11b2)tipadyitavya� / eッ d홳i sa�ghasya var쳍pan홲i(yi)k� bhavati / prak춗yaiva t홼a d홿akad홳apati pratisaritavy� / tato vih홸ak� pratisa�skarttavy츠 / ye vih홸ak� uddi程ak� paluggak� bhavanti / acokッ v� apratisa�sk춗� v� bhavanti / (J.49) yadi t홼a sudh홤chadano bhavati / sudh홶i詮o d홺avyo / iヂak홤chadano bhavati / iヂak� d홺avy� / apakk홤chadano bhavati / apakk� d홺avy� / kabhalla(11b3)cchadano bhavati / kabhallik� d홺avy� / t��acchadano bhavati / t��ap�lako d홺avy� / ma쨇� v� p태h� v� ondri(ddri)程ak� paluggak충 bhavanti / mu�j� karttitavy� / balbaj� karttitavy� ma쨇� dhra(bu)�itavy� upp홥ak� bhavanti sayeccha(ma� ttha)payitavy� / dutthapit� bhavanti / sutthapit� karttavy� / v홺홺apena ota(p�)riyanti / k홮a�akuntehi v� ohapi(yi)yanti / cchanne sthapitavy� / eva� �ayy홹ana� (11b4) bhavati / omayilamayila� p쳇itavip쳇ita� dhoviya s흚itavya� / m춗tik홶i詮o d홶ayitavyo / m튤ika-ucchi(kki)r� v� y홤a(va) va�ghorik� p�retavy� / ya� tahi� parive�e bhava�ti / bha詮a� niyataka� sarvva� samud홳itavya� / pa쨇ehi a�gehi samanv홪ato bhik쳕� �ayy홹anaprajㅓpaka sa�mut흝e sa�manyitavyo / katamehi pa쨇ahi / yo na cchand홿e na do(11b5)ッye na moh홿e na bhay홿e praj쨅pta� ca j홳홺i / imehi pa쨇ahi / pey홯a�, // (J.50) ka(r)mma� k춗v� y홼a te d홳i samantena 챘챙ham홹a� �ayy홹ana� gr홫etavya� / vih홸� parive点 agni痰l� bhakta痰l� / upasth홳a痰l� / dv홸akoヂhako varccaku쩨 udup홳o jant홮o ca�kram� v춌첺m�l� vih홸ak� (I.p.74) gr홫ayitavy� / asuke vih홸e ettak� ma쨇a(11b6)k� p태hak� v� ettaka� 홹tara�a� ettaka� pr홼ara�a� tato likhitavya� / bhurjake phalake v� pa쩟ik홿홲 v� / yadi t홼a 홸a�yaka� �ayy홹ana� bhavati / d�re d�ro(re) parive点 bhava(�)ti / trayoda膽ya� v� c홺urdda膽ya� v� tena �ayy홹anodde�o karttavyo / atha d홳i gr홲홳tika� �ayy홹ana� bhavati / 홹anne 홹anne parive点 bhavanti / c홺urdda膽yam v� p채cada膽yam v� �ayy홹ano(11b7)dde�o karttavyo / ta� likhita� sa�ghasthavirasya all흍itavya� / vaktavya� / 홿u쳋an amuke vih홸ake ettak� ma쨇� ettak� p태h츠 / ettaka� 홹tara�a� ettaka� pr홼ara�a� katamo tava vih홸ako rucyati / yo sa�ghasthavirasya vih홸ako rucyati so d홺avyo / atha d홳i sa�ghasthaviro jalpati / vih홸a� y�ya� (J.51) uddi�atha varッv홹ika� sama� kari쳙홲a nti(tti) / ya� sa�ghasthaviro jalpati / tath� karttavya�, / (12a1) tato vih홸ak� uddi�itavy츠 / v춄dh홳tato prabh춗i y홼a avarya(첺)kaparyanta� na k첺mati / �r홲a�er췹충 vih홸a(r�) uddi�itu� / atha d홳i teッ� up홥hy홿홤홸y� jalpanti / uddi�atha y�ya� eteッ� vaya� pratisa�skari쳙홲a nti(tti) / tato �r홲a�erak췹충 pi vih홸ak� uddi�itavy� / atha d홳i bahu� bhavati / tato dvit흝ak홯ik� uddi�itavy� / atha d홳i tahi(�) koci bhavati / 쳇akkarasi�han홥iko (12a2) pary홶to gr큰me �ayy홹ana� uddi�itavya� / guptyartha� paribhog홸tha� utthi쳙a� utth홶ayi쳙a� ko vih홸ako ti / vaktavyo na e쳍 bhava ki쨇ita bhog홸tha� vadi첺nti ma pratisa�sk홸a点rtha� e쳍 ca� uddi膽yati / atha d홳i stok� vih홸ak� bhavanti / dvi程충 tray췹충 (v�) jan홳충 eko vih홸ako uddi�itavyo / atha d홳i eva� pi stok� bhavanti / catur程충 pa쨇홳홲 v� jan홳충 eko vih�(12a3)rako uddi�itavyo / atha d홳i ekavastuka� bhavati / bhikテ ca bahu(h�) bhava�ti / v춄dh홳채 ca ma쨇� prajㅓpayitavy츠 / navak홳충 p태h츠 prajㅓpayitavy츠 / atha d홳i eva� pi stoka� bhavati / v춄dh홳충 p태h츠 prajㅓpayitavy츠 / navak홳충 sa�stara点 (J.52) (I.p.75) prajㅓpayitavy츠 / atha d홳i eva� pi stoka� bhavati / (atha d홳i) alpo(lp�)vak촨o bhavati / v춄dhehi sa�stara�e pratipa(12a4)dyitavya� / navakehi paryana(�ke) v흓in홲ayitavya� / atha d홳i eva� pi alp홼ak촨o bhavati / v춄dhehi cchanne pravi�itavya� / navakehi v춌첺m�lehi ca�kramehi ni첺dy홫i abhyavak촨e v흓in홲ayitavya� / hemante �ayy홹ana� uddi�itavya�, / guptyartha� paribhog홸tha� utthi쳙a� utth홶ayi쳙a� varッsu �ayy홹ana� uddi�itavya� / guptyartha� paribhog홸tha� utth�(12a5)sya� utth홶ayitavya� / n홶i k첺mati �ayy홹ana� adhyupek쳃tu� omayilomayila� p쳇itavip쳇ita� ma쨇� v� p태h� v� oddri程ak� v� paluggak� v� adhyupek쳃tu� / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� �ayy홹ana� s흚itavya� / bodhi(dhovi)tavya� / k홯ena k홯a� mu쨓� karttitavy� / balbaj� karttitavy� / tato ma쨇� ca p태h� ca bra(bu)�itavy� / eva� var쳍pan홲i(yi)ke �ayy홹ane pratipa(12a6)dyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // II.3 Ms.12a6 (J.52.15); Ch.503a24 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� y홼a adr홮ヅd bhagav충 pa쨇홫ik충 vih홸ac홸ik홲 anuca�kramanto (J.53) anuvicaranto vih홸ak충 oddri程ak충 paluggak충 ull홿a g춉흓ak충 acokッ� apratisa�sk춗충 udakasya p�r충 udakabhram홲 a�odhi(ta)k충 dv홸홫i (12a7) dv흍ik홫i khajjanto ma쨇충 p태h충 ondri(ddri)程ak췹충 paluggak충 u(du)tthitak충 var첿�a (o)var쳃yant충 pr췹akehi khajjant충 bhagav홳a j홳anto p춃chati / ki� ima� bhik첺vo vih홸ak� ullaggak� oll홿e g춉흓ak츠 / acaukッ apratisa�sk춗� udakasya p�r충 udakabhram� a�odhitak� dv�(re) dv흍ik홫i khajjant� ma쨇� p태h� ondri(ddri)程ak충 paluggak충 utp홥ak충 u(du)tthitak충 var첿�a o(12b1)var쳃yant충 pr췹akehi khajjant�(�) bhikテ 홫a�su� / ye bhagav홳 (I.p.76) arッ� vasi쳙anti te pratisa�skari쳙anti / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� var쳍pagatehi �ayy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� var쳍pagatehi �ayy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / ete d홳i bhik첺vo var쳍pagat� bhavanti / tena hi vih홸ak� pratyavek쳃tavy� / yadi t홼a ondri(ddri)程ak� v� paluggak� v� bhavanti / y홼at m튤ikokk홸� v� cikkhallik� v� pra(12b2)tisa�sk홸ayitavy� / yadi t홼a vih홸ako sudh홤chadano bhavati (sudh홶i詮o d홺avyo) / iヂak홤chadano bhavati / iヂak� d홺avy� / (J.54) apakvacchadano bhavati / apakv� d홺avy� / kabhallacchadano bhavati (kabhallik� d홺avy� / t��acchadano bhavati) / t��ap�lako d홺avyo / ur程�(ll�)ye g춉흓ako bhavati / pi詮a� 痰헻ya m춗tik홿e limpitavyo / m튤a-ukk홸� vilikhkhi(cikkhali)k� p�retavy� / yadi t홼a uppe촡nako vih홸ako bhavati / �akk홸o헳na v� p�retavy� u(a)pa(12b3)kvap충sukena v� / atha d홳i uppa�sulo bhavati / gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy� / udakabhram� v� / pra点libhram� v� parip�rit� bhavanti �odhayitavy츠 / mu詮aharmmiy� pratisa�skarttavy� / �ayy홹ana� omayilomayila� bhavati / p쳇itavip쳇ita� dhovayitavya� / ra쨓etavya� / ma쨇� v� p태h� v� bhagnak� bhavanti / chinnaga漸hik� karttavy� / ondri(ddri)程ak� v� paluggak� bhavanti / mu(12b4)쨓� karttitavy� / ma쨇� bra(bu)�itavy� / p태hik� bra(bu)�itavy� / upp홥ak� bhavanti sama� th홶eyitavy� / u(du)tthitak� bhavanti / sutthit� thapetavy� / v홺홺apena op�riyanti / naiv홺e thapitavy츠 / var첿�a ovar쳃yanti / cchanne thapitavy� / pr췹akehi khajjanti cchandiy췹a� pratip홥ikehi thapayitavy� / n홶i k첺mati / �ayy홹ana� adhyupek쳃tu� / omayilomayila� v� p쳇itavi(12b5)p쳇ita� v� // atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� dhovitavya� / s흚ayitavya� / ra쨓iya(jayi)tavya� / ma쨇� v� p태h� v� upp홥ak� bhavanti / sam충 thapitavy츠 / dutthit� bhavanti / susthit� thapitavy츠 / ondri(ddri)程ak� bhavanti / palugnak� v� mu쨓� karttitavy� / balbaj� karttitavy� / (J.55) ma쨇� bu�itavy츠 / (I.p.77) p태h� bu�itavy츠 / p홥ak� u(du)tthitak� bhavanti / suthapit� karttavy츠 / vih홸ak� k홯ena (12b6) k홯a� si쨇itavy츠 / sa�m홸jitavy츠 / gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy츠 / udakabhram츠 pran챙ik홣hram� v� k홯ena k홯a� �odhitavy츠 / pa쨇홫e pa쨇홫e �ayy홹ana� pratyot홶etavya� / ma쨇� v� p태h� v� any홿ata� karttavya� / vih홸o omasvediko bhavati / ma쨇o bhitti(to) mocetv� pratip홥ik� d홺avy츠 / yath� pr췹akehi na kh홥yey� sant홳ik� 痰헻tavyo / anvarddham홹a� gomaya痰(12b7)혃 d홺avyo / yadi t홼a vih홸o o�a karoti odako d홺avyo / atha d홳i usvedako bhavati �uddhena gomayena mardditavya� / vih홸o usvedako bhavati / na d홳i tahi� k첺mati / hasta�auca� v� karttu� p홥a�auca� v� mukham v� dhoyi(vi)tu� / p홥am v� nirmm홥ayitu� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / vih홸o pitthitv� sthapitu� / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� ap홼uritavyo yath� v홺a� labheyy� (na) dh�petavyo ku(13a1)ヂhena bhurjena v� saktuhi v� eva� var쳍pagatakehi (J.56) �ayy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // II.4 Ms.13a1 (J. 56.3); Ch.503b10 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� apara� d홳i 홸a�yaka� �ayy홹ana� himado첿�a citta� na vasati / te d홳i 홸a�yak� vih홸a� b홫ira� gha쩟iya� k홸iy췹a gr홲antika� �ayy홹ana� okast츠 so d홳i vi(13a2)h홸ako vanadavena 홪acchiy췹a dagdho / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� var첺vustehi �ayy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� var첺vustehi �ayy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / eta� d홳i 홸a�yaka� �ayy홹ana� himado첿�a ri(ci)tta� na vasati / na k첺mati / 홸a�yakehi a�abdakar程ik홿e gr홲홳tika� / �ayy홹ana� okkasitu� / atha khalu ucch�(13a3)hetavy� / tahi(�) eko v� dvau v� trayo v� y홼atak� (I.p.78) ucchahanti / yo pratibalo vastu� yadi utsahanti / teッ� 홫홸e�a upastambha� karttavya� / yath� na vihanye�su / atha d홳i udvahanti / 홫a / ki� vaya� parityakt츠 / kissa (J.57) vaya� vas홲a� / ya� tahi� �ayy홹ana� bhavati kocavako v� ull흝o v� caturasrak� v� kumbh흝o v� ka헯(쩠)hak홳i v� sarvva� gr홲홳tika�, (13a4) �ayy홹ana� ot홸etavya� / ma쨇� p태h� ullapitv� sth홶ayitavy� / ma쨇� bhittiyo mocetv� pratip홥ak� d홺avy� / yath� pr췹akehi d흍ik홫i v� na khajjey� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati so vih홸o adhyupek쳃tu� / ondri(ddri)程ako v� paluggako v� acauk쳍 v� apratisa�sk춗o v� / atha khalu yadi t홼a t��acchadano v� bhavati t��apulako d홺avyo / y홼a go(13a5)maya痰혃 d홺avyo / paribh췹촡� karttavya� / �vetavar程� d홺avya� // samantena vih홸asya t홼a pratik춗yeva agnihara霑 karttavy� / bh춗akehi ca karmmakarehi ca vih홸asya catu�p홸�ve kak첺� j홺aka� bhavati so lav홶ayitavyo / ya� k홯a� �u쳈a� bhavati / ni쳎r췹aka� tato gnin� dah홶ayitavyo vih홸ako si쨇itavyo / samm홸jitavyo / gomayak홸ヅ (13a6) d홺avy� / ya� s홸홹홸a� �ayy홹ana� amil� v� astara�ik충 v� kocak� v� makucak� (v�) gu촸gu촸k� v� makucak� v� te gr홲홳tika� �ayy홹ana� n홶ayitavy츠 / ma쨇츠 pratip홥akehi sth홶ayitavy� bhittito yu(mu)kt츠 / ma�casya upari p태h� sth홶ayitavy� / p태hasya upari ya� tatra �ayy홹ana� omayilomayila� p쳇ita(J.58)vip쳇ita� p태hasya upari sth홶ayitavya� c흚arava烟e sth홶ayitavya�, (13a7) bhittito mukta� / yadi t홼a vih홸o uppi촡nako bhavati / na k첺mati / len홳i bandhitu� / atha khalu muktak� karttavy� / atha d홳i uppa�sulak� vih홸ak� b홫iragha쩟im� karttavy츠 / sarvvehi ni(r)dh홼itavy� ekena abhyantaragha쩟ima� vih홸ak충 kariya rejj�ye v� ka촦varik� /ya(ye) v� otaritavya� / otariya rajj�ye v� ka촦variy� v� abhyantare k쳃pitavy� / b홫yena v� acchitavy� / ye (13b1) tatra bhavanti gop홯ak� v� pa�up홯ak� v� teッ� so vih홸o anuparinditavyo te vaktavy츠 / d흏gh홿u gacch홲a t홼a ya� gr홲홳tika� �eyy홹ana� e쳍 tumh홮a� vih홸ako anuparindito bhavatu / eva� anuparindiy췹a gantavya� (I.p.79) / atha d홳i gr홲홳tika� �eyy홹ana� bhavati / eva� hy eva sarvva� pratisa�sk홸o karttavy츠 / y홼a �vetavar程� d홺avy� / et홳i mahant홳i vast�ni bhavanti / yath� (13b2) agni痰l� v� upasth홳a痰l� v� yadi t홼a sasv홲ika� bhavati / tena pratisa�sk홸oye(pe)tavy� / uddiヂako n촨o yo sya bhavati / tena pratisa�skarttavy� / atha d홳i naiva sasv홲iko bhavati / n홶i uddiヂako sarvvasa�ghena pratisa�skarttavyo / s홲agr흝e sa�viditv� tahi� ekam eko (J.59) v� �amo d홺avyo / dve v� dve v� trayo v� trayo v� yath� sarvvapratisa�sk홸o gacche tath� (13b3) d홺avya� / ma쨇� v� p태h� v� ullaggak� bhavanti / ayacchitavy� / aya� cchantiyo karttavy츠 / unniyo v� bi�io v� caturasrak� v� omayilomayil� bhavanti / p쳇itavip쳇it� dhovitva sivitavy� / pratyaggal홳i d홺avy홳i / bha詮a� niyataka� bhavati / samud홳etavya� / gr홲홳tika� �eyy홹ana� udakado첿�a ri(ci)tta� na sa�vasati na k첺mati tehi a(13b4)�abdakar程ik홿e 홸a�yaka� �eyy홹ana� gantu� / atha khalu pratik춗yeva t홼a ya� tatra s홸홹홸a� bh췹촡m astara�a� v� pr홼ara�a� v� upaskaro v� �raddh홶rasannehi up홹akakulehi sth홶ayitavya� / vih홸ako sa�m홸jayitavyo / gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy� / ma�c� pratip홥akehi sth홺avy� bhittito mukta� / ma쨇asya upari p태ha� sth홶ayitavya� / p태hasyopari ya� ta(13b5)tra jarjara bisi v� jarjara catura�rako v� ta� sth홶ayitavya� / yadi t홼a upp클anako vih홸o bhavati / tato len홳i mukt홳i sth홶etavy홳i / atha d홳i uppatsu(msu)lako vih�(ro) bhavati len홳i b홫iragha쩟im홳i karttavy홳i sarvve bhikテhi ni(r)dh홼antehi / ekena vih홸ako atya(bhya)nta(ra)gha쩟imo karttavyo / prative�ikul홺o ni�re�iy홼iya tato o(13b6)taritavyo / (J.60) ye tatra prative�ik� bhavanti / teッm anuparinditavya� / d흏gh홿u e쳍 vih홸ako tumh췹a� anuparindito bhavatu / (I.p.80) gacch홲a vaya� ara�yak홳i �eyy홹an홳i eva� parindiya gantavya� / eva� var첺vustehi �eyy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // II.5 Ms.13b6 (J. 60.5); Ch.503c1 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vista(13b7)re�a nid홳a� k춗v� pa쨇홸thava痰� vistare�a k춗v� y홼ad adr홮ヅd bhagav충 pa쨇홫ik충 vih홸ac홸ik충 anuca�kramanto anuvicaranto vih홸ak충 odd(r)i程ak충 praluggak충 acaukッ� apratisa�sk춗충 �eyy홹ana� ujjhitaprak흏程a� omayilomayila(�) p쳇itavip쳇ita� ma쨇� ca p태h� ca / uddri程ak� praluggak� upp홥ak� u(du)tthitak� var첿�a ovar쳃yant충 pr췹akehi khajjant충 bhagav홳 (14a1) j홳anto bhikテ� p춃chati / kim ida� bhik첺vo vih홸ak� oddri程ak� paluggak� acaukッ apratisa�sk춗츠 �eyy홹ana� ujjhitaprak흏程a� omayilomayila� p쳇itavip쳇ita� ma쨇� ca p태h� ca oddri程ak� paluggak� upp홥ak� u(du)tthitak� var첿�a ovar첺yant� pr췹akehi kh홭jant� te d홳i 홫a�su vaya� bhagavan 홪antuk� ye nev홹ik� te sa�skari쳙anti / bhagav홳 홫a // tena hi eta(va)� 홪antukehi �e(14a2; J.61)yy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� 홪antukehi �eyy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / et� d홳i bhikテ 홪antuk� bhavanti vih홸ako uddiヂako bhavati / ma쨇a� p태ha� pi caturasraka� kurcca� bi(�)bohana� uddiヂa� bhavati n홶i k첺mati / gat홪atasya vih홸ake bha詮a� prave�itu� / atha khalu yadi t홼a andhak홸ako vih홸ako bhavati / prad흍o jv홯ayitavyo t��olk� v� ka詮olk� v� pra(14a3)jv홯ayitavy� / pravi�iya c흚ara�ca(va�)�o t홤a(va) pratyavek쳃tavyo / anek홿e pr췹akehi kh홥itako bhavati / yadi t홼a pr췹akehi kh홿itako bhavati bhagnak� v� ta� apaniya anyo k흈ako 홮o헯yitavyo (I.p.81) p홺raprave�ik� sth홶ayitavy� / ma쨇aka� ca pratyavek쳃tavya� / yadi t홼a vibhagnako v� cchinnako v� bhavati cchinnaka漸hi karttavy� / oddri程ako (14a4) v� paluggako v� bhavati mu�j� karttitavy� balbaj� karttitavy� / ma쨇� bra(bu)�itavy� p태h� bra(bu)�itavy� / vih홸ako �odhayitavyo / samm홸jayitavyo / m튤a-ukkir� v� bhavati 홮o헯yitavy� / gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy� / ma쨇ako pratip홥ake sth홶ayitavyo 홹tara�a� praj쨅piya pratikramitavya� / yadi sarvvar홺ro gacchati pratisa�sk홸a(J.62)yantasya sarvvar홺r� pratisa�ska(sk�)rayi(14a5)tavya� / eva� 홪antukehi �eyy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // II.6 Ms.14a5 (J.62.4); Ch.503c16 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati �ast� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� pa쨇홸thava痰� vistare�a k춗v� y홼ad adr홮ヅd bhagav충 pa쨇홫ik충 vih홸ac홸ik홲 anuca�kramanto anuviracanto vih홸ak충 oddri程ak충 paluggak충 a(14a6)caukッ� apratisa�sk춗충 �eyy홹ana� omayilemayila� p쳇itavip쳇ita� / ma쨇� p태h� oddri程ak충 paluggak충 / upp홥ak충 u(du)tthitak충 var첿�a ovar쳃yant충 pr췹akehi khajjant충 bha(ga)v홳 j홳anto p춃chati / ki� ime bhik첺vo vih홸ak� oddri程ak� paluggak� acaukッ apratisa�sk춗� �ayy홹ana� omayilemayila� p쳇itavip쳇ita� ma쨇� p태h� oddri程ak� paluggak� upp홥ak� u(du)tthi(14a7)tak� var첿�a ovar첺yant� pr췹akehi khajjant� bhikテ 홫a�su / vaya� bhagavan nev홹ik� ye 홪antuk� te pratisa�skari쳙anti / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� nev홹ikehi �eyy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� nev홹ikehi �ayy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / n홿a� t홼a k첺mati / naiv홹ikehi ye vih홸ak� oddri程ak� paluggak� acaukッ apratisa�sk춗� te 홪antuk홳충 (14b1) sth홶ayitu� / yadi 홪antuk홳충 m홺u aty홿ika� bhavi쳙anti / tato na� pratisa�skari쳙ant흓i // atha khalu (J.63) ye vih홸ak� navak� ca supratisa�sk춗� ca te 홪antuk홳충 sth홶ayitavy� / n홶i k첺mati (I.p.82) �eyy홹ana� omayilomayila� p쳇itavip쳇ita� 홪antuk홳충 sth홶ayitu� / yadi 홪antuk홳충 m홺u aty홿ika� bhavi쳙ati tato dhovi쳙anti / ra쨓i쳙anti / s흚i쳙anti / atha khalu ya� (14b2) �eyy홹ana� navaka� sudhota� ca surakta� ca ta� 홪antuk홳충 sth홶ayitavya� / n홶i k첺mati ye ma쨇� v� p태h� v� prala(lu)ggak� v� oddri程ak� v� te 홪antuk홳충 sth홶ayitu� / yadi 홪antuk홳충 m홺u aty홿a(yi)ka� bhavi쳙ati / tato bu�i쳙anti / atha khalu ye ma쨇� v� p태h� v� nav� ca s홸� ca sa(su)dhot� ca te 홪antuk홳충 sth홶ayitavy� n홶i k첺mati / adhyupek쳃tu� / atha khalu vi(14b3)h홸ak췹충 k홯ena k홯a� kha詮aphu쩟a� pratisa�skarttavya� / �eyy홹ana� dhovitavya� / sivitavya� / ra쨓itavya� / ma쨇� v� p태h� v� bhagn� v� bhavanti cchinnaga漸hik� karttavy� / oddri程ak� v� paluggak� v� bhavanti / mu쨓� karttitavy� / balbaj� karttitavy� ma쨇� bra(bu)�itavy� p태h� vra�itavy� / ma쨇� v� p태h� v� upp홥ak� bhavanti / sama� sth홶ayitavy� / u(du)tth홶itak� (14b4) bhavanti / susthit� karttavy� / (J.64) v홺홺apena te(o)p�riyanti / niv홺e sth홶ayitavy� / k홮a�akunna(nta)kehi ohayiyanti channe sth홶ayitavy츠 / var첿�a te(o)var쳃yanti nirovar첿 sth홶ayitavy� / pr췹akehi khajjanti cchinnaga詮i(漸hi)yak� kariya pratip홥akehi sth홶ayitavy� / eva� nev홹ikehi �ayy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikrama(14b5)ti // * // II.7 Ms.14b5 (J. 64.6); Ch.503c25 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� y홼ad adr홮ヅd bhagav홳 pa쨇홫ik충 vih홸ac홸ik홲 anuca�kramanto anuvicaranto vih홸ak충 oddri程ak충 paluggak충 anabhi(prati)sa�sk춗충 ull홶e(ye) g춉흓ak충 �eyy홹ana� omayilamayila� p쳇itavip쳇ita� ma쨇� ca p태h� ca oddri程ak충 paluggak충 upp홥ak충 (14b6) u(du)tthitak충 v홺홺apena op�riyant충 k홮a�akunne(nte)hi ohar쳃(yi)yant충 var첿�a ovar쳃yant충 pr췹akehi khajjant충 bhagav홳a j홳anto yeca(va) bhikテ� p춃chati / ki� ete bhik첺vo vih홸ak� oddri程ak� paluggak� �eyy홹ana� (I.p.83) omayilamayila� p쳇itavip쳇ita� ma쨇� p태h� ca oddri程ak� paluggak� upp홥ak� u(du)tthitak� v홺홺apena op�riyant� k홮a�akunne(nte)hi ohayiyant충 var첿�a (o)var쳃ya�t� pr�(14b7)pr췹a(J.65)kehi khajjant� / bhikテ 홫a�su / ye bhagava� 홪antuk� ca nev홹ik� ca te pratisa�skari쳙anti / vaya� itv홸av홹ino bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� sarvvehi �eyy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� hi sarvvehi �eyy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / ete d홳i vih홸ak� bhavanti / oddri程ak� paluggak� acaukッ apratisa�sk춗ak� tato ra�ara点ye ga詮i� 홫a�iya sarvvasa�ghena sannipati(15a1)tavya� / atha d홳i ka�cid 홫a / ahan dharmmakathiko aha� vinayadharo aham 홸a�yako pi詮ac홸iko p충sukuliko ya eto(te) dro霑 �rama�ak� te pratisa�skari쳙ant흓i // te vin홿홺ikramam 홹홥ayanti / atha khalu sarvvehi sannipatitavya� / anyehi t홼a m춗tik� mardditavy� / anyehi kh췹uk� vi痰lik� v� pi詮ak� v� parip�riya d홺avy� / anyehi pariharitavya� / anyehi lippitavya� / a(15a2)nyehi majjitavya� / anyehi udaka� pariharitavya� / atha d홳i bahu� lippitavya� bhavati / bhikテ ca 痰헺yena karenti / ki� karttavya� mitaka� d홺avya� / iman tava kha詮a� ima� tava kha詮an ti / ima� tvay� pratisa�sk홸ayitavya� / ete vih홸ak� ull홶e(ye) g춉흓ak� bhavanti apratisa�sk춗� v� uppa�sul� v� sarvvasa�ghasya ga詮im 홮o헯yitv� anyehi t홼ad y� bhitti oll홿e g춉흓ak홿o t홿o 痰(15a3)헯yitavy홿o anyehi m춗tik� marddetavy� / anyehi udaka� pariharitavya� / anye(hi) m춗tik� pariharttavy� / anyo lepo d홺avya� / (J.66) anyai� sa(�)m홸jitavya� / vih홸ak� uppe촡nak� bhavanti / �arkar쳇ak� v� 홶akap충suko v� pariharitavyo 홮o헯yitavyo / atha d홳i upa�sulak� vih홸ak� bhavanti / anyair ggomaya pariharttavya� / anyai(15a4)r udaka� pariharttavya� / anyai(ye)hi adhv홶ayitavya� / anyehi gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy� / n홶i d홳i (I.p.84) adhyupek쳃tavya� / �eyy홹ana� o程iyo v� kocavako v� pr홮�(v�)r� v� bisiyo v� caturasrako v� bimbohanak� v� cilimilik� v� omayilamayil� v� p쳇itavip쳇itavip쳇it� v� acaukッ v� apratisa�sk춗� v� / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� / a(15a5)nyehi oッ g홯ayitavyo / anyehi udaka� pariharttavya� / anyehi kッra� 홳ayitavya� / anyehi vodha(dhova)yitavya�, / anyehi p클itavya� / anyehi visayitavya� / anyehi pariharttavya� / ma쨇� v� p태h� v� oКi程ak� v� paluggak� v� paluggak� v� bhavanti / sarvvehi mu쨓� v� balbaj� v� karttitavy� / ma쨇� v� v홺avy� p태h� v홺avy� bis� s흚ayitavy� / caturasr� d홶a(15a6)yitavy� // na�gal홳i utth홶ayitavy홳i / ete ma쨇� v� p태h� v� bhagnak� v� bhavanti / yo ya� pa�yati (J.67) tena yyeva ga漸h� karttavy� / up홥ak� bhavanti / yo ye(va) pa�yati tena yeva sama� sth홶ayitavya� / dutthitak� bhavanti / susthitak� karttavy� / v홺홺apena v� op�riyanti / yo yeva pa�yati tena yyeva niv홺e sth홶ayitavy� / k홮a�akuntehi v� ohayiyanti / yo yyeva pa�yati / tena yyeva (15a7) channe sth홶ayitavy� / var첿�a ovar첺yanti / yo yeva pa�yati tena yyeva nirovar첿 sth홶ayitavy� / pr췹akehi khajja(n)ti / yo yeva pa�yati / tena yyeva cchinnaga漸hik� kariy췹a pratip홥akehi sth홶ayitavy� / eva� sarvvehi �ayy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // II.8 Ms.15a7 (J. 67.9); Ch.504a14 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 virahati 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vista(15b1)re�a nid홳a� k춗v� te d홳i bhikテ prak흏程akasya ucchv홹a� karonti / jano d홳i odhy홿ati / pa�yatha bha�e �rama�ak� yath� uヂr� v� go点 v� garddabh� v� cchagalak� v� evam ime �rama点 prak흏程akasya u�v홹a� karenti / naヂa� bhraヂa� kuto eッ� �r홲a�ya� / eta� prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo jano odhy홿ati 홲a bhagava(va)(15b2)n (I.p.85) bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi varccaku쩨 n홲a karttavy� / varccaku쩨� d홳i bhik쳕点 k홸홶ayam췹ena n홶i k첺mati (J.68) vih홸asya purastimena v� utt�(tta)re�a v� k홸홶ayitu� / atha khalu dak쳃�ena v� pa�cimena v� k홸홶ayitavy� / v홺apatha� muktv� mallakatal� kha�� kha�itavy� / prap홺ani�rita� v� yadi v� kh홳iy� udak홳tik� bhavati / prathama� kalpiyak홸e�a oha(15b3)yiy홶etavy� / atha d홳i prap홺ani�rit� v� ur程홼accaghara� vovatti gacchati / antar�(�) k챘헺a� d홺avya� / yath� tahi�, / prathama� niya(pa)teya parimala� v� caturasra� v� nivitavy� / iヂak홫i v� upalair vv� cch홥ayitavy� / y홳i s홸췹i ca d�촪홳i ca sth�l�(ni) ca k챘헺홳i t홳y adhast� d홺avy홳i / tatra k챘헺ehi v� phalakehi v� oh쳇ayitavy� / upari iヂ(ak)홫i m춗tik홿a (15b4) cch홥ayitavy홳i / tac ca mukh홳i karttavy홳i hast홲 v� 홿홲ena nimuヂakam v� hastam vist홸e�a tatra ka漸hav홸i�i karttavy� / kak첺m홺r� v� galam홺r� v� va烟e(na) v� nalena v� na�galehi v� phalakair vv� tath� karttavy� yath� upaviヂ� anyonya� na pa�yanti / 膽rヅ(ッ)n tatropari cch홥etavya� kuКa(�) utthapiy췹a� valabh� k홸ayitavy� / 홮촨atala� v� li�pitavy� m춗ti(15b5)k홿a v� sudh홿a v� t��acchann� v� karttavy� / aparasmin p홸�ve varccaku쩨k� karttavy� / tahi� sth홶etavy� k챘헺aku詮홳i v� m춗tik홮u詮홳i v� udaka p�rayitavy홳i / tahi� (J.69) sth홶etavya� kar큰o m춗tik� v� 튤o v� tato j홳itavya� / yadi t홼a s� kh홳i/m� varccaku쩨 bhavati / tato varccakumbhik� b홫irodiv� karttavy� / yath� ta� udaka� anye na gacchati / atha (15b6) d홳i prap홺anisrit� bhavati / varcaku쩨 ki� c홶i tahi(�) yyeva udaka� patati / an홶atti� / varccakumbhik홿e purato kalpiyakaraki sth홶ayitavy� udakasya p�r程at홳i t홳i ku詮ak홳i v� ka쩠hak홳i v� n홶i k첺mati / adhyupek쳃tu� / sapr췹ak홳i v� adhotak홳i v� / atha khalu uddi�itavya� / navak홳te v� pa헻p쳇헻k홿a v� yasya v� pr홶u�ati / tena t홳i ku詮anik홳i k홯ena k홯a�, (15b7) p�rayitavy홳i / k홯ena k홯a� dhovayitavy�(ni) / k홯ena k홯a� 홺ape �o첺yitavy홳i / atha (I.p.86) t홳i k챘헺amay홳i bhavanti / na k첺mati / 홺ape na �o첺yitu�, / m� phu쩟i�su tti / �o첺yitv� cch홺�(y�)y충 sth홶ayitavy홳i / ya� k홯a� pari�u쳈홳i bhavanti / tato p�retavy홳i / varccaku쩨ye purato ku쩨 v� 痰l� v� karttavy� / tatra c흚arava烟� v� c흚arabisi v� d흏gha(J.70)n홪adanta v� karttavy츠 / ya(16a1)tra bhikテ kalpik홳i c흚arak췹i vinik쳃piya varccaku쩨 pravi�anti n홶i d홳i dravi촦na viya pra�r홼akara�a� g춉nitv� varccakumbhi(헻)k�(�) gantavya� / atha d홳i varccakumbhik충 sapr췹ak� bhavati / na d홳i (k첺mati) vaktu�, / 홿u쳋anto sapr췹ak� varccaku헻(mbhi)k� / atha khalu t��am v� t�lik� v� upari sth홶etavy� / yath홭ㅓye sapr췹akety abhijㅓna� / udakak춗ya� karentena na d홳i jjhallajjhaleye udaka� cetavya� / atha kha(16a2)lu m홺� yeva cetavya� / riktak충 varccakumbhik충 pa�yati / na tad� adhyupek쳃tavya� / yasya oheyyako bhavati / tasya 홼i(ci)k쳃tavya� / svaya� v� p�rayitavya� / antamasato kumbhik홿a� / ekasya (yattaka�) pary홹ta� bhavey� tattaka� d홺avya� / atha d홳i gl홳o bhavati / 홸첺vy홥hika� v� praskandika� v� lek첺(�ka)쩠kha轝ehi v� bhastr홿ana�kehi v� sukum홸ehi dayitavya�, // * // e첺iv홸thotpatti� / bhagav�(16a3)n �r홼asty충 viharati / 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� apare�a d홳i bhik쳕点 va烟a�al홮홫i vra�amukha� potthi(cchi)ta� tasya d홳i k첺ta� sarudhira� k춗a� / eta� prakara�a� (J.71) bhikテ bhagavata� / 홸ocaye�su� / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홼atha bhik쳕� so d홳i �abd홶ito / bhagav홳 홫a / eva� ca tva� va烟a�al홮홫i vra�amukha� pe(po)cchesi tena hi na k첺(16a4)mati va烟a�al홮홫i ka詮avidalikai(ke)na v� nalak챘헺ena v� / ka헺allena v� asthikha詮ena v� vra�amukha� pocchitu�, / atha khalu avalekhana� n홲a karttavya� / olik� v� sth홶ayitavy� / m춗tik홲ay� varttik� karttavy� / y� kh홳im� varccaku쩨 bhavati / n홶i k첺mati bhik쳕点 vra�amukha� pocchayat� t홿o varttik홿o v� kulik홿o v� varccaku쩨ye prak쳃pitu�, / (16a5) atha khalu ekamante (I.p.87) k팃aka� karttavya� / t홿o devasika� cchorayitavy홿o v� dahiya bh�yo v� dahiya bh�yo v� thapayitavy홿o / atha d홳i bhik쳕 pa�yati / ko im홿o dahi쳙at흓i / ta(t�)yo cchoriya any홿o sth홶ayitavy홿o / atha d홳i prap홺ani�rit� bhavanti / ki�c홶i tahi� apalekh홲 v� prak쳃pati / sa�kara� v� an홶atti� / varcca(�) kara�tena ta(16a6)th� karttavya�, / yath� ucc홸apra�r홼akhe헯si�gh췹aka� sarvva� tahi� nigacche / atha d홳i anyo caukヅk춗a� bhavati / oh췹am v� / khe헯� v� / si�h췹akam v� varcce v� tahi(�) nik쳃pta� bhavati / uccik홿e tahi� sarvva� prak쳃pitavya� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / ak춗v� udakak춗ya� s충ghika� �eyy홹ana� paribhu쨓itu� // * // eッ ev홸thotpatti� // bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹충 (16a7) ca / vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� aparo d홳i bhik쳕� / (J.72) u�v홹ena udd흍ito nivasana� oguhiya varccaku헻� pravi�ati / tahi� ca aparo bhik쳕� p�rvvapraviヂo so d홳 홫a / m� me 홿u쳋a� ohayesi / eta� prakara�a� bhik쳕� / bhagavato 홸ocaye�su� / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� varcce pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� varcce pratipadyitavya� / n홿a� t홼a k첺mati / bhik쳕点 k첺mayitu�, (16b1) y홼a u�v홹ena utp클ito tti // atha khalu samud홤홸am홺rake�aiva varccaku헻� gantavy� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� / u�v홹ena sahas� uppa촫(to) bhavati na k첺mati niv홹ana� oguhiya a�abdakar程ik홿e varcaku쩨 pravi�itu� / atha khalu accha헻k충 kara(n)tena pravi�itavya� / yadi t홺ava(va ta)hi(�) koci p�rvvapraviヂo bhavati tena pratyaccha헻k� karttavy� / imin� 홪amayitavya� / t홼a y홼a utthita iti / atha d홳i (16b2) upp클ito bhavati / accha헻k충 karantena all흍itavya� / imin� ca par쳬mukhena bhavitavya� / tasya c홼ak촨o d홺avya� / tena ca par쳬mukhena u(pa)vi�itavya� / antara� d홺avya� / n홶i d홳i d�rato yeca(va) niv홹a(na)� oguhiya upaveヂavya� / (J.73) atha khalu samanantara� upavi�itavya� ca nivasana� niguhitavya� ca n홶i d홳i k첺mati varcaku쩨ya� upaviヂena dhy홳홳taragatena v� middh홳taragatena v� u(16b3)dde�a� v� (I.p.88) sv홥hy홿am v� manasikarentena 홹itu� / atha khalu samud홤홸a� kariya utthiya cchatti ma(ga)ntavya� / n홶i k첺mati / s충ghikena �eyy홹anena pr홼춗ena varccaku쩨 pravi�itu� / n홶i k첺mati / kalpikehi c흚arehi pr홼춗ehi varccaku쩨� pravi�itu� / atha khalu sth홶ayitv� praveヂavya� n홶i d홳i k첺mati / dantak챘헺a� kh홥antena varccaku쩨� pra(16b4)veヂu� / ek홳te nik쳃pitv� praveヂavya� / n홶i k첺mati / ogu漸hita膽r첿�a v� ohayitahastena na v� varccaku쩨� praveヂu� / atha khalu ek충s흆춗ena praveヂavya� / e쳍 bhik쳕� purime v� pa�cime v� prah췹�(�e) upaviヂo samud홤홸ak춗o bhavati / prah췹asya 홲antriy췹a cchatti varccaku쩨ya� gantavya� / atha d홳i bhikテ utp클ito bhavati n홶i k첺mati / (16b5) yath� uヂre�a v� go�ena v� garddabhena v� �r�yo (o)ha�ya(ya�)tena gacchitu�, / atha khalu sa�gh홸홲asya ekahi� ante upavi�itavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕点 d�ヂo bhavati / n홶i k첺mati vaktu�, / ko v� e쳍 katha� v� e쳍 m� veКo bhaveya tti / tena u�v홹a� kara�tena mallakena v� ko촫tena v� cchorayitavya� / cchoriy췹a� so p춗hiv흍rade�o gomaye(16b6)na udvarttitavya� / tato yadi t홼a vibhavo bhavati / tailak홸ヅ v� (J.74) gandhak홸ヅ v� d홺avya� / atha d홳i vibhavo na bhavati / antamasato gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy츠 / e쳍 bhik쳕� / cetiya� vandito u�v홹ak춗o bhavati / samud홤홸am홺rakenaiva nirddh홼itavya� / atha d홳i sahas� utp클ito bhavati / tad� na k첺mati / uヂre�a v� go�ena v� �r�yo ohayantena gantu�, / atha (16b7) khalu ekamante niv홹a(na)� o(gu)hiya upavi�itavya� / atha d홳i bhikテhi d�ヂo bhavati tad� na k첺mati vaktu� / ko v� e쳍 katha� v� e쳍 m� ce(ve)Кo bhaveya nti(tti) / ten홶i d홳i u�v홹a� kariya mallakena v� ko촫llena v� ka헺allena v� ccho촫y췹a so p춗hiv흍rade�o gomayena udvarttayitavyo / yadi t홼a 홫aty� p춗hiv� bhavati / uttatthapitavy� / k춗akarmm� p춗hiv� bhavati udakena dhovita(17a1)vya� / yadi t홼a vibhavo bhavati cetiyaghare tailak홸ヅ v� d홺avy� / atha d홳i na vibhavo bhavati / antamasato ta�hi p춗hiv흍rade�e gandhak홸ヅ v� d홺avy� / atha d홳i 홸a�yaka� �eyy홹ana� bhavati / durlabho gandho antamasato tailak홸ヅ d홺avy� / ete (I.p.89) dve bhikテ ve(ce)tiya� vandanti ya� pa�yanti tatra �unakhena v� 短g홯ena v� u�v홹a� k춗aka� yo navako bhavati / te(17a2)na cchoritavya� / atha d홳i navatarako �aithiliko b홫uliko bhavati / v춄dhatare�a cchoritavya� / (J.75) ete dve bhikテ gocara� pravi�anti prak춗yeva t홼a cchaКayitavya�, / atha d홳i bhikテ� praviヂo sam홳o samud홤홸a� k춗o bhavati / ki� karttavya� gr홲홳tika� �eyy홹ana� gantavya� / pratikrama�am v홪antavya� / n홶i k첺mati / bhik쳕霑-up촨raye gat홪atasya varccaku헻� pravi�itu� / anek홿e (17a3) bhik쳕�ik� upaviヂ� bhaveya / atha khalu p춃chitavya� / bhagini ki� rikt� v� varccaku쩨 neti n홶i k첺mati / taru�ik� p춃chitu� / m� ve程� bhaveya nti(tti) / atha khalu v춄dh� p춃chitavy� / yadi t홼ad 홫a / 홸ya rikt� varccaku쩨ti / kanakena v� dak홳akena v� udaka� g춉�iya pravi�itavya� / u�v홹a� kariya udakak춗ya� kariya gantavya�, / atha d홳i eva� pi na bhavati n�(17a4)lama쨇a� gantavya� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / str퇘충 niga(n흈a)ma�ca(�) gantu� / atha khalu yo puruッ点� n흈ama�co tahi� gantavya� n흈ama쨇o na bhavati / uts�ヂag춉a� gantavya� / p춃chitavya� rikto ukkharo ti na d홳i taru�ik� str� p춃chitavy� / m� a'prah홹a� dey� mahantik� p춃chitavy� / yadi t홼ad 홫a / 춌to udakadak홳ak� 홥홿a praveヂavya� / eva� pi na bhavati / 蕁nya(17a5)ghara� v� jamb홯am v� bhavati / tahi� gantavya� / na d홳i tahi� gantavya� / na d홳i tahi� atini(�)�abdaprave(de)�e upaveヂavya� / m� (J.76) ugga�kito bhaveya� channaprave(de)�e upaveヂavya� / atha d홳i eva� pi na bhavati / utk쳃ptarathy홿충 ku촽a� p�ヂhato k춗v� u�v홹o karttavyo / yo sau dvit흝o sah홿o bhavati / tena purato par쳬mukhena sth홺avya� / ete bhik쳕 s홸thena s�(17a6)rddham adhv홳a� gaccha�ti / bhik쳕 u�v홹ito bhavati n홶i k첺mati / ya(pa)tthesmi� u�v홹a� karttu�, / m� (jano) odhy홿e�su ken ima� (I.p.90) ya(pa)tthesmi(�) antr췹i vik흏程홳i / atha khalu ekatama� jjha헯m v� v춌첺� v� p�ヂhato kariy췹a upavi�itavya� / n홶i d홳i anuv홺a� karttavya� / m� sarvvas홸tha� gandhena vy홼aheyy� apav홺a� karttavya� / s홸the nis�ヂasmi� samud홤홸o bhavati / ek홳te upavi�iya kartta(17a7)vya� / n홶i d홳i apratisa�viditena utha(cca)ttitavya�, / m� coro v� ocorako v� nti(tti) hanyey� n홶i d홳i anuv홺a� karttavya� / y�(m�) sarvvas홸tho gandhena v�(vy�)vahey� apav홺a� karttavya�, / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / pratik춗yeva niv홹ana� (J.77) oguhiya gacchitu�, / atha khalu niv홹ana� oguhitavya� ca upavi�itavya� ca na k첺mati niv홹ana� oguhiya v홲ena hastena a�gaj홺a� g�(17b1)hniya dravi촦na yath� udakasam흍a(pe) gantu� / atha khalu utthihitavya� ca niv홹ana� osaritavya� / n홼홿e gacchantasya samud홤홸o bhavati yadi varcaku쩨 bhavati / tahi(�) karttavya� k챘헺aka� antar� karttavy� / yath� tahi� prathama� nipatey� eva� na bhavati / antamasato svak� a�guli upathapitavy� / varccaku쩨 na bhavati / ka쩠(he)na v� mallikena v� ujjhitavya� st�p홣hig춉e v� sa�gh홣hig춉e v� pa(17b2)�yati / ujjhitavya� / atha d홳i dve ca�kramante / v춄dhatarako navatarako ca navakena ujjhitavya� / atha d홳i so bhavati �aithiliko v� b홫uliko v� 홼aКhako v� a�ikッk홲o (v�) tad� svaya� ujjhitavya� / e쳍 hi bhik쳕� / d흏ghakena kh홿itako bhavati / vaidyo jalpati bhatte(nte) mah홼ika쩠� p홿etha nti(tti) ki� karttavya� / yadi t홼a 홺mano ucc홸o bhavati / so eva tasya pratigraho (J.78) atha (17b3) d홳i parakerako ucc홸o bhavati / pratigrah홶ayitavyo / udakena acc홼iya ghanena narttakena parisr홼iya tasya bhik쳕sya suman홶hull홳i na �akye dadiy췹a� vaktavya� / 홿u쳋ana imasya bhai첺jyasya gandho y홥��o ucc홸asya m� khalu te aman홿a(pa)� bhavi쳙ati pib홫i yadi �e j흚ituk홲o eva� sarvvehi sarvve(varcce) pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhi(17b4)sam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // (I.p.91) II.9 Ms. 17b4 (J. 78.7); Ch.504c18 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� te d홳i bhik쳕� prak흏程aka� pra�v홹a� karonti jano d홳i odhy홿anti / pa�yatha bha�e (ime) �rama�ak� / yath� uヂr� v� go点 v� gardabh� v� cchagalak� v� eva(m i)me �rama�ak� prak흏程aka� pra�v홹a� karonti / naヂa� bhraヂa� ku(17b5)to v� / imeッ� �r홲a�ya� eta� prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta� / bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo jano odhy홿ati / tena hi pra�v홹aku쩨 n홲a karttavy� / pra�v홹aku쩨pi(ye) d홳i bhik쳕点 k홸a(pa)yantena na k첺mati v�(vi)h홸asya uttare�a (v�) p�rvve�a (v�) k홸홶ayitu� / atha khalu dak쳃�ena v� pa�cimena v� k홸홶ayitavy� v홺apatha(�) muktv� (17b6) udakabhrama�asya v� ta(u)pari karttavy� / upalasya v� iヂak홿a v� upari mallatalak� khann충 khanitavy� / madhye cchidraka� karttavya� / (J.79) udakabhrama�asya upari thapetavy� suv�(dh�)ya sama�tena lipitavy� / yadi samantena setu� karttavyo yath� patako yeva pra�v홹ako b홫yena nirggacchati / dhoviya tailena mrak첺yitavy� / navak홳tena v� uddiヂakena v� pa헻p쳇ik홿ena v� yasya (17b7) v� pr홶u�eti // * // eッ ev홸thotpatti� // bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� aparo d홳i bhik쳕� prah췹a� upaviヂako pr촨v홹ena u쳎�(pp�)촫to pra�v홹aku쩨� gacchiy췹a� niv홹ana� o(gu)hiy췹a� pra�v홹a� kari쳙anti / tahi� ca bhik쳕� p�rvvapraviヂo pra�v홹a� karoti / so jalpati / m� khalu me 홿u쳋an omutrapa(ya)si tti / eta� (18a1) prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� pra�v홹e pratipadyitavya� / eva� t홼a na k첺mati bhik쳕点 홪amayitu� / y홼a pra�v홹ena pra(u)p클ito bhavati / atha khalu samud홤홸am홺rakenaiva pra�v홹aku쩨� gantavya� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati a�abdakar程ik홿e pra�v홹aku쩨� pravi�itu� // atha khalu accha헻k충 karantena pra�v홹aku헻� pravi�itavya� / ya(18a2)di tahi� koci p�rvvapraviヂo (I.p.92) tena pratyaccha헻k� karttavy� imin� t홼a 홪amayitavya� / y홼a pra�v홹o k춗o atha d홳i so bhik쳕� / upp클iyat� yeva accha헻k충 karantena all흍itavya� / (J.80) imin� avak촨o d홺avyo tato ubhayo(ye)hi pra�v홹o karttavyo / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / ogu漸hita膽r첿�a v� ohitahaste(na) v� dantak챘헺a� kh홥antena (v�) upaveヂa(ヂu)� / atha khalu ek충sak춗ena ek�(18a3)nte dantak챘헺a� sth홶ayitv� upaveヂavya� / n홶i d홳i tahi� dhy홳홳tare�a v� sv홥hy홿am v� karentena a�ubhasam홶attim v� sam홶annena 홹itavya� / atha khalu prasr홼a� k춗v� cchatti utthitavya� / e쳍 d홳i bhik쳕� prah췹a upaviヂako pra�v홹ak춗o bhavati / utthiy췹a� pra�v홹aku쩨� gantavy� / atha d홳i pra�v홹ena upp클ito bhavati / na k첺mati / yath� uヂ[re]�a v� (18a4) go�ena v� gardabhena v� �r�yo om�triyantena gantu�, / atha khalu ekatama�te upavi�iya pra�v홹o karttavyo / atha d홳i kenaci bhik쳕点 d�ヂo n홶i d홳i k첺mati vaktu� / ko v� e쳍 katham v� e쳍 m� veКe bhaveya nti(tti) / ten홶i d홳i pra�v홹a� kariy췹a so p춗hiv흍rade�o yadi t홼ad 홫atya /(ty�) p춗hiv� bhavati / k챘헺ena v� ka헺allena v� uttatthiy�(18a5)�a� cchorayitavyo atha d홳i k춗a�karmm� p춗hiv� bhavati / dhovayitavy� / tato tailak홸ヅ v� gandhak홸ヅ v� (J.81) d홺avy� / atha d홳i n홹ti vibhavo antamasato gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy� / atha d홳i pra�v홹aku쩨 na bhavati / ekasmi(�) ko�e sarvvasa�ghasya pra�v홹apa헳(gha혃) sth홶ayitavyo tasyopari cchidramallak� d홺avya� // m� aprak춗ik� gha헯sya v� b홫yena [pra]�v�(18a6)sa� chorey� ti / tatra tatra�(kunta)ko al홣uotumbako v� thapayitavyo tahi� pra�v홹a� kariy췹a gha헯ke prak쳃pitavya� / na d홳i tahi(�) k첺mati / ucc홸o v� khe헯si�gh췹ako v� prak쳃pitu� / so d홳i ujjhitavyo / navak홳tena k홿asya v� oheyyako bhavati / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / aty�(bhy�)game prade�e ujjhitu� sarvvasa�ghasya m� gandhena vy홼aheyy� / atha d홳i dvibh�mako bhavati / dvit흝홿충 (18a7) bh�miya� tath� yeva gha헯ko sth홶ayitavyo / t춂h�miko bhavati / t춗흝홿충 bh�mau tath� yyeva sth홶ayitavya� / tahi� pra�v홹a� (I.p.93) karitavya� / kar程ika� ya� k홯a� prah췹asya yath홹ukha� k춗a� bhavati / ta� k홯a� pra�v홹agha헻k� nikk홯a(J.82)yitavy� / ken홿a� nikk홯ayitavyo / navak홳tena v� pa헻p쳇ip쳇ik홿a v� yasya v� pr홶u�ati / tato pi na k첺mati / so tahi� cchorayitu� / yahi� deve va(18b1)r쳃ntasya st�pavigraha� v� sa�ghavigraha� v� gacchati / atha khalu tahi� cchorayitavya� / yahi� deve var첺ntena anye na gacchati n홶i k첺mati / pra�v홹agha헯� abhiniku쨓e prade�e sth홶ayitu� / m� anye bhikテ na pa�ye�su / n홶i k첺mati / atipr홮a헳 prade�e sth홶ayitu� / m� na� 촪oss� v� vi�� v� v홺aputr� v� bhu�je�su / atha khalu pracchannapr홮a헳 sth홶ayitavya� / vik홯e pravi�iy췹a� tahi� yyeva (18b2) sth홳e sth홶ayitavyo / gha헯syopari cchidramallaka� sth홶ayitavya� / cchidramallakasyopari kuntako v� al홣utumbuko v� thapayitavyo / atha d홳i sa�ghe pra�v홹agha혃 na bhavati / paudgalikapaudgalik홳i pra�v홹agha헻k홳i sth홶ayitavy홳i / gha헻k� v� k홸ak� v� al홣utumbuk� v� kalpa(ya)to eva pra�v홹a� ekamante visarjiya pra�v홹abha詮aka� / vodhi(dhovi)ya pratigupte (18b3) prade�e 홺ape sth홶ayitavya� / tato vik홯e bh�yo prave�itavyo / kuta(nta)ko bhavati / eva� yyeva karttavya� tucchaka� bhavati kalpa(ya)to yeca(va) ujjhitv� cchann�(nne) sthavitavya� / m� phu쩟e�su �iktena uccinitv� sth홶ayitavya� / mallaka� bhavati / ek홳te ujjhitv� dhovitv� 홺ape sth홶ayitavya� / s홿a� prave�entena kunta v� tumbak� v� �ik첿(kte)(na) (J.83) uccinitv� ma쨇akasth홳e ullapitavya� / oru(18b4)hantena mallaka� gha헻k� v� ma쨇akasya ca oruhantena susthapit� karttavy� bh홭ana� na bhavati / varッ udaka� ca bhavati / na d홳i tath� prasr홼o va(ka)rttavyo / yath� cetiy홣hig춉a� upari gha烟vato gacchey� ek홳take karttavya� / agni痰l홿충 v� upasth홳a痰l홿충 v� upaviヂasya samud홤홸o bhavati / cchatti ni쳈ramitavya� / atha d홳i uppilito bhavati aka�,(18b5)th홿ene viya m�tre�a si쨇antena na gantavya� / atha khalu ek홳tena k춗v� ujjhitavya� (I.p.94) / tailak홸ヅ d홺avy� / antamasato gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy� / e쳍 bhik쳕 cetiya� vandanto pra�v홹ak춗o bhavati / samu(d�)c홸am홺rake�a eva gantavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕 suヂhu upp흈ito bhavati n홶i k첺mati / yath� uヂre�a v� go�ena v� ur�yo om�trantena gantu�, / atha (18b6) khalu ekamantena pra�v홹o karttavyo / atha d홳i koci bhik쳕 pa�yati / n홿a� vaktavyo ko e쳍 kim v� katham v� eta� ti m� veКo bhaveya nti(tti) / ten홶i pra�v홹a� kariy췹a yadi t홼a 홫aty� p춗hiv� bhavati / k챘헺ena v� ka헺allena v� uttacchi(tthi)ya cchorayitavya� / (J.84) atha d홳i k춗akarmm� p춗hiv� bhavati dhovitavy� / sarvvatra cetiya�g춉e gandhak홸ヅ v� tailak홸ヅ v� d홺avy� / atha d홳i vibhavo na (18b7) bhavati / antamasato tahi� p춗hiv흍rade�e tailak홸ヅ v� gandhak홸ヅ v� d홺avy� / atha d홳i 홸a�yaka� �eyy홹ana� bhavati durllabho gandho antamasato tailak홸ヅ d홺avy� / e쳍 bhik쳕� gocara� pravisati / prak춗yeva t홼a pra�v홹a� kariya pravi�itavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� gocara� praviヂa� pra�v홹ak춗o bhavati / n홶i k첺mati / abhy홪ame prade�e pra�v홹a� karttu�, / atha kha(19a1)lu y� u(t)k쳃ptarathy� bhavati tu詮arathy� tahi� gantavya� / ku詮a(�) agrato kariy췹a pra�v홹o karttavyo yo se dvit흝o sah홿o bhavati / tena p�ヂhato sth홺avya� / par쳬mukhena e쳍 bhik쳕� s홸thena sam홳am adhv홳a� gacchati / pra�v홹ak춗o bhavati / n홶i k첺mati / panthesmi� pra�v홹a� karttu� / m� jano odhy홿e kena ime panthe pra�v홹o k춗o rudhira� viya cchanditu� / atha khalu ek홳te pra�v홹o karttavyo / (19a2) panth홺o ussariya ek홳te karttavya� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / anuv홺a� karttu�, / m� s홸tho gandhena vy홼aheyy� / apav홺a� karttavya� / atha d홳i s홸the sanniviヂe samud�(c�)ro bhavati / ek홳te uccattiya karttavya� / (J.85) na d홳i apratisa�viditena uccattitavya� / m� coro v� ocorako veti hanyey� / atha khalu sa�viditena uccattitavya� / n홶i d홳i anuvarttita(v홺a� kartta)vya� / apav홺a� karttavya� / n홼홸e(ye) (19a3) gacchantasya samud�(c�)ro bhavati / yadi varccaku쩨 bhavati tahi� karttavya� // atha d홳i varccaku쩨 na bhavati bh홭ane k춗v� ujjhitavya� // (I.p.95) atha d홳i gl홳o bhavati bhik쳕� p췹촸roge�a vaidyo jalpati / bha쨓enta� pratim�tra� piban홿a dethe tti ki� karttavya� yadi t홼a 홺manako pra�v홹o bhavati / purimapa�cimaka� ca varjayitv� madhyama� g춉nitavyo / evam tasya pratigraha� / (19a4) atha d홳i any홺aka� bhavati purimapa�cimaka� ca varjya� k춗v� g춉nitavya� / tata� pa�c홺 pratigr홫ayitavya� / tasya gl홳asya suman홶hulla� na (�a)kke dadiy췹a� vaktavya� / ima� khalu buddhapraj쨅pta� bhai첺jya� piba yadi j흚ituk홲o si / eva� pra�v홹e pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramanti // * // II.10 Ms.19a4 (J.85.14); Ch.505a23 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viha(19a5)rati / 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� / apare�a d홳i bhik쳕点 s충ghik홿a� (J.86) bh�mau 홲rapotako ropitako so d홳i ta� unneti va(r)ddheti gha헯siktako ekaputrako viya apare�a bhik쳕点 홪acchiya upp챙iya dantak챘헯� kh홿ita� so d홳i tena d�ヂo // so d홳 홫a / 홿u쳋an eva� ca d홳i tva� mama �(19a6)mrapotako gha헯siktako ekaputraka� viya sa�varddhitavya� / upp챙iya dantak챘헺a� kh홥asi / eta� prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha ta� bhik쳕� / so d홳i �abd홶ito bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik쳕 eva� n홲a apare�a bhik쳕点 s충ghik홿충 bh�mau 홲rapotako ropito so d홳i tena unn흓o varddhito gha헯siktako ekaputra(19a7)ko viya tvay� so age(홪a)cchiya upp챙iya bha�jiya dantak챘헺a� kh홥ita� / 홫a / 홲a bhagava� bhagav홳 홫a // eva� n홲a tva� pu쳎opagata� v춌첺� upp챙iya dantak챘헺a� kh홥asi / tena hi na k첺mati / dantak챘헺a� // * // eッ ev홸thotpatti� // bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a (I.p.96) nid홳a� k춗v� bhagav홳 mahat흝e b홯홮in흝e bhik쳕pary�(ッ)ye dharmman de�aya(19b1)ti / te d홳i bhikテ dantak챘헺a� na kh홥ant� ek홳te ni첺程� 홹anti prav홺agandhikena mukhena pa�yanti / m� sabrahmac홸i� gandhena (J.87) vy홼ahi쳙홲a� / bhagav홳 j홳anto yeva p춃chati ki� ete bhik첺vo bhikテ ek홳te 홹anti / kalahitak� viya manye / bhikテ 홫a�su / bhagavat� dantak챘헺a� pratik쳃pta� / tato ete bhik첺vo ek홳te 홹anti / prav홺agandhikena mukhena pa�yanti m� sabrahmac�(19b2)r� gandhena vy홼ahi쳙홲a� / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi anuj홳홲i dantak챘헺a� pr홲췹ika� mah홳ta� 쳍촡痰�gula�, // * // e첺iv홸thotpatti� // bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto nandanopanandan� savallarik홳i dantak챘헺홳i kh홥anti jano d홳i odhy홿anti pa�yatha bha�e �rama�ak츠 / yath� kum홸ak� v� dharmmiヂh� v� ak첺dar痰 v� ga�a(k�) v� mah홲atr� v� / evam ime �ra(19b3)ma�ak츠 savallarik홳i dantak챘헺홳i kh홥anti / naヂa� bhraヂa� kuto imeッ� �r홲a�ya� eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a �abd홶ayatha nandanopanandan충 te d홳i �abd홶it� / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo nandanopanandan� eva� n홲a y�ya� savallarik홳i dantak챘헺홳i kh홥atha / jano d홳i odhy홿ati pa�yatha bha�e �rama�ak� yath� (19b4) kum홸ak� v� dharmmiヂh� v� ga�ak� v� r홭aputr� v� ime �rama�ak츠 savallarik홳i dantak챘헺홳i kh홥anti / naヂa� bhraヂa� kuto imeッ� �r홲a�ya� 홫a�su / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / eva� ca d홳i y�ya� apram췹홳i dantak챘헺홳i kh홥atha / tena hi pram췹ika� dantak챘헺a� kh홥ayitavya� / dantak챘헺홳i n홲a tri�i jyeヂha� madhyama� kan흝asa� / jyeヂha� (J.88) n홲a 쳍촡痰�gu(19b5)l홳i madhyama� dv홥a痰�gul홳i kan흝asam aヂ쳬gul홳i // * // bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� aparo d홳i bhik쳕 dantak챘헺a� kh홥ati / tena d홳i kh홥antena dantak챘헺a� tho(nira)va�e첺� k춗a� / tena d홳i bhagav홳 d�ヂo bhagavato gaurave�a sarvvam abhyavah춗a� / tasya d홳i aph충su / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�(19b6)su / bhagav홳 홫a / eva� ca y�ya� sarvva�, (I.p.97) nirava�e첺� dantak챘헺a� kh홥atha tena hi �eッ� catv홸i a�gul홳i dantak챘헺asya varjya� karttavya� / atha d홳i bhikテ 홸a�yake �eyy홹ane prativasanti / kalpiyak홸o durllabho bhavati ki� karttavya� / jyeヂhak홳i dantak챘헺홳i k홸홶ayitavy홳i / tato bhik쳕点 dantak챘헯� kh홥iya ku(r)ccaka� �astrakena cchinditavya� / dhoviy췹a� thapayitavyo / apara� (19b7) divasa� evam eva kh홥iya eva� t홼a kh홥ayitavya� y홼a dantak챘헺asya catv홸i a�gul홳i ava�iヂ홳i tato cchoritavya� / so e쳍 bhik쳕� nirava�e첺� dantak챘헺a� kh홥ati vinay홺ikrama(�) 홹홥ayati / dantak챘헺a� pi n홲a kh홥antena na k첺mati / st�pavigrahe v� sa�ghavigrahe v� dantak챘헺a� kh홥inta(tu)� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� gl홳o bhavati �ir홼iddhako v� virecanap흓ako v� gh춗a(20a1)p흓ako v� ki쨇홶i sa�ghavigrahe dantak챘헺a� kh홥ati / an홶atti� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / dantak챘헺a� (J.89) kh홥antena khe헯� di�odi�a� cchorayitu� / ku(r)ccako v� dicchaddiya di�odi�a� cchorayitu� / atha khalu ka헯(쩠)hake v� mallake v� ko헻y충 v� 홼iddhapu헻k홿홲 v� khe헯� cchorayitavyo v홲ena ca hastena ku(r)ccako g춉�itavya� / pa�c홺a ekamantena cchorayitavya� / dantak챘헺a� pi d홳i kh홥antena n홶i k첺mati / upasth홳a痰(20a2)l홿홲 v� agni痰l홿홲 v� bhakta痰l홿홲 v� kalpiya痰l홿홲 v� kalpikaku헻k홿홲 v� sa�ghamadhye (v�) up홥hy홿홤홸y췹홲 v� agrato v춄dhatarak홳홲 v� bhikテ点� agrato dantak챘헺a� kh홥itu� / n홶i k첺mati m홺춇r홲asya agrato dantak챘헺a� kh홥itu�, / n홶i k첺mati / cetiya� vandantena ogu漸hita膽r첿�a v� ohitahastena v� tha(ce)tiy홺i(bhi)g춉e v� pr홹홥e v� kh�(20a3)ditu� / ek충膽k춗ena ek홳te kh홥itavya� / n홶i k첺mati / dantak챘헺a� kh홥iya madhyena p쳇iy홳a jihv충 nilehitu� k홲abhogin� yath� / atha d홳i bhik쳕 jihv충 nilehituk홲o bhavati / kurccakena 홲arjayitavy� / n홶i k첺mati vibh튤a点bhipr홿e�a dantak챘헺a� kh홥itu� // atha khalu durggandhaprah췹홸tha� dantak챘헺a� kh홥itavya� / atha d�(20a4)ni dantak챘헺a� na (I.p.68) bhavati / a�g홸e�a v� / apakkaladdun� v� dant� odya(gha)(r)sayitavy츠 / (J.90) antamasato a�guli dantak챘헺a� kh홥itavya� / sa e쳍 bhik쳕� sarvve�a sarvva� dantak챘헺a� na kh홥ati vinay홺ikramam 홹홥ayati / e쳍 bhik쳕 ve(ce)tiya� vandati / pa�yati dantapo�a� cchorayitavyo / atha d홳i dve jan� bhavanti / yo navako bhavati / tena (20a5) uddh춗avy� / atha d홳i navako �aithiliko b홫uliko bhavati v춄dhatare�a uddh춗avyo / eva� dantak챘헺e pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // udd홳a� eva� �eyy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / eva� var쳍pan홿iko(ke) �eyy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / eva� var쳍pagatehi �eyy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / eva� (20a6) var첺vustehi �eyy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / eva� 홪antukehi �eyy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / eva� naiv홹ikehi �eyy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / eva� hi sarvvehi �eyy홹ane pratipadyitavya� / eva� varce pratipadyitavya� / eva� pra�v홹e pratipadyitavya� / eva� dantak챘헺e pratipadyitavyan ti// * // // dvit흝o vargga� // * // (I.p.99) III.1 Ms.20a6 (J.91.1); Ch.505c1 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� pa쨇�(20a7)rthava痰n sampa�yam홳홹 tath홪at� arhanta� samyaksambuddh� / pa쨇홫ik충 vih홸ac홸ik홲 anuca�kramanty anuvicaranti / katam충 pa쨇a / kacci me �r홼ak츠 / na karmm홸홲츠 / na karmmarat츠 / na karmm홸홲at홳uyogam anuyukt� viharanti vistare�a y홼ad adr홮ヅd bhagav충 pa쨇홫ik충 vih홸ac홸ik홲 anuca�kramanto anuvicaranto anyatara� bhik쳕 bh�mau astariya c흚ara� (20b1) s흚anta� bhagav충 j홳anto p춃chanti kim ida� bhik쳕� / 홫a / bhagavan ida� c흚ara� sivay홲i / bhagav홳 홫a / evan ta� tva� bh�m흝a astar흝a c흚ara� sivayasi / tena hi ka헺ina� n홲a karttavya� / ka헺ina� t홼a bhik쳕点 k홸홶ayam췹ena dv홥a�ahast충 홿홲ato karttavyo / aヂahast충 vist홸e�a va烟홳충 v� nal홳홲 v� na(�)gal홳충 v� k췹�홳홲 v� caruk홳홲 v� rohiッ点m v� s�trik홿a v� rejjuk홿a v� (20b2) gha�a bu�itavya� / ya� k홯a� bhik쳕� c흚ara� s흚ituk홲o bhavati / upasth홳a痰l홿충 v� agni痰l홿충 v� pr홹홥e v� prah췹ake ka헺ina� prajㅓpayitv� c흚ara� s흚itavya� / ka헺ina� astariy췹a� p홥충 (J.92) dhoviy췹a� ka헺inasmi� palla�kenopavi�iy췹a� ta� c흚ara� s흚itavya� / atha d홳i aparo pi koci s흚ayi(tu)k홲o bhavati ten홶i p홥충 dhovayitv� ka헺inasmi� palla�kenopavi�iya c흚ara�, (20b3) s흚ayitavya� / atha d홳i ni첺程o b홫irak충 p홥충 k춗v� m�(s�)tra� valento 홹ati an홶atti� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� p홥홳a�(ni) dhovayituk홲o bhavati / na k첺mati / adhotakehi p홥akehi ka헺ina� okramitu� / atha khalu b홫yena ka헺inasmi p홥홳i thapi/y췹a� c흚ara� s흚ayitavya� / ya� k홯a� c흚ara� s흚ita� bhavati / ka헺ina� savva(nva)헻y췹a� bhitt흝e dve k흈ak홳i khaniya rajjue (20b4) bandhiya tahi� ukkavayitavya� / yadi aparo pi koci s흚ayituk홲o bhavati / ten홶i ka헺ina� astar흝a c흚araka� yeca(va) tath� s흚ayitavya� / n홶i k첺mati ka헺inasya ra�ge v� �odhayitu� gomaya� v� c흚arak홳i v� �odhayitu� / atha khalu c흚araka� s흚ayitavya� / n홶i k첺mati / ka헺ina� adhyupek쳃tu� (I.p.100) / ullaggaka� v� paluggaka� v홺홺apena vin홹iyanta� var첿�a v� ova(20b5)r첺yanta� pakヅhi v� ohayi(pi)yant충 / (J.93) atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� bandhitavya� k홯ena k홯a� pratisa�skarttavyo / atha d홳i ka헺ina� na bhavati / ma쨇asya v� upari c흚ara� p태hasya v� upari c흚araka� kariy췹a� s흚itavya� / atha d홳i eva� na bhavati / prah췹a痰l홿홲 v� / upasth홳a痰l홿홲 v� ma詮alam챙e v� prade�aka� gomayena upalimpiya c흚araka� s흚itavya� / antamasa(20b6)to j홳uk홳충 pi upari c흚araka� thaviya s흚ayitavya� / eva� ka헺ine pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // III.2 Ms.20b6 (J.93.8); Ch.505c11 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / aparo d홳i bhik쳕� prah췹aka� upaviヂo / so d홳i yath홹ukha� k춗e vih홸aka� apaduriya pravi�ati 膽talaka� ca tena 홮r홳ta� tasya bhavati d흏ghako may� 홮r홳to tasya d홳i tena nivare(ra)�ena sarvva(20b7)r홺ri� citta� na sam홥h홳a� gacchati / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su // bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi cakkal� n홲a karttavy� / cakkal� t홼ad bhik쳕点 k홸홶ayam췹ena k홸홶ayitavy� / va烟홳홲 v� na�홳홲 v� na�gal홳홲 v� ka詮홳홲 v� rejjuk홿e v� m�(s�)trak홿e v� gha点 bu�itavy� tath� karttavy� / yath� d흏ghako na sa�sakkati / vih홸asya dv홸asmi� upari trayo k흈ak홳i 쳇apitavy� (21a1) tahi� cakkal� bandhitavy� / os홸iy췹a� heヂhe dve k흈ak홳충 p클iy췹a tahi� (J.94) bandhitavya� / ya� k홯a� bhik쳕� prah췹a� otaranti tato dv홸a� mu쨇itavya� / niv홶iy췹a cakkal� os홸iy췹a� k흈akehi bandhiy췹a tato os홸itavya� / ya� k홯a� prah췹asya yath홹ukha� k춗a� bhavati / tato vih홸a� gacchiy췹a� cakkal� utk쳃pitavy� // n홶i d홳i sahas� anek홿o m� tarhi d흏ghako praviヂo bhavepa(21a2)ya nti(tti) / atha khalu kha헯kha쩠payitavyo k챘헺ena v� ka헺allena v� tato pa�c홤 cakkal� utk쳃pitavy� / pravi�iy췹a� cakkal� os홸ayitavy� / dv홸a� bandhitavya� / tato pratikramitavya� pa�cima� prah췹a� otaritavya� / dv홸a� (I.p.101) apaduccaritavya� cakkal� utk쳃piy췹a� dv홸a� pivi(dhi)y췹a� cakkal� os홸iy췹a� prah췹a� otaritavya� / prah췹ato ya� k홯a� utthito bhavati / vih홸a� gacchiy췹a� yadi (21a3) (t�)va prabh홺a� bhavati / cakkal� utk쳃piy췹a� upari bandhitavy� // dv홸a� apaduriya tato pravi�itavya� / eva� devasika� na d홳i k첺mati divasata osarayitv� thapayitu� / n홶i k첺mati s� cakkal� adhyupek쳃tu� / ullaggik� v� paluggik� v� / pr췹akehi (J.95) v� khajjanti / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� bandhitavy� / k홯ena k홯a� pratisa�skarttavy� / eva� cakka(21a4)l흝e pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyeti // abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // III.3 Ms.21a4 (J.95.4); Ch.505c17 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� pa쨇홸thavas충 sa�pa�yam홳� y홼a vistare�a k춗v� y홼ad adr홮ヅd bhagav홳 pa쨇홫ik충 vih홸ac홸ik홲 anuca�kramanto vih홸충 oddri程ak충 palluggak충 ull홶e(ye) g춉흓ak충 acaukッ� apratisa�sk춗충 / bha(21a5)gav홳 j홳anto yeva p춃chati / ki� ke(i)me bhik쳕 vih홸ak� oddri程ak� paluggak� oll홿e g춉흓ak� acaukッ apratisa�sk춗� tena hi eva� vih홸e pratipadyitavya� / vih홸� n홲a tr퇘i jyeヂhako madhyamako kan흝asako jyeヂhako n홲a vih홸ako bh�mi bhavati / m챘ak홳a(la)vall�(r程�) ulloko bhavati / prap췹촡r� bhitti bhavati / k춗akarmm� eva� jye(21a6)ヂhako kin ti madhyamako kin ti d홳i madhyamako madhyamako n홲a vih홸ako bhavati / m챘ak홯avar程� bhitti bhavati k춗akarmm� / na ca bhavati / ull홶o prap췹촡ro eva� madhyamako / kin ti d홳i kan흝asako bh�mi bhavati / m챘ak홯avar程� n홶i bhavati / ull홶o prap췹촡ro n홫aiva bhitti k춗aparikarmm� eva� kan흝asako / yo d홳i jyeヂhako bhavati vih홸o n홿a� k첺mati / tahi� ma�c� (21a7) v� p태h� v� pravi�itu� / atha (J.96) khalu (I.p.102) catv홸i pratip홥ak� karttavy� / m� bh�m� khan흝a� ti prave�iy췹a� tato tahi� pratip홥ak홳충 / upari thapetavyo / atha d홳i pratip홥ako na bhavati / le�ka헯kehi p홥� bandhitavy� / p태ha� prave�eti / p태hasy홶i eva� yyeva 홹andaka� t춑홥aka� v� prave�eti / tasy홶i le�ka헯kehi p홥ak� bandhitavy� / n홶i tahi� k첺mati / mandamukh� prajv�(21b1)layitu� / d흍ako v� prave�ayitu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� �eyy충 praj쨅payituk홲o bhavati / ki� c홶i d흍aka� prave�eti / an홶atti� / �eyy충 praj쨅payantenaiva cchi(ccha)tti nikk홯ayitavy� n홶i k첺mati / tahi� p홥충 dhovitu� hast충 dhovitu� mukha� dhovitu� n홶i k첺mati tahi� ca�krama ca�kramitu� // pattholi� dhunantena / atha d홳i bhik쳕 gl홳o bhavati ki� c홶i 첺헯pa쨇a gat충gat충 deti an홶a(21b2)tti� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / eken홳tena / atha khalu samantena ca�kramitavya� / na ya� boli 촡(u)dv홶ayantena / na k첺mati tahi� bhaktak춗ya� pure(J.97)bhaktika� v� karttu� p홺ra� v� nirmm홥ayitu� / atha d홳i madhya(ma)ko bhavati / madhyamake pi e쳍 eva pary홿o ananyo adhik춗o / atha d홳i kan흝asako vih홸ako bhavati / ki� c홶i bhik쳕� vin� pratip홥akehi ma쨇aka� thapeti / an홶atti� / (21b3) p태hakam v� p태hik홲 v� t춑홥akam v� vin� pratip홥akehi thapetti an홶atti� / mandamukh흊 v� prajv홯eti / an홶atti� / d흍a� v� prave�eti / an홶atti� / gl홳o v� agl홳o v� an홶atti� / ki� c홶i ca�kramati / an홶atti� / j홳itavya� / yadi t홼a upe촡nako so vih홸ako bhavati / n홶i tahi� k첺mati / p홥충 dhovitu� hast홲 v� nirmm홥ayitu� / (21b4) atha d홳i upa�sulako bhavati / ki� c홶i bhik쳕� p홥홲 v� dhovati mukham v� dhovati / hastam v� nirmm홥ayati / rajonigraha� k홫eti tti an홶atti� / bhaktak춗yam v� purobhaktikam v� karoti / p홺ram v� nirmm홥ayati / an홶atti� / n홶i k첺mati vih홸ako adhyupek쳃tu� / oddri程ako v� paluggako v� oll홿e g춉흓ako v� acok쳍 v� (21b5) adhyupek쳃tu� / atha d홳i oddri程ako bhavati / t��acchadano bhavati t��apulako d홺avyo (I.p.103) m춗tik홤chadano bhavati / m춗tik홶i詮o d홺avyo / iヂak홤chadano bhavati / iヂak� d홺avy� / apakkacchadano (J.98) bhavati / apakk� d홺avy� / kabhallak홤chadano bhavati / kabhallak� d홺avy� / phalakacchadano bhavati / phalaka� d홺avya� / sudh�(21b6)cchadano bhavati / sudh홶i詮o d홺avyo / k홯ena k홯a� �odhayitavyo / sa�t홳ik� s홺ayitavy� / m튤ika-ukkiro v� ko헯yitavyo / uk�lanik�lo bhavati / samo karttavyo / cikkhalik� p�retavy� / va�ghorik� d홺avy� / ull홶e(ye) g춉흓ako bhavati / 痰헻y췹a� liptopalipto ghaヂamaヂo karttavyo / uppe촡nako bhavati / p충sukena v� �arkaro헳na v� pra(21b7)ty홹taritavyo / up충sulako vih홸ako bhavati / k홯ena k홯a� si쨇itavyo / sa�m홸jitavyo / gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy� / �a(�)t홳ik� 痰헯yitavy� / eva� vih홸e pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // III.4 Ms.21b7 (J.97.3); Ch.505c29 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / pa쨇홸thava烟�(痰�) vistare�a k춗v� y홼a adr홮ヅd bhagav홳 pa쨇홫ik충 vih홸ac홸ik홲 anuca�kramanto (22a1) anuvicaranto vih홸ak�(n�)� pakka-khe헳na v� pakka-si�gh췹akena bhitt흝o vin홹it홿o si�gh췹akavartt흂i lambantehi / bhagav홳a j홳anto yeva p춃chati / ki� im홿o bhik첺ve vih홸ak홳충 bhittiyo pakka-khe헳na pakkasi�gh췹akena vartt흂i lamba(J.99)nt흂i / tena hi eva� khe헳 pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� khe헳 pratipadyitavya� n홿a� k첺mati / bhik쳕点 k춗akarmm홿충 v� ak�(22a2)takarmm홿충 v� bhitt흝a� khe헯m v� si�gh췹akam v� cchorayitu� // atha khalu khe헯ka쩠ha� karttavya� / kap홯a� v� mallam v� ku詮ikam v� dak홳akam v� liptopalipta� kariya v홯ik홿e v� p챘췹asya v� patthaliddrak홳충 v� p�rayitavya� / tato tahi� khe헳(혃) karttavyo / n홶i k첺mati khe헯ka쩠haka� adhyupek쳃tu� / m� sapram췹ako bhaveya / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� ccho(22a3)riya anyasya p�rayitavya� / 홺ape v� d홺avyo yo(so) bh�yo prave�ayitavyo / atha d홳i (I.p.104) khe헯ka쩠haka� bhavati mallaka� v� ko헻kam v� 홼iddhapu헻k� v� thapetavy� tahi� khe혃 karttavyo / k홯ena k홯a� visarjayitavyo // atha d홳i eva� pi na bhavati / k춗akarmm� bh�mi bhavati na k첺mati / bh�m흝e cchorayitu� / atha khalu ekasya up홳ah홿e (22a4) tale cchorayitavya� dvit흝ena marddayitavya� / atha d홳i uppa�sulo vih홸o bhavati / bh�m흝e cchoriya p홥ena mardditavyo / e쳍 bhik쳕� div홼ih홸a�gato ca�kramati / �le쳋iko bhik쳕 bhavati / ito ca cchoriyanto ca�kramati vinay홺ikramam 홹홥ayati / atha khalu cchoriy췹a p홥ena marditavya� / ca�krama膽r첿 v� 홼iddhapu헻k� v� (J.100) v홯ik�(22a5)ye v� k팃imallaka� v� thapetavya�, / tahi� khe혃 cchorayitavyo / ya� k홯a� gacchati / tato ekatama�te cchorayitavyo / prah췹e 홹antasya khe헯 b홥hati / op홳ahapu헳 k춗v� bh�mi�ye marditavya�, // atha d홳i bh�myast홸o bhavati bh홭ane karttavya� / kuntake v� al홣uke v� va烟attholik홿충 v� / atha d홳i ucchado bhavati / khe헯m v� si�gh췹aka�, (22a6) v� utthitv� ek홳te k춗v� puna� / upaveヂavya� / up홥hy홿홤홸y췹충 v� m�le khe헯� vy홼ahati / ek홳te karttavya� / e쳍 d홳i bhik쳕sya gocara� pravi�antasya ath�(dhv�)nam홸ggagatasya v� khe헳 홪acchati cchoriya p홥ena marditavyo / amardiya gacchati vinay홺ikramam 홹홥ayati / atha d홳i k쳕dro khe헳 up충sulo ca bh�m� bhavati / cchorantako yyeva pary�[d홳a�] gaccha(22a7)ti / ki� c홶i na marddati / an홶atti� / e쳍 bhik쳕� st�pa� vandati st�p홣hig춉e v� khe헯� cchoritaka� kena ci aprak춗ij쨚 na p홥ena marditavyo / atha d홳i dve jan� bhava�ti / yo navako bhavati / tena mardditavya� / atha d홳i navakataro �aithiliko b홫uliko v� bhavati / v춄dhatarakena marditavya� / eva� khe헳 pratipadyitavya�, / na pratipadyati // abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 ati(22b1)kramati // * // III.5 Ms.22b1 (J.101.1); Ch.506a17 (J.101) bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� apare�a d홳i bhik쳕点 mu詮e v홺ap췹e p홺ra� sthavita� tan d홳i v홺ama詮alik홿e (I.p.105) 홪acchiy췹a� bh�m흝a� p홺ito bhinno kap홯홳충 r촨i� k춗v� yav홪�ye ga詮� 홮o헻t� so d홳i hast충 nirmm홥iya vih홸aka� praviヂo pa�yati / kap홯ik홳충 r촨i� eta� prakara�a� yo(so) bhik쳕� bhagavato 홸oca(22b2)ye / bhagav홳 홫a / eva� ca tva� mu詮av홺ap홳e p홺ra� thapesi tena hi eva� p홺re pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� p홺re pratipadyitavya� / bhik쳕点 t홼a kalyato yeca(va) niv홹iya pr홼ariya p홺rac흚aram 홥홿a gocara� pravi�itavya� / gocar홺o nirddh홼iya 홫홸a� kar흝a p홺ra� nirmm홥ayitavya� / n홶i k첺mati / karka�ena v� c�r程ena karka�ena v� gomayena nirmm홥ayitu� // atha (22b3) khalu m�larasena v� patrarasena v� pu쳎arasena v� nirvv홯ikena v� gomayena nirmm홥ayitavya� n홶i k첺mati vilvasya v� pakvasya kapitthasya pakvasya n홯ikerasya heヂhe nirmm홥ayitu�, / m� pakvena v� vilvena pakvena v� kapitthena pakvena v� n홯ikere�a bha�jeya nti(tti) / n홶i k첺mati darini�ritena v� p홺ra� nirmm홥ayitu� / m� patita� bha쨓aya nti(tti) (22b4) atha khalu kar첺dh홳e v� v홯ik홥h홳e v� d�rvv홹홥vale v� nirmm홥ayitavya� / n홶i k첺mati sthitakena p홺ra� nirmm홥ayitu� // n홶i k첺mati (J.102) bh�m흝e ghasantena // atha khalu upaviヂe(ヂa)kena nirmm홥ayitavya� / adhv홼ayantena n홶i / k첺mati / sthitakena adhv홶ayitu� // atha khalu upaviヂena adhv홶ayitavya� / pratis홲ayantena n홶i k첺mati / ja�gh�(22b5)pathe v� sth홶ayitu� / kap쳇o(헳) v� mu詮av홺홿ane v� / atha khalu p홺ra prave�ik홿충 prak쳃piya sthapetavya� / n홶i k첺mati sthitakena prak쳃pitu� // atha khalu upaviヂakena prak쳃pitavya� / p홺raprasevik홳홪adantake v� k흈ake v� ukkaciya thapetavy� / atha d홳i ujjuko k흈ako bhavati / duve trayo v� ave촪ak� d홺avy츠 / atha d홳i n홪adantako (22b6) bhavati / ki� c홶i evam eva thapeti / an홶atti� // p홺raprasevik� na bhavati p홺rap태hake thapetavya� / atha d홳i p홺rap태haka� na bhavati / k챘헺am v� iヂakam v� upalam v� nir홲i첺� nirmm홥iya tasya upari sthapetavya� / atha d홳i eva� pi na bhavati / antamasato p춗hiv흍rade�a� (I.p.106) pi gomayena upalimpiya thapetavya� / g춉nantena n홶i k첺mati / ekahastena duve trayo v� p홺r췹i g춉nitu�, / a(22b7)tha khalu parama� trayo p홺r췹i g춉nitavy홳i / ekahastena dve g춉nitavy츠 / apare�a d홳i eka� / atha d홳i pratyandhak홸ako vih홸ako bhavati / na k첺mati / p홺re�a p홺ra� m홸ggitu� // atha khalu hastena m홸ggitavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� up홥hy홿asya c�(v�)c홸yasya v� p홺ram all흍ayati n홶i k첺mati / up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� p홺ra� v홲ena (J.103) hastena all흍ayitu�, / atha khalu (23a1) up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� dak쳃�ena hastena p홺ra� all흍ayitavya� / n홶i k첺mati / g춉흓a� na g춉흓a nti(tti) / tato mu쨇itavya� / okaКhantena sug춉흓a� karttavya� / nirmm홥ayantena prathama� up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� p홺ra� nirmm홥ayitavya� / pa�c홥 홺mano �o첺yantena prathama� up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yyasya v� �o첺yitavya� / pa�c홥 홺mano pratis홲ayantena prathama� up�(23a2)p홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� pratis홲ayitavya� / pa�c홥 홺mano pravesik� karttavy� / dupu쩠 t춑u쩠 prasevik홿충 prak쳃piyantena kal홼흝a� d챙흝a� / a�sibaddhaka� prak쳃pitv� samavasth홿a upaviヂakena utsa�gasya upari prak쳃pitavya� / ma쨇asya v� p태hasya v� upari prak쳃pitavya� / ullayantena k흏程a(la)ka� hastena pratyavek쳃tv� ma쨇asya v� p태hasya v� upari j홯av홺홿a(23a3)ne v� p홺ramelake v� yath� na gha쩟e�su n홶i k첺mati / p홺ra� adhyupek쳃tu� phalakena v� khajjanta� kha詮a� v� cchidram v� / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� dahitavya� / pacitavya� / ra쨓itavya� / na d홳i k첺mati / p홺re�a aprayata� g춉nitu� / ucc홸o v� prasr홼o v� khe헯� v� si�gh췹aka� v� vighaso v� sa�k홸o v� anyam v� aprayatta� grahetu�, / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / p홺re(23a4)�a keッ� (J.104) ot홸ayitum v� p홥a� v� mukha� v� dhovitu� / jent홮am v� prave�itu� / udakak춗ya� v� karttu�, / yath� ak쳃smi� eva� p홺re pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // (I.p.107) III.6 Ms.23a4 (J.104.4); Ch.506b13 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / te na d홳i 홿u쳋ato 첺촺arggik츠 / ekatya� yav홪펜 nindanti / ekatya� prasa�santi / yo t홼a tpa(pe)la�v� bhavati / (23a5) jalpanti / he he he n홿a� ki쨇a(ci)d y홪u ga�g� aya� saray� ajiravat� mah� mah홲ah� tti nicu촡buntik홿e ima�hi ta詮ul� m홸ggitavy� // atha d홳i khakkha헯 bhavati jalpati / he he he n홿a� ki쨇i yav홪� leccha� aya� peyy� aya� peyy� aya� ka쩟홸ik� cchejj� aya� te d홳i bhikテ utk쳃pt� bhavanti / jihm�(hv�) veКh� ni쳎ratibh홳츠 / eta� prakara�a� bhi(23a6)kテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha 첺촺arggik충 te d홳i �abd홶it츠 / etad eva p춃chiyanti / 홫a / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� yav홪�ye pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� yav홪�ye pratipadyitavya� / e쳍 d홳i yav홪�ye samayo 홸ocito bhavati / tato j홳itavya� / kim aya� yav홪� ubhayato s충ghik홶ary�(ッ)ye parive�ik� nimantritik�(23a7)y충 / yadi t홼a ubhayato s충ghik� bhavati sarvvehi (J.105) gantavya� / p홸thik� bhavati / t홿e pary�(ッ)ye gantavya� parive�ik� bhavati / tehi parive�ikehi gantavya� nimantritak� v� bhavanti / tehi nimantritakehi gantavya� / pratik춗yeva t홼a bhik쳕点 dantak챘헺a� kh홥ayitavy�(vya� /) mukha� dhoviya hast충 nirmm홥iya p홺ra� g춉niya upavi�itavya� / n홶i k첺mati yav홪� up홳ah홸튬hena v� praticchitu� / (23b1) ogu漸hik홮춗ena v� sama�tapr홼춗ena v� praticchitu� / atha khalu up홳ah� nikhosiya ek충�ak춗ena yav홪� praticchitavy� / atha d홳i da詮akarmma pratidinna� bhavati / p�(r)ワivabr�(ddhr�) omu쨇itavy� dvit흝ak홯ikasya l홣hagr홫a� adhye쳃tv� gantavya� / atha d홳i upaviヂak홳충 (pa헻)p쳇ik홿e (I.p.108) d흝ati / yath� v춄dhik홿e g춉nitavya� / yadi t홼a tanuk� bhavati / na vaktavya� / he he he ga�g� 홿a� sarvva� y�(23b2)va mah� candrabh홪� aya� / atha d홳i atighan� bhavati na vaktavya� / n홿a� yav홪� odano aya� da詮홹ani bhejj� aya� / atha khalu y홥�膽 d흝ati t홥�膽 praticchit� d홿akava�o (J.106) na pratigr홫akava�o // atha d홳i bhik쳕� / jar홥urbbalo v� vy홥hidurbbalo v� bhavati / ati膽tam v� ati-uワam v� bhik쳕 naiva dantak챘헺a� kh홥ati / na mukha� dhovati / na hast� nirmm홥ayati / 홳anta(23b3)ryasya y� p홺ra� d홺avya� / vaktavya� 홿u쳋an ima� mama yav홪�ye pratya烟a� g춉na / ya� k홯a� praticchit� bhavati / tato paribhu쨓itavy� / ete vilambak� yav홪포 nindanti v� prasa�santi v� vinay홺ikrama� 홹홥ayanti / eva� yav홪�ye pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // III.7 Ms.23b3 (J.106.8); Ch.506b28 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati vistare�a nid�(23b4)na� k춗v� aparo d홳i bhik쳕� yog홤홸o vaidehake parvvate ni첺程o citta� sam홥hayi쳙홲흓i / aparo d홳i bhik쳕� / 홪acchiya tasya purato sthito tasya d홳i tena n흚a(ra)�ena citta� sam홥h홳a� na gacchati eta� prakara�a� so yogava(g홤�)ro bhagavato 홸ocaye bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha ta� bhik쳕� so d홳i �abd홶ito / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik쳕 (23b5) eva� n홲a aparo yog홤홸o vaidehake parvvate ni첺程o citta� sam홥hayi쳙an ti / tva� d홳i tasya purato 홪acchiya sthito tasya d홳i tena n흚ara�ena citta� sam홥h홳a� na gacchati / 홫a / 홲a bhagavana bhagav홳 홫a / du쳈춗a� te bhik쳕 eva(�) ca tva� yog홤홸asya bhik쳕sya purato tiヂhasi tena hi eva� sth홺avya� / kin ti d홳i eva� sth홺avya� / n홿a� t홼a k첺mati (J.107) bhi(23b6)k쳕点 yog홤홸asya bhik쳕sya purato tiヂhitu� n홶i k첺mati ve�ik� samantakena v� tiヂhitu� / vadhabandhan홪홸a痰l홹홲antena v� tiヂhitu� / n홿a� k첺mati / atigupte v� atipr홮a헳 v� prade�e tiヂhitu� / atha khalu cchannapr홮a헳 prade�e sth홺avya� / na (I.p.109) k첺mati st�pa� v� p�ヂhato k춗v� tiヂhitu�, / sa�gha� v� up홥hy홿홤홸yam v� v춄dhataraka� v� p�ヂhato k춗v� tiヂhitu� / up홳ah홸튬hena (23b7) v� tiヂhantu kha�bhak춗ena v� ogu漸hita膽r첿�a v� ov홫itahastena v� n홶i k첺mati sa�ghamadhye m� tiヂha ti ukto tiヂhitu� / up홥hy홿홤홸yehi v� uktena sam홳ena m� tiヂheti tiヂhati vinay홺ikramam 홹홥ayati / atha d홳i gl홳o bhavati / ki� c홶i op홳ah홸u촪o ogu漸hita膽r쳍 v� ohitahasto v� tiヂhati / an홶atti� / eva� sth홺avya� na tiヂhati // abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr�(24a1)mati // * // III.8 Ms.24a1 (J.107.13); Ch.506c16 bhagav홳 r홭ag춉e viharati 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� aparo d홳i bhik쳕� / yog홤홸o vaidehake parvvate ni첺程o citta� sam홥hayi쳙홲흓i / aparo d홳i bhik쳕� / 홪atv� tasya purato t홯ap홥uk홫i 홣addh홫i d흏ghaca�krama� ca�kramati / 헯pya 헯헯pya 헯pya 헯헯pya nti(tti) tasya (J.108) d홳i tena �abdena citta� na sam홥h홳a� gacchati / eta� praka(24a2)ra�a� so yog홤홸o bhagavato 홸ocaye / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik쳕 eva� n홲� aparo yog홤홸o vaidehake parvvate ni첺程o citta� sam홥hayi쳙홲흓i / tad eva� sarvva� bhagav홳 vistare�a praty홸ocayati / y홼a tasya d홳i tena �abdena citta� na samava(m�)dh홳a� gacchati / 홫a / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / du쳈춗a� te bhik쳕� / eva� ca tva� yog홤홸asya bhik쳕sya purato ca�kramasi / tena hi (24a3) eva� ca�kramitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� ca(�)kramitavya� / n홿an t홼a k첺mati bhik쳕点 yog홤홸asya bhik쳕sya purato ca�kramitu� / n홶i k첺mati st�pam v� p�ヂhato k춗v� ca�kramitu� / sa�gha� v� p�ヂhato k춗v� ca�kramitu� / up홥hy홿홤홸yam v� p�ヂhato k춗v� ca�kramitu� / e쳍 d홳i bhik쳕� / up홥hy홿ena v� 홤홸ye�a v� s홸ddha� ca�kramati / up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya ati(24a4)reka� ca�kramitu� n홶i k첺mati / sama� ca�kramayitu� / atha khalu dve trayo v� pad� (I.p.110) nihinakena ca�kramitavya� / sa�ghamadhye v� ca�kramati / m� ca�kram홫흓i uktena na ca�kramitavya� / atha d홳i gl홳o gh춗a� v� p흓a� / virecana� v� p흓a� ki� c홶i ca�kramati / tan na k첺mati / purato sama� v� gantu� ohayitv� gantavya� / anuvarivarttantena tad� na k첺mati / u(24a5)p홥hy홿홤홸y췹충 v� p�ヂhato k춗v� parivarttita(tu)� / atha khalu abhidak쳃�a� agrato karentena anuparivarttitavya� / n홶i k첺mati vesik홹홲antakena ca�kramitu� / n홶i k첺mati dyutikara痰l홹홲antakena ca�kramitu�, / vadhabandhan홪홸as홲antena ca�kramitu� / (J.109) n홶i k첺mati atipr홮a헳 v� prade�e ca�kramitu� / atha khalu cchannapr홮a헳 prade�e (24a6) ca�kramitavya� / eva� ca�krame pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati //*// III.9 Ms.24a6 (J.109.4); Ch.507a4 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik츠 / uヂ(r)aparya�kena prah췹a� upavi烟a(�a�)ti / anantarik홳충 j홳ukehi vy홼ahanti / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha 첺촺arggik홳 te d홳i �abd홶it츠 / bhaga(24a7)v홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo 첺촺arggik� eva� n홲a y�ya� uヂraparya�kena prah췹e niヅdatha / anantarik홳충 j홺a(nu)kehi vy홼ahatha 홫a�su / 홲a bhagavana bhagav홳 홫a / du쳈춗a� bhik첺vo 첺촺arggik츠 / eva� ca y�ya� uヂraparya�kena prah췹e niヅdatha / tena hi (na) k첺mati / uヂraparya�kena prah췹e niヅditu� / bhagav홳 / t홳 bhikテn 홲antrayati / eva� bhik첺vo niヅdatha / yath� n홪a(24b1)himavat츠 / eka� n홪a� dve n홪� anuparidh�(v�)rya niヅdanti / dve n홪� catv홸i n홪� anupariv홸ya niヅdanti catv홸i aヂa aヂa 쳍촡�a 쳍촡�a (dv홺ri烟ad) dv홺ri烟ac catu첺ヂi n홪� anupa(ri)v홸ya niヅdanti / (J.110) athottare�a yath홳ubh홼a� na k첺mati / uヂraparya�kena niヅditu�, / bhik쳕点pi t홼a svasti(ka)parya�kena prah췹e niヅditavya� / atha d홳i (I.p.111) bhik쳕 parya�kena ni첺程o bhavati �r홳to bha(24b2)vati / garbh홳i 홲il홿anti / n홶i k첺mati / ubhay홳i sandh� ma헯ma쩠ye pras홸itu� / atha khalu eko p홥o sukh홮a� pras홸ayitavyo ta� amuh�rtte vi�r홲iya sanmi쨓iya dvit흝o p홥o sukh홮a� pras홸ayitavyo / utthipitv� v� ek홳te ca�kramitavya� / na k첺mati / ogu漸hita膽r첿�a prah췹e upaveヂu� / atha d홳i jar홥urbbalo v� vy홥hidurbbalo v� bhavati / 膽r첺m v� (24b3) du�khati / arddha膽r첺sya pithetavya� / eko ca kar程o / atha d홳i ek홳te bhavati ucchedake v� v춌첺m�lake v� vih홸e v� pratisa�l흋ako ki� c홶i ogu漸hita膽r쳍 niヅdati / an홶atti� / am�h�rttaka� vi�ramiya bh�yo svastikaparya�kena niヅditavya� // atha d홳i bhik쳕 na p홸eti / svastikaparya�kena niヅditu� / [arddhaparya�kena] (24b4) niヅditavya� / atha d홳i arddhaparya�ken홶i na p홸eti niヅditu�, / ubhau p홥au os홸iya susa�v춗ena niヅditavya� / tath� karttavya� / yath홳antarya� j홳ukehi na vy홼ahati / na k첺mati / st�pa� p�ヂhato kar흝a niヅditu� / sa�gham v� p�ヂhato kar흝a niヅditu�, / up홥hy홿홤홸y췹충 v� p�ヂhato kariya niヅditu� / v춄dha[taraka� v� p�]ヂa(ヂha)to (24b5) kar흝a niヅditu� / n홶i k첺mati sa�ghamadhye m� niヅda nti(tti) / uktena sam홳ena (J.111) niヅditu� / n홶i k첺mati / up홥hy홿홤홸yehi m� niヅda nti(tti) / uktena niヅditu� n홶i k첺mati vesik홹홲홳tena dyutikara痰l홹홲antakena niヅditu� / vadhabandhan홪홸a痰l홹홲antakena niヅditu�, / atibhu轝e v� prade�e niヅditu� / atha khalu cchannapr�(24b6)ka헳 prade�e niヅditavya�, / eva� ni첺dye pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // III.10 Ms.24b6 (J.111.7); Ch.507a15 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik츠 / omuddhak홶i �eyy충 kalpenti / utt홳ak홶i �eyy� kalpenti / v홲en홶i p홸�vena �eyy충 kalpenti / eta� prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta� / bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / (24b7) �abd홶ayatha 첺촺arggik충 / te d홳i �abd홶it� / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo 첺촺arggik츠 / eva� n홲a y�ya� omuddhak홶i (I.p.112) �eyy충 kalpetha / v홲en홶i p홸�vena �ayy충 kalpetha / 홫a�su / 홲a / bhagava� bhagav홳 홫a / du쳈춗a� vo bhik첺vo 첺촺arggik츠 / tena hi na k첺mati / utt홳akena �eyy충 kalpitu� / na k첺mati / omuddhakena �eyy충 kalpayitu� / na k첺mati / v홲e(25a1)na v� p홸�vena �eyy충 kalpayitu� / bhagav홳 d홳i bhikテn 홲antrayati / (J.112) omuddhak� bhik첺vo pret� �eyy충 kalpayanti / utt홳ak� bhik첺vo 홹ur� �eyy충 kalpayanti / v홲ena p홸�vena k홲opabhogina� / �eyy충 kalpayati / eva� bhik첺vo �eyy충 kalpetha / yath� si�ho m춇ar홭a si�ho bhik첺vo m춇ar홭� dak쳃�ena p홸�vena �eyy충 kalpayati / p홥ena p홥a� 홥h홿a dantena da(25a2)nta� 홥h홿a jihv홪ra� t홯uk홪re pratiヂh홶ayitv� / a�gula� anuk홿a� 홿acchihitv� dak쳃点� b홫a� �irasy upanidh홿a v홲a� b홫홲 anuk홿a� pras홸ayitv� so pi pratibodhan충(nan)/tena purima� k홿a� abhyunn홲eti / p�ヂhima� k홿a� abhivilokayati / sa cet pa�yati / g홺r췹홲 anyath홺va� tena bhavati / an홺tamano ca pa�yati / g홺r췹홲 anyath홺va� tena bhavati citte �[ttamano] a(25a3)bhiraddho bhik쳕点pi t홼a �eyy충 praj쨅pe�tena abhidak쳃点� praj쨅payitavy� / ya(ta)th� karttavy� yath� sa�pa(ya)tako yeva dak쳃�ena p홸�vena �ayy충 kalpeti / na k첺mati / v홲ena �ayy충 praj쨅petu� / dak쳃�a�ayy� praj쨅petavy� / c흚arava烟asya heヂhato r홺r흝e purima� y홲a� udde�aprayuktena sv홥hy홿aprayuktena sth홳ena (J.113) ca�krame�a v흓in홲ayi(25a4)tavy� r홺r흝e madhyame y홲e dak쳃�ena p홸�vena si�ha�eyy� kalpayitavy� / p홥ena p홥am 홥h홿a jihv홪ra� t홯uk홪re pratiヂh홶ayitv� dak쳃点� b홫충 �irasy upanidh홿a v홲충 b홫충 anuk홿a� pras홸itv� utth홳asa�jㅕ manasik홮홸entena n홶i d홳i parivarttaka� y홼at s�ryodgaman홺 tato �ayitavya� / r홺r흝e pa�cime y홲e parya�kena v흓i(25a5)n홲ayitavya� / udde�aprayuktena sth홳aca�kram홳uyuktena v� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� / du�kha痰y� bhavati p홸a�yena p홸a�ya� palla쩟anto (I.p.113) �ayiti an홶atti� / jar홥urbbalo v� vy홥hidurbbalo v� bhavati / dak쳃�e p홸�ve ga詮a� v� pi헯ka� v� / bhavati / ki� c홶i v홲ena p홸�vena �ayati an홶atti� / na k첺mati / st�pa� v� p홥ato k춗v� / �ayy충 kalpayitu� / sa�gha�, (25a6) v� p홥ato k춗v� �eyy충 kalpayitu� / v춄dhataraka� v� p홥ato k춗v� up홥hy홿홤홸ya� v� p홥ato k춗v� �eyy충 kalpayitu�, / eva(�) �ayy충 pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / abhisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati //*// ud홳a� eva� ka헺ine pratipadyitavya� / eva� cakkal흝e pratipadyitavya� / eva� vih홸e pratipadyitavya� / eva� khe헳 pratipadyitavya� / (J.114) eva� p홺re pratipadyitavya� / eva� yav홪�ye (25a7) pratipadyitavya� / eva� sth홺avya� / eva� ca�kramitavya� / eva� niヅditavya� / eva� �eyy� kalpayitavya� // * // (I.p.114) IV.1-2 Ms.25a7 (J.115.1); Ch.507b4 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik츠 / dv홸a� bandhiy췹a� vih홸asya pa�c� vastuke k홮av홫a� bha�janta� / 홹anti / 홪antuk홳충 bhikテ点� ga�o 홪ato dv홸a� y홼anti na labhanti te d홳i okkhandiy췹a� praviヂ츠 / tehi d췹i (25b1) 홿u쳋antehi 첺촺arggikehi 홪antuk� d�ヂ츠 p춃chanti / 홿u쳋a� kuto v� praviヂ츠 / 홫a�su� / okkhandiy췹a� praviヂ츠 / te d홳i 홫a�su / 홿u쳋an eva� ca y�ya� okkhandiy췹a� vih홸a� pravi�atha / te pi d홳i 홪antuk� 홫a�su / eva� ca y�ya� dv홸a� bandhiy췹a� vih홸asya pa�c홥 vastukasya k홮av홫a� bha쨓ant� 홹atha te d홳i vivadit츠 / bhagavato m�la� gat츠 / bhagav홳 홫a / n�(25b2)ya� t홼a k첺mati / te(ne)v홹ikehi vih홸asya dv홸a� bandhiy췹a� vih홸asya pa�c홥 vastukasya k홮av홫a� bha�jam홳ehi 홹itu� / n홶i k첺mati / 홪antukehi vih홸a� okkhandiy췹a� pravi�itu� / tena hi eva� 홪antukehi pratipadyitavya� / eva� ni(ne)v홹ikehi pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� 홪antukehi pratipadyitavya� / ete d홳i bhik쳕 홪antuk� 홪acchanti / sarvvehi p챙ipa(ya)kkap챙iyakak홳i a(25b3)p홼ura点ni upasth홶ayitavy홳i / ekasy홶i ap홼ura�i na bhavati / sarvve vinay홺ikrama� 홹홥aya�ti / ekasy홶i ap홼ura�i bhavati / sarvveッm an홶atti� / atha d홳i koci gl홳o bhavati / na d홳i ujjhitv� gantavya� / atha khalu anup홯etavyo / p홺rac흚ara� 홯ambitavya� / n홶i d홳i p홺ra(J.116)c흚ara� g춉nitv� adar�anena gantavya� / atha khalu a(25b4)vid�re�a gantavya� / m� d홳i adar�anena parij홳e h춗a� / h춗a� me p홺rac흚aram iti gacchantasya karttavya� / yadi d홳i o�y� bhavati taru�abhikテhi agrato gantavya� / o�y� prativ홫antehi / atha d홳i vy챙abhaya� v� corabhaya� v� bhavati / v춄dha� b홯a� madhye k춗v� gantavya� / atha d홳i cor� sapras홥� bhavanti / v춄dhehi (I.p.115) agrato gantavya� / yath� pa�yitv� pras�(25b5)dena avivarjit� gacche�su / yadi d홳i gr홲asya nagarasya v� madhyena gantavya� / bhavati / na d홳i k첺mati nagarave(ce)tiy홳i abhidak쳃�i karenti(te)hi v� gantu� / apav홲iv�(k�) karentehi v� atha khalu ujja(jju)kena m�(r)gakena gantavya� / ny홿e v홹opagat� bhavanti / taru点 bhik쳕 duve v� trayo v� prave�ayitavy� / agrato gacchatha sa�ghasya ph홹uvi[h홸a]� upa(25b6)dahatha p홥atailena gu촡p홳흝ena prati�raye�a purebhaktikena tehi d홳i pr홼ariya ga漸hip홹aka� obandhiya 홲antriya praveヂavya� / pravisiya y홤itv� sa�ghasya yath홹ukhaparibhoga� ni�s홸epetavya� / p홥ataila� vek홯ika� purebhaktika� bhaik쳃tavya� / 홼i(ci)k쳃tavya� labdho prati�rayo tehi d홳i yadi tahi� ogho v� (J.117) bhavati / nad� ta�홪a� v� pu쳈iri霑 v� udup홳o v� tahi� p홥�(25b7)n prakッletv� pr홼aretv� anyonya� 홲andha(ntra)yitv� praveヂavya� / atha d홳i gu촡p홳흝a� bhavati / tahi� yeva vek홯ika� kariya praveヂavya� / m� pa�ye�su sam홲apayi ime pravrajit� karonti / atha d홳i ubha轝ito bhavati sa�vibhajitv� praveヂavya� / nis�ヂag춉a� bhavati an홲antriya pravi�ati an홶atti� / na d홳i labhy� anyena gantu� / racch홤chiddrak� bhavati / an홶atti� / gr홲antika� �eyy홹ana�, (26a1) bhavati / tahi� gantavya� / atha d홳i 홸a�yaka�eyy홹ana� bhavati / tahi� gantavya� / sa�gh홸홲a� pravi�antehi pu쳈iri霑ya� v� ta�홪e v� oghe v� p홥충 dhovitv� praveヂavya� / atha d홳i ubbha轝ito sa�vibhajitv� praveヂavya� cetiy췹a� pradak쳃霑 karentehi up홳ah� omu쨇itv� k챘헺akena g춉nitv� praveヂavya� / n홶i d홳i ucca�abdamah촨abdehi praveヂavya� / n홶i nev홹ik충 ullaya(pa)nte(26a2)hi h� ha he ady홶i ta� tad evettha vasatha ghu�a viddh홺ave nand(an)opanandan� y�ya� n홪ar홭홳o ihaiva y�ya� j홺� ihaiva mari쳙atha j홺� te 短g홯� ye tumbh췹a� m충s홳i kh홥i쳙anti / n홶i d홳i nev홹ikena ullapitavya� / h� ha he ca詮amukta� pa쨇avar쳃ka� prav춗ta� yath홶쳇ito n홶i d홳i vaktavya� ko ittha� kati var쳍 utthiha n홶i d홳i (J.118) vaktavya� / ko bhaktak� n홺ithik� kasya �uve bhaktata(26a3)rpa�a� purobhaktika� v� (I.p.116) n홶i d홳i nev홹ikehi dv홸a� bandhitv� k홮av홫충 bhajantehi 홹itavya� / atha d홳i pa�c홥 vastuke m춗tik홮armma� karonti / ye t홶e(ye) 홸th홶e(ye) bhavanti / 홸홲ik� �r홲a�ero v� yasya oheyyako so vaktavyo dv홸a� rak첺nto 홹�(sa /) atha d홳i apadurako vih홸o bhavati / pravi�itavya� / atha d홳i gha쩟itako bhavati / ap홼ura(26a4)�ena apaduriy췹a� pravi�itavya� / sa�gh홸홲a� pradak쳃霑 karentehi 홪antavya� / yatra bhikテ点� 홹anapraj쨅ptir bhavati / tahi� navaka� tasmi� c흚arabisiyan thaviy췹a� ku詮ik충 v� up홳ahau v� thaviy췹a nev홹ik� p춃chitavy츠 / 홿u쳋a� p홥adhovanik� kahi� kalpiyakarak� kahi� akalpi(ya)karak� kahi(�) yadi t홼a 홼i(ci)k첺nti p홥adhovanik홿충 p홥충 (26a5) dhoviy췹a� akalpiyakarak흓o hast� nirmm홥iy췹a kalpiyakarak흓o prakッliya tato cetiya� vanditavya� cetiya� vandiy췹a� yatra nev홹ik� bhavanti tatra gantavya� all흝췹a� n홶i k첺mati / vaktu� vand홲� tti / atha khalu vaktavya� / 홿u쳋an vandi쳙an ti nev홹ikehi varッgra� p춃chitavya� / kati var쳍 홿u쳋ana yadi (J.119) t홼a 홪antuko v춄dhatarako bha(26a6)vati / nev홹ikena utthiya p홥� vanditavy� / 홹ana� d홺avya� / atha d홳i nev홹iko v춄dhatarako bhavati / 홸ogy홶iya eva� kariy췹a� 홹ana� d홺avya� / ya� k홯a� vi�r홳to bhavati p춃chitavya� / 홿u쳋an asti et홼ati var첺sya vih홸ako pr홶u�ati / yadi t홼a jalpati pr홶u�ati tti vih홸ako g춉nitavyo ma쨇a p태ha� bisi caturasrako kucca� bi(�)bohana� g춉nitavya� / n홶i (26a7) d홳i k첺mati / tri(te)hi 홪antukehi nev홹ik충 kutsiya ha�bhiya 홿u쳋ann ady홶i y�ya� iha vasatha he he �iヂ� vaヂ� y�ya� j홳홺e ye 短g홯� ye yu쳋홮a� m충s홳i kh홥i쳙anti / atha khalu sa�prahar첺yitavy� vaktavy� 홿u쳋an �obhana� kriyati sa�gh홸홲o kel홶흝ati / dh�mo kriyati / kul홳i pra痰d흝anti / avik홯ako p홥충 dhoviya mrak쳃ya d흍a� 홥흍i(26b1)ya �eyy충 praj쨅piya pratikramitavya� n홶i d홳i k첺mati / aparejjuk홺o kalyato utthihantakenaiva (I.p.117) bhakta痰la� pravi�itu� / 홿u쳋an ki� sidhyati ki� pacyati ki� bhaktak홳충 sthitik� / atha khalu kalyato yeva utthiya niv홹iya pr홼ariya hast홳 nirmm홥iya p홺ra� g춉niya pravi�itavya� / atha d홳i tahi� vih홸ake anugraho bhavati vih홸aka� v� bhakta bhavati / nev홹ikehi vaktavya� / �(26b2)yu쳋ana m� pi詮홿a pravi�atha / iha yyeva bhu�ji쳙atha / atha (J.120) d홳i bhavati / 홪antuk홳충 pi詮ak홳충 pi詮abhakt홳i uddi�itavy홳i / atha d홳i bhaktak홳i uddi�itavy홳i / atha d홳i bhaktak홳i na bhavanti nev홹ikehi vaktavya� 홿u쳋a� 홪ametha sahitak� pi詮홿e pravi�i쳙홲a� / tato sahitakehi pravi�itavya� / atha d홳i 홪antuk� bhikテ vih홸a 홪at� bhavanti / n홿a� (26b3) k첺mati / nev홹ikehi vaktu� o ha he n홼� pa쨇avar쳃ka촡�yadukka� �rama�am홺홶raj홺� tti / atha khalu 홪antuk홳충 ehi sv홪ata� kartta(vya)�, / etu 홿u쳋anto sv홪atam 홿u쳋anto anur홪atam 홿u쳋anto m� �r홳t� m� kl홳t� p홥충 prakk�(kッ)letha / hast충 nirmm홥etha p홳흝a� pibatha vi�ramatha nti(tti) / yadi t홼a purebhakte 홲a(ga)t� bhavanti purebha(26b4)ktikena cchandayitavy츠 / de�ak홯e 홪at� bhavanti / bhaktak춗yena ccha(nda)쳃(yi)tavy츠 / vik홯e 홪at� bhavanti vik홯ikena cchandayitavy츠 / vik홸ako uddi�itavyo / ma쨇a p태ha� bis� catu(ra)�raka� kuccaka� bimbohana� (J.121) uddi�itavya� / p홥amrak첺�ena cchandayitavy� / atha aparejjuk홺o yadi t홼a b홫iraka� bhakta� bhavati / anugraho v� bhavati (26b5) vaktavya� / 홿u쳋a� m� pi詮홿e pravi�atha / iha yyeva bhu�ji쳙atha / atha d홳i bhaktak� na bhavanti / 홪antuk충 pi詮abhaktak홳i uddi�itavy홳i / atha d홳i pi詮ac홸iko bhavati / ya� k홯a� / 홪antuk� pi詮홺he(ye) va(ca)riya vih홸a� 홪at� bhavanti / tato yadi nev홹ik홳충 vya쨓an홳i bhavanti / khajjak홳i bhavanti / tato yadi snehako v� (26b6) bhavanti / tehi 홪antuk홳충 samvibh홪o karttavyo / atha d홳i eva� pi na bhavati / antamasato yadi tahi� ki쨇i pi詮ac홸ika� pra霑tataraka� bhavati / 홪antuk홳충 s홸a霑ya� karttavya� / (I.p.118) nev홹ikehi sarvvam 홸ocayitavya� / vaktavya� / 홿u쳋anto amuka� kula� m� pravi�atha / p홺ranikubjana� samut흆춗a�, amutra �unakh� ca詮츠 / amuka� a[�r�]ddhaku(26b7)la� y� kriy� 홸ocayitavy� / atha d홳i / 홸a�yaka� �eyy홹ana� bhavati / na k첺mati / tehi ni(ne)v홹ik홫i dv홸a� ca bandha(dhi)ya vih홸asya pa�c� vastuke k홮av홫충 bha쨓antehi 홹itu� / atha d홳i si�habhaya� v� bhava�ti vy홪hrabhaya� v� corabhaya� v� (J.122) bhikテ ca paliguddhak� bhavanti / cch홿anik� v� lepanik� v� karenti ki� v�(c�)pi dv홸a� gha헳nti an홶atti� / sarvve yeva goca(27a1)ra� pravi�anti / ki� c홶i gha쩟enti an홶atti� / eko v� rak첺p홯o d홺avyo vaktavya� / 홿u쳋a(�) dv홸a� bandhiya dv홸akoヂhakasya upari 홹홫i yadi keci 홪antuk� 홪acche�su / tato dv홸a� dadesi / tena upari dv홸akoヂhasya 홹itavya� / yadi t홼a keci 홪antuk� 홪acchenti / teッ� dv홸a� d홺avya� / ya� k홯a� te nev홹ik� niddh홼it� bhavanti n홶i kッ(k첺)mati tehi nev홹i(27a2)kehi vaktu� / 홿u쳋a� eッ n홼� mucyati e쳍 s홥hvo(rtho) pray홺o gacchantu 홿u쳋anto gata� m홸ggasya �reyo / atha khalu sam촨v홹itavya� / vasantu 홿u쳋anto rama�tu 홿u쳋anto yadi t홼a st�pikena v� k홸ye�a 홪at� bhavanti / st�pika� k홸첺(ya)(�) paripr홶ayitavya� / s충ghikena k홸ye�a 홪at� bhavanti / s충ghika� k홸ya� paripr홶ayitavya� / ya� k홯a� paripr홶tak홸ya� bha(27a3)vati / yadi koci s홸th�(rtho) pray홺o bhavati te bhik쳕 v췹ijakasya s홸thav홫asya parinditavy� vaktavya� / up홹aka d홳apati ime bhik첺vo tvay� s홸ddha� gami쳙anti / ime bhik쳕 tava parinindit� bhavantu teッ� gacchamano(m홳�)n충 pathyadanena vaikalya� karttavya� / eva� hi (J.123) 홪antukehi pratipadyitavya� na pratipadyanti / 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲a�ti // * // (I.p.119) IV.3-4 Ms.27a3 (J.123.3); Ch.510b3 bhagav�(27a4)n �r홼asty충 viharati / aparo d홳i bhik쳕� / 홪antuko 홪ato tasya d홳i aparo bhik쳕� / v춄dhatarako parijㅓtako bhavati / so ca apare�a bhik쳕点 s홸ddha� v홤ov홤ik충 karoti / so d홳i 홪antuko all흝atasya nev홹ikasya p홥충 vandanti / so d홳i anya vijㅓna sama�m� na samanv홫arati / na ta� pratisa�modati so d홳i apratisa�modiya ga(27a5)to te d홳i aparak홯ena ubhaye sam홪at� so d홳i sthaviro p춃chati / 홿u쳋a� kecciro ti / 홪atasya 홫홸e cacciro evacciro ca so 홫a 홿u쳋an evacciro tava 홪atasya na ca me p홥avandako upasa�kramasi / so d홳 홫a / vandit� may� tava p홥� tva� ca mama na pratisa�modesi / so d홳 홫a / kad� v� kim v� / so d홳 홫a / amuka� diva(27a6)sa� tva� amukena bhik쳕点 s홸ddha� v홤a�(co)v홤i� karo쳃 / tad� tava may� p홥� vandit� so d홳i 홫a 홿u쳋an v홤ov홤i� karentasya p홥충 vandasi / so d홳i 홫a / eva� ca ya� tva� mama p홥충 vandintasya na pratisa�modesi / te d홳i vivadit츠 / bhagavato m�la� gat츠 / bhagav홳 홫a / n홿a� t홼a k첺mati / 홪antukena nev홹i(J.124)kasya v홤ov홤i� karentasya p홥충 vanditu� / n홶i k첺mati p홥ehi va(27a7)ndiyam췹ehi na pratisa�moditu� / tena hi eva� p홥� vanditavy츠 / eva� pratisa�moditavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� p홥� vanditavy� / eva� pratisa�moditavya� / e쳍 d홳i bhik쳕 홪antuko 홪ato bhavati / tasya koci bhik쳕 parijㅓtako bhavati / so ca apare�a bhik쳕点 s홸ddham v홤ov홤i� karoti / n홶i k첺mati tasya ta� vela� p홥충 vanditu� u�v홹a(cc홸a)m v� upaviヂo bhavati na k첺mati / ta� vela� p홥충 (27b1) vanditu� / eva� pra�v홹a(sr홼a)� karentasya dantak챘헺a� kh홥antasya sn홿ati v� ekanivasano v� bhavati / bhaktak춗ya� karoti / purebhaktikam v� karoti / dvibh�mikam v� ukkasa(ma)ti tvarita� v� ati(bhi)kramati na k첺mati ta� vela� tasya p홥충 vanditu�, / na k첺mati m춗tik홮armma karentasya // pe // p홺rap홮a� dadantasya c흚ara� dhovantasya rajanik� pa헺antasya c흚ar췹i s흚antasya (I.p.120) ra�jenta(27b2)sya cca(ce)llaparikarmmam v� karentasya p홥충 dhovantasya hast� nirmm홥antasya cetiya� vandantasya p홺ra� nirmm홥entasya dh�pam v� pibantasya ak쳃�i v� a쨓antasya pustaka� v홤antasya pustaka� likhantasya varccaku쩨� gacchantasya nagnasya v� (J.125) ekanivasanakena v� / atha khalu ya� k홯a� samavasth홿e ni첺程o bhavati ta� vela� al흝췹a� 膽r첿�a p홥충 vanditavy� / karka헯gr�(27b3)hik홿e vanditavy� / andhak홸e v� udde�a� dentasya uddi�antasya v� niv홹antasya v� c흚ara� pr홼arantasya tvarita� v� gacchantasya na k첺mati / ogu漸hitak홿ena na k첺mati / ohitahastena na k첺mati / up홳ah홸튬hena s홲휽흆arentena na k첺mati / j홳ukena v� ja�gh홫i v� vanditu� / atha khalu p홥� vanditavy� / p홥충 va(27b4)ndantena j홳itavya� / yadi kasyaci vra点 bhavati / ga詮o v� pi헯ko v� na d홳i sahas� upp클itavya� / atha khalu tath� vanditavya� / yath� na du�kh홶iye p홥ehi vandayantehi / na d홳i me詮hena viya 홹itavya� p홥ehi vandaya�tehi / atha khalu pratisa�modayitavya� / sv홪atam 홿u쳋anto anur홪atam 홿u쳋anto m홹i �r홳to m�(27b5)si kl홳to p홥충 prakッlehi hast충 nirmm홥ehi vi�ram홫i yadi t홼a purebhakte 홪ato bhavati / purobhaktikena cchandayitavyo / de�ak홯e 홪ato bhavati / bhaktak춗yena ccha(nda)yitavyo vik홯e 홪ato bhavati / vek홯ikena cchandayitavyo / yadi t홼ad vastuk홲o bhavati / p홺rac흚ara� pratis홲ayitavya� vih홸ako uddi�itavyo (27b6) atha d홳i gantuk홲o bhavati / 홫a / anyatra gami쳙an ti / vaktavya� / gacch홫i tti eva� p홥� vanditavy� / eva� pratisa�moditavya� na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // IV.5 Ms.27b6 (J.126.1); Ch.510b28 (J.126) bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik츠 / g춉i-홯홶ena 홯홶enti ambe atte bh홼a bha쩟a t홺a ha�gho he he ho (27b7) ki�, bha�as흓i / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato (I.p.121) 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha 첺촺arggik충 te d홳i �abd홼it츠 / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺va 첺촺arggik츠 / eva� n홲a y�ya� g춉�-홯o(l�)pena 홯홶ayatha / 홲ba(ambe) atte bh홼a bha쩟a t홺a aha�gho he he ho ki� bha�asi tti / 홫a�su / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / eva� y�ya� g춉i-홯홶ena 홯apetha / te(28a1)na hi na k첺mati g춉i-홯홶ena 홯apitu� tena hi pratisa�moditavya� / 홿u쳋홳 d홳i up홯� k홯aj쨚 velaj쨚 samayaj쨚 bhagavantam upasa�kramiya p춃chati / katha� bhagava� navakehi bhikテhi sthavir� bhikテ 홯apitavy� / bhagav홳 홫a / 홯ape(ye) ti v� bhante ti v� 홿u쳋ante ti sthaviro d홳i bhagavanta� p춃chati katha� bhagav충 sthavirehi bhikテhi navak� bhikテ (28a2) (J.127) 홯apitavy� / bhagav홳 홫a / n홲ena v� gotre�a v� / varッgre�a v� e쳍 d홳i bhik쳕sya up홥hy홿o v� 홤홸yo v� �abd홶ayati / n홿a� k첺mati / g춉i-홯apena 홯apitu� / ha�gho he he tti / atha khalu n홲ena v� gotre�a v� �abd홶ayitavyo / ten홶i na k첺mati / g춉i-홯apena vy홫arttu�, / h� ki� bha�as흓i / atha khalu vaktavya� vand홲i up홥hy홿a� v� / (28a3) 홤홸yam v� ki� 췹apehi tti / ki� karemi tti / v춄dhatarako �abd홶ayati / n홿a� k첺mati h� nti(tti) pravy홫aritu� / atha khalu vaktavya� / 홸ye v� bhante v� 홿u쳋an ti v� ki� a(�)�apes� nti(tti) ki� karemi / e쳍 bhik쳕 m홺ara� pitara� v� bhagin흊 v� �abd홶ayituk홲o bhavati n홿a� k첺mati �abd홶ayitu� / ambe tti v� atte ti v� bha쩟e ti v� / atha kha(28a4)lu s홯ohite ti v� �abd홶ayitavy츠 / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya pit� v� bhagin� v� �abd홶ayati / n홿a� k첺mati h� ki� bha�asi tti pravy홫arttu� / atha khalu vaktavya� / s홯ohite ki� 췹apesi ki� karemi / e쳍 bhik쳕� / up홹ak충, v� d홳apat흋�(n�)� v� vih홸asv홲in톤 v� �abd홶ituk홲o bhavati / n홶i k첺mati / ambe ti v� atte ti v� bha쩟e (28a5) ti v� / atha khalu up홹ake tti v� d홳apatti ti (J.128) v� vih홸asv홲ini ti v� �abd홶ayitavya� / bhikテ v� up홹akam v� d홳apatim v� �abd홶ayituk홲o (I.p.122) bhavati / n홶i k첺mati bh홼e tti v� bha쩟e ti v� / 홿u쳋a� tti v� / atha khalu d홳apatti ti(ti tti) v� bhikテ v� tehi �abd홶ayati / n홿a� k첺mati / h� ki� bha�asi ti vy홫arttu�, / atha khalu vaktavya� / s�(28a6)lohita ki� 췹apesi / ki� karomi tti / te ete(na) g춉i-홯홶ena 홯apanti v� / pravy홫aranti v� / vinay홺ikrama� 홹홥ayati / str� v� puru쳍 v� mahanto bhavati / na d홳i m홺홶it춌a娟hena 홯apitavy� mahallako mahallaketi v� vaktavy� / atha d홳i koci p춃chati / ko te up홥hy홿o ko te 홤홸yo v� na d홳i vaktavya� / asuko 홤홸yo asuko (28a7) up홥hy홿o / atha khalu vaktavya� / arthahetor nn홲a� g춉n홲i / asuko me up홥hy홿o asuko me 홤홸yo 홯apitavya�, / eva� pravy홫arttavy�(vya� /) na pratipadyati / 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // IV.6 Ms.28a7 (J.128.14); Ch.510c19 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� k첺triyaparッ d홳i sannipatit� k홸y췹i kari쳙홲a nti(tti) te d홳i 홿u쳋anto nandanopananda(28b1)n� 홪acchiya teッ� madhye ni첺程츠 / te d홳i / tehi ni첺程ehi na p홸enti k홸y췹i karttu� odhy홿anti / pa�yatha bha�e vaya� yeva sannipatit� karmm췹i kari쳙홲a nti(tti) / ime pi �rama�ak� 홪acchiya madhye ni첺程츠 / naヂa� bhraヂa� kuto imeッ� �r홲a�ya� bhikテhi �ruta� / (J.129) bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha nandanopanandan충 te d홳i �abd홶it� / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhi(28b2)k첺vo nandanopanandan� / evan n홲a k첺triyapary�(ッ)ye sannipatit� k홸y췹i kari쳙홲a nti(tti) / y�ya� d홳i gacchiya / teッ� madhye ni첺程� te d홳i tumbhehi ni첺程ehi na p홸enti k홸y췹i karttu�, / te d홳i odhy홿anti / pa�yatha bha�e vaya� yeva t홼a ni첺程� k홸y췹i k홸aya nti(tti) / ime pi �rama�ak� gacchiy췹a� madhye ni첺程� naヂa� bhraヂa� kuto imeッ� �r홲a�ya� 홫a�su / 홲a / (28b3) bhagavan (I.p.123) bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� k첺triyapary�(ッ)ye ki쨇i k홸ya� bhavati / na k첺mati gat홪atasya / upasa�kramitu� / atha khalu ye tahi� v춄dhatarak� k첺triy� bhavanti / te t홼a allipitavy� vaktavya� / d흏gh홿u k첺triyapary�(ッ)ye ima� ca k홸ya� all흝홲i tti / yadi t홼a te jalpanti bhante m� all흍atha nti(tti) na k첺mati all흍itu�, / atha (28b4) d홳i jalpanti / all흍atha nti(tti) / all흍itavya� / n홶i k첺mati / cchatre�a dh홸yante up홳ah충hi v� obaddh홫i k첺triyapary�(ッ)yam upasa�kramitu� / atha khalu ek홳te cchatra� nik쳃piya up홳ah홿o mu�ciya (J.130) tato all흍itavya� / n홶i d홳i dar�anopac홸e nik쳃pitavya� / atha khalu pratik춗yeva nik쳃pitavya� / dar�anapathe upasa�krami(28b5)tv� na d홳i vaktavya� / sukham bhavanto sukha� m홸첺 atha khalu 홸ogy홶iya y홥��a� 홹ana� d흝ati / t홥��e 홹ane upavi�itavya� n홶i k첺mati / 홹ane k쳃p�(y�)dharmmam 홶adyitu� / n홶i k첺mati / te ninditu� / ye k첺triy� ku�al� bhavanti pr홪 eva te nairayik� bhavant흓i / atha khalu vaktavya� / k첺triy� n홲a y�ya� agro var程o jyeヂho var程o (28b6) dvihi kulehi tath홪at� arhanta� samyaksambuddh츠 / utpadyanti / k첺triyakule v� br홫ma�akule v� / duve cakr췹i dharmmacakra� balacakra� ca / tav홫a� hitopasa�h홸e�a rakッvara�aguptiye sukha� ca paya(ph�)sukha� ca vihar홲i / k홸ya� k춗v� utth홿홹an홺o gantavya� / eva� k첺triyaparッ upasa�kramitavy� na pratipadyati / 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // IV.7 Ms.28b7 (J.130.13); Ch.511a4 (28b7) bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� br홫ma�apary�(ッ) d홳i sannipatit� k홸y췹i kari쳙홲o ti / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto nandanopanandan� 홪acchiy췹a� madhye ni첺程� te d홳i tehi ni첺程ehi na p홸enti / k홸y췹i karttu�, / te d홳i odhy홿anti / vaya� yeca(va) t홼a ni첺程� k홸y췹i kari쳙홲a nti(tti) / ime pi �rama�ak� 홪acchiy췹a� madhye ni첺(29a1)(J.131)程� naヂa� bhraヂa� kuto imeッ� �r홲a�ya� / eta� (I.p.124) prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta� / bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha nandanopanand충 te d홳i �abd홶it� / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo nandanopanandan� / eva� n홲a br홫ma�aparッ sannipatit� k홸y췹i kari쳙홲a nti(tti) / y�ya� d홳i teッ� gacchiy췹a� madhye ni첺程� te d홳i tumbhehi ni첺程ehi na p홸e(29a2)nti k홸y췹i karttu�, / te d홳i odhy홿anti / pa�yatha bha�e vaya� yeva t홼a ni첺程� k홸y췹i kari쳙홲o ti / ime pi �rama�ak� 홪acchiy췹a madhye ni첺程ak� / naヂa� bhraヂa� kuto imeッ� �r홲a�ya� / 홫a�su / 홲a / bhagavana bhagav홳 홫a / samyag bhik첺vo jano odhy홿anti tena hi eva� br홫ma�aparッ upasa�kramitavy� / kin ti d홳i br홫ma�aparッ upasa�kramitavy� // eta� d홳i bhik쳕sya ki�(29a3)ci br홫ma�aparッy충 k홸ya� bhavati / n홿a� k첺mati / gat홪atasya br홫ma�aparッm upasa�kramitu� / atha khalu ye tahi� br홫ma�amahattarak� bhavanti / te pratik춗yeva upasa�kramitavy� / d흏gh홿u asti me ki쨇id br홫ma�aparッy충 k홸ya� all흝홲a nti(tti) / yadi t홼a jalpanti / bhante m� all흝atha nti(tti) / na k첺mati / all흍itu� / atha d홳i jalpanti all흍atha nti(tti) tato all흍i(29a4)tavya� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / cchatre�a v� dh홸yantena up홳ah홫i 홣addh홫i br홫ma�aparッ 홯l흍itu� / atha kha(lu) cchatrop홳ah충 ekamante sthapiya br홫ma�aparッy홲 upasa�kramitavya� / n홶i d홳i dar�a�opac홸e nik쳃pitavya� / atha khalu pratik춗yeva (J.132) nik쳃pitavya� / dar�anapathe upasa�kramitv� na d홳i vaktavya� / sukha� bhavanto sukha� m�(29a5)r첺 atha khalu 홸ogy홶ayi(piya) tv�(y�)d��a� 홹ana� labhyati t홥��e 홹ane upavi�itavya� / n홿a� k첺mati / 홹ane kヅy홥harmmam 홶adyitu� / atha khalu t�(y�)d��a� 홹ana� d흝ati / t홥��e upavi�itavya� / n홶i k첺mati te ninditu� / m췹avakasya m홳ahatasya ihaloke bh�tasya kukku혃 蕁karo �v홳o 短g홯o pa쨇amo m튤a(29a6)ko nirayo 첺ヂho nti(tti) / atha khalu vaktavya� / br홫ma�a n홲a y�ya� agro var程o jyeヂho var程o �reヂho var程o dvihi kulehi tath홪at� arhanta� samyaksambuddh츠 / loke utpadyanti / k첺triyakule v� br홫ma�akule (I.p.125) v� eva� k홸ya� kariya gantavya� / eva� br홫ma�aparッye pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // IV.8 Ms.29a6 (J.132.12); Ch.511a16 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 vi(29a7)harati g춉apatiparッ d홳i sannipatit� / k홸y췹i kari쳙홲a nti(tti) / 홿u쳋anto nandanopanandan� 홪acchiya teッ� madhye ni첺程� / te d홳i tehi ni첺程ehi na p홸enti k홸y췹i karttu� / te d홳i odhy홿anti / pasyatha bha�e vaya� ye(va) t홼a sannipatit� k홸y췹i kari쳙홲a nti(tti) / ime pi �rama�ak� madhye 홪acchiy췹a� ni첺程츠 / naヂa� bhraヂa� kuto imeッ� �r홲a�ya� / eta� (29b1) prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta� bhik� bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha nandanopanand�(da)n충 / te d홳i �abd홶it츠 / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo nandanopanand�(da)n충 / eva� n홲a g춉apatiparッ sannipatit� k홸y췹i kari쳙�(J.133)ma nti(tti) / etad eva sarvva� bhagav충 vistare�a praty홸ocayati / y홼at pa�yatha bha�e vaya� yeva t홼a sannipatit� karmm췹i kara(ri)쳙홲a (29b2) nti(tti) / ime pi �rama�ak� 홪acchiya madhye ni첺程� naヂa� bhraヂa� / kuto imeッ� �r홲a�ya� 홫a�su / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� g춉apatiparッ upasa�kramitavy� / kin ti d홳i g춉apatiparッ upasa�kramitavy� / eta� d홳i bhik쳕sya g춉apatiparッy충 ki쨇it k홸yam bhavati / na k첺mati / gat홪atasya 홯l흍itu� / atha khalu ye tatra g춉apatimahattarak츠 bhavanti / (29b3) te prak춗yeva te(t�)(va) pratisaritavy� / vaktavya� / d흏gh홿u asti ki쨇i g춉apatiparッy충 k홸ya� / all흝홲a m� 홯l흝홲o nti(tti) / yadi t홼a jalpanti / bhante m� 홯l흍atha nti(tti) / na k첺mati 홯l흍itu� / atha d홳i jalpati / 홯l흍atha nti(tti) / all흍itavyam / n홶i k첺mati cchatre�a dh홸yantena up홳ah홫i 홣addh홫i g춉apatiparッ upasa�kramitu� / atha khalu ekata(29b4)mante cchatrop홳ah충 nik쳃piya g춉apatiparッ upasa�kramitavy� / n홶i dar�anopac홸e nik쳃pitavya� / atha khalu prak춗yeva nik쳃pitavya� / dar�anapathe upasa�kramitv� na (I.p.126) d홳i vaktavya� / sukha� bhavanto sukha� m홸첺 / atha khalu 홸ogy홶iya y홥��a� 홹ana� labhyate t홥��e 홹ane upavi�itavya� / (J.134) n홶i d홳i k첺mati / kutsitum v� pansitum v� g�(29b5)hapatik� n홲a y�ya� tul홮팃am홳ak팃ehi divasa� loka� mu첺�t� 홹atha / atha khalu vaktavya�, / s홪ar� ca anag홸� ca ubhe anyonyani�rit� 홸홪ayanti / saddharmma� samyaksambuddha� de�ita� // s홪홸챘혇a� nag홸췹충 sa�prayacchanti dak쳃点� / an홪홸� prag춉nanti / pratisa�yamya vinodan� / ami첺cakra� ni�r홿a dharmmacakra� pravarttat흓i // ukta� ceda� bhaga(va)t� (29b6) bahukar� bhik첺vo br홫ma�ag춉apatayo / ya� vo pratyupasthit� / c흚arapi詮ap홺a�eyy홹anagl홳apratyayabhai첺jyapari쳈홸ehi tehi y�ya� ni�r홿a tath홪ate brahmacarya� carath� mahato oghasya ni�sara点rtha� sarvve iti prav춗tak� karttavy� / eva� k홸ya� kariya gantavya� / eva� g춉apatiyath�(parッ) upasa�kramitavy� na pratipadyati / 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // IV.9 Ms.29b6 (J.135.1); Ch.511a25 (J.135) bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 vi(29b7)harati t흏thikapary�(ッ) d홳i sannipatit� k홸y췹i kari쳙홲a nti(tti) / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto nandanopanandan� teッ� gacchiy췹a� madhye ni첺程츠 / te d홳i tehi ni첺程ehi na p홸enti k홸y췹i karttu�, / te d홳i odhy홿anti / pa�yatha bha�e ca(va)ya� yeva� t홼a sannipatit� k홸y췹i kari쳙홲o ti / ime pi �rama�ak� 홪acchiya madhye ni첺程� / naヂa� bhraヂa� kuto imeッ� �r홲a�ya� / (30a1) eta� prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta� / bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha nandanopanandan충 / te d홳i �abd홶it� / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo nandanopanadan� eva� n홲a / t흏thikaparッ sannipatit� (I.p.127) k홸y췹i kari쳙홲o nti(tti) / y�ya� d췹i gacchiy췹a teッ� madhye ni첺程� / tad eva sarvva� bhagav충 vistare�a praty홸ocayati / naヂa� bhraヂa� kuto imeッ� (30a2) �r홲a�ya� 홫a�su / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� t흏thikaparッ upasa�kramitavy� / eta� d홳i bhik쳕sya ki�ci t흏thikaparッye k홸yam bhavati / n홿a� k첺mati / bhik쳕点 gat홪홺asya t흏thikaparッ upasa�kramitu� / atha khalu pratik춗yeva t홼a v춄dhatarak� pratisaritavy� / vaktavya� 홿u쳋a� asti me ki쨇i t흏thikaparッye k홸ya� 홯l흍홲a m� 홯l�[y�]motha nti(tti) / yadi (30a3) t홼a jalpanti / m� 홯l�(J.136)patha nti(tti) / na k첺mati all흍itu� / atha d홳i jalpanti / all흍atha nti(tti) / upasa�kramitavya� / y홼a na d홳i k첺mati / 홹ane k쳃p�(y�)dharmmam 홶adyitu�, / atha khalu y홥��a� (홹ana�) labhyate / t홥��o upavi�itavya� / n홶i k첺mati / kutsitum v� pa�situm v� a�r홥dh� t흏thik츠 / ahr흆� t흏thik츠 / anotr홶ino t흏thik츠 / mithy홥�(30a4)ヂik� t흏thik츠 / kusid� h흋홼흏y� t흏thik츠 / du�prajㅓ t흏thik츠 / atha khalu eva� vaktavya� / sarvv촨r홲i点nopav홥e kad홤i traividyapr홶t츠 bahu�rut� yasya pra�a�s� tam anupra�a烟e teッ� gu�am eva vadena do첺nti / vaktavya� / du쳈ara� g춉ili�g홶arity홪o du쳈ara� vastisa�yamo du쳈aram ara�yav홹o eva� k홸ya� kariya gantavya� / eva�, (30a5) t흏thikaparッ upasa�kramitavy� na pratipadyati / 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // IV.10 Ms.30a5 (J.136.12); Ch.511b3 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / eta� d홳i bhik쳕sya 홸yapary�(ッ)ye k홸yam bhavati / n홿a� k첺mati / gat홪atasya v춄dh홳tam ukkasitu� / atha khalu prak춗yeva t홼a up홥hy홿o v� 홤홸yo v� 홲antrayitavyo vaktavya� / up홥hy홿홤홸y� sa�ghasya ma(30a6)dhya� me ki쨇it k홸ya� (J.137) 홯l흝홲i / m� all흝홲i tti / up홥hy홿ena v� 홤홸ye�a v� j홳itavya� / yadi t홼a so bhavati / usre�ako v� pravarddhako v� anarthaka(ku)�alo v� / (I.p.128) abhin흂홸aku�alo v� kalahak홸ako v� bha詮anak홸ako v� bh챘yak홸ako v� / adhikara�iko v� vaktavya� / m� all흝홫i tti / atha d홳i so bhavati / bhadrako gu�av홳 / anuddhato �ikッ(30a7)k홲o anuk�lo anunna촲 acapalo p춃chitavyo ki� k홸ya�, / 홫a / asukam v� asukam v� tena j홳itavya� / yadi t홼a tasya dugraho v� vaktavya� / m� all흝a atha d홳i tasya sa�graho bhavati vaktavya� / 홯l흝a nti(tti) / all흍itavya� / all흝a v춄dh홳t홺o prabh춗i sarvveッ� pra点mo karttavy� / y� v춄dhatarak� y홼ad v춄dh홳ta� ukkasiy췹a� sa�ghasthaviro p춃chitavyo / a(30b1)suka� me k홸ya� jalp홲i tti / sa�ghasthavire�a j홳itavya� / yadi t홼a tasya dugraho bhavati / so ca bhik쳕 bhavati / kalahak홸ako bha詮anak홸ako bh챘yak홸o adhikara�iko v� vaktavya� / m� jalp홫i tti kasya tva� bhikテ点� samagr췹충 sahit홳충 sa�modam홳홳충 avivadam홳홳충 ekodde�ak홳충 kヅrodak휻h�t홳충 痰stu� 痰sana� d흍ayam홳홳충 sukha� ca ph홹u(30b2)� ca viharant홳충 kalahaj홺o bha詮anaj홺o vigrahaviv홥홶anno viharanto sa�ghe karka痰ni adhikara点ni (J.138) utp홥ayasi m� jalp홫i tti / atha d홳i tasya sugraho bhavati / so ca bhik쳕 bhavati / bhadrako gu�av홳 �ikッk홲o anuddhato anunna촲 acapalo amukharo apragalbho aprak흏程av홤o sa�ghasthavire�a vaktavya� / 홿u쳋an jalpatha yath홥harmma�, (30b3) yath홼inaya� yath촨홹tu� / 痰sana� ti tena k홸ya� sa�ghamadhye 홸ocayitavya� / sa�ghena tat k홸ya� dharmme�a vinayena 痰stu� 痰sanena vyupasamayitavya� / vyupa痰nta� kariya so bhik쳕 p춃chitavyo 홿u쳋an ki� vyupa痰nta� eta� k홸ya� yadi t홼a 홫a / vyupa痰nta� vaktavya� / 홿u쳋an sarvve tva� eta� k홸ya� samagre�a sa�ghena sa�vyupa痰nta� (30b4) puna� karmm홿a utkho헯yasi puno c홹mi par첺 upasa�kramesi / sa�gho te uttari upapar흆쳃쳙at흓i / yath홹ukha� kariya gantavya� eva� 홸yaparッ upasa�kramitavy� na pratipadyati / 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // (I.p.129) udd홳a� // eva� 홪antukehi pratipadyitavya� / eva� nev홹ikehi pratipadyitavya� / eva� p홥� vanditavy� / eva� (30b5) sammoditavya� / eva� 홯apitavya� / eva� pravy홫arttavya� / (J.139) eva� k첺triyaparッ upasa�kramitavy� / eva� br홫ma�aparッ upasa�kramitavy� / eva� g춉apatiparッ upasa�kramitavy� / eva� t흏thikaparッ upasa�kramitavy� / eva� 홸yaparッ upasa�kramitavy� // caturtho vargga� // (II.p.5) V.1-2 Ms. 30b5 (J.140.1); Ch. 509c26 bhagav홳 samyaksambuddho yad artha� samud홪ato tam artham abhisambh홼ayitv� �r홼asty홲 vi(30b6)harati vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� y홼a 홸a�yaka� t홼a �eyy홹ana� gr홲홳tika� ca ekabhaktatarppa�a� ca gr홲홳tike �eyy홹ane 홸a�yak홳채 ca gr홲홳tik홳채 ca anugraho s홥h흝ati / tehi d홳i gr홲홳tikehi pratik춗yeva ga詮i� 홫aniy췹a� sthit츠 / te d홳i 홸a�yak� de�ak홯e gr홲홳tika� �eyy홹ana� 홪at� 홫a�su / 홿u쳋a� de�ak홯o 홫anatha ga詮i� te (30b7) d홳i gr홲홳tik� 홫a�su / 홫at�-y-iya� ga詮� bhukta(�) pi amhehi te d홳i 홫a�su / 홿u쳋an / eva� y�ya� atyanuk홯ye ga詮톤 홫aniya bhu쨓atha / te d홳i gr홲홳tik� 홫a�su / eva� ca y�ya� ati-uvahne 홪acchatha / te d홳i 홸a�yakehi aparejjuk홺o kalyato yev�(va) utthihiya bhaktak홳i sarvv췹i u(t)k쳃pt홳i / te d홳i gr홲홳tik� de�ak홯asmin / kul홳i upasa�krama(31a1)nti / 홫a�su / up홹ike detha / bhakt홳i ukkahit홳i bhakt홳i kena 홫a�su / 홸a�yakehi te d홳i teッ� 홸a�yak홳충 홫a�su / 홿u쳋an kin d홳i (J.141) yu쳋홣hi� sarvv췹i bhaktak홳i utk쳃pt홳i / te d홳i 홫a�su� / tath� tumhehi� pratik춗yeva ga詮i 홫aniy췹a� bhu쨓atha / te d홳i vivadit츠 / bhagavato m�la� gat츠 / bhagav홳 홫a / n홿a� t홼a k첺mati pratik춗yeva ga詮톤 홫aniy췹a� bhu쨓i(31a2)tu� / n홶i k첺mati / aparehi kalyato yeva sarvv췹i bhakt홳i utk쳃pitu�, / tena hi / eva� 홸a�yake vih홸e pratipadyitavya� / eva� gr홲홳tike vih홸e pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� 홸a�yake vih홸e (II.p.6) pratipadyitavya� / eva� gr홲a(m�)(nti)ke vih홸e pratipadyitavya� / eta� d홳i gr홲홳tika� ca �eyy홹ana� 홸a�yaka� ca �eyy홹ana� ca ekabhaktatarppa�a� bhavati / tato yadi t홼a gr홲홳tike �e(31a3)yy홹ane bhaktam pacyati / na d홳i k첺mati / gr홲홳tikehi pratik춗yeca(va) ga詮톤 홫aniy췹a� cetiya� vandiy췹a� bhu쨓itu� / atha khalu gr홲홳tikehi duve 痰(th�)l흝o 홥r홫ayitavy� / y� ek� gr홲홳tik홳충 / ek� 홸a�yak홳충 gr홲홳tik홳충 th홯� tahi� / ta詮ul� prak쳃pitavy츠 / y� 홸a�yak홳충 th홯� yadi t홼a 홸a�yak� 홪at� bhavanti / tahi�, (31a4) ta詮ul� prak쳃pitavy츠 / atha d홳i n홪acchanti / n홶i k첺mati tahi� ta詮ul홳i prak쳃pitu� / atha khalu ka촪ant� thapitavy� / ekena bhik쳕点 vih홸aka� ukkasiya nidhy홿i(pi)tavya� / yadi t홼a (J.142) 홸a�yak� 홪acchanti / vaktavya� / 홿u쳋an ete 홸a�yak� 홪acchanti prak쳃patha ta詮ul홳i / atha d홳i k홯aparyanta� n홪acchanti gr홲홳tikehi ga詮톤 홫ani(31a5)y췹a� bhu쨓itavya� / 홸a�yak홳충 sth홯� ot홸iy췹a� vodhi(dhovi)y췹a� sth홳e stha�payitavy� / anek홿e 홸a�yak홳충 co(ra)bhaya� v� bhaveya udakabhaya� v� si�habhaya� v� / vy홪hrabhaya� v� yath홶i te n홪acchanti / yadi koci up홹ako sa�gha� bhaktena nimantrayati / 홫a / 홸yo (rye) 홸a�yak홳충 pi 홸ocetha nti(tti) / tehi d홳i gr홲홳tikehi 홸a�yak홳충 / (31a6) pi 홸ocitavya� / 홿u쳋a� �uve bhakta� v� purebhaktika� v� yav홪�p홳a� v� bhavi쳙ati / m� pi詮akena vihari쳙atha / kar程a(lla)to yyeva 홪acchatha / tehi pi d홳i 홸a�yakehi na vighnayitavya� / yadi arthik� bhavi쳙anti pratip홯ayi쳙ant흓i / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� (II.p.7) gantavya� / yadi na sajja� bhavati / na d홳i bhakt홪ra� avaヂabhayitavyo 홹ayitavya� / atha khalu ve(ce)tiya� vanditv� ek홳te (31a7) sv홥hy홿o karttavyo / dharmmam v� cintayantehi 홹itavya� e쳍 d홳i koci gr홲홳tik충 bhaktena nimantreti / vaktavya� / 홸a�yak홳충 pi nimantrehi nti(tti) / atha d홳i 홫a / n홹ti mama tahi� �raddh� n홶i pras홥o tti vaktavya� / vaya� pi na praticch홲e (mo) nti(tti) / atha d홳i 홸a�yak홳충 pi nimantreti bhakta� sajjayitavya� / (J.143) p홳흝a� pari�r홼ayitavya� / 홹anapraj쨅pti karttavy� / d홳apati 홪ato bhavati / (31b1) 홸a�yak� ca n홪acchanti / d홳apat� 홫a bhante 홫anetha ga詮i� k홯o pi t홼a ady홶i bhavati vaktavya� / pr홪o t홼a ady홶i 홸a�yak� pi t홼a n홪acchanti / atha d홳i d홳apat� 홫a bhante 홫anetha tumhe a(�)ra�yak� pi e쳙ant흓i ki� karttavya� / ga詮� t홼a vistare�a 홫aniy췹a� ve(ce)ti/yo vistare�a vanditavyo / cetiya� vistare�a vandiy췹a� yadi t홼a 홸a�yak� 홪a(31b2)t� bhavanti / tato bhu�jitavya� / atha d홳i 홸a�yak� n홪at� bhavanti / anantarik홳충 홹an홳i varja(ya)ntehi 홹itavya� / parive痰vakena p춃chitavya� / ko 홸a�yak홳충 l홣hagr홫o yadi t홼aj jalpanti / aha� pi aha� pi tti vaktavya� / 홸a�yak홳충 pi詮ap홺a� ukkaКhatha tehi 홸a�yak홳충 pi詮ap홺o ukkaКhayitavyo / ukkaКhiy췹충 s충ghika� kalpiyaku쩨ya� sth홶a(31b3)yitavyo / yadi t홼at sak홯e 홪acchanti / bhu쨓an홿a d홺avyo / atha d홳i vik홯e 홪acchanti / na v홪acchanti / aparejjuk홺o �r홲a�er췹충 d홺avya� / n홶i d홳i (II.p.8) k첺mati / 홸a�yakehi yatra pu(u)llu(lla)gik홿e 홹itu� / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� gr홲홳tika� �eyy홹ana� gantavya� / 홪acchiya p홥충 dhoviya hast충 nirmm홥iya ceti/yo vistare(31b4)�a vanditavyo / yadi (J.144) t홼a anukalyo ady홶i t홼a bhavati / tatraiva sth홳aca�kramani첺dy홿ogam anuyuktena viharitavya� / udde�aprayuktehi v� manasik홸aprayuktehi v� / atha d홳i de�ak홯o bhavati / sa�gh홸홲a� pravisiy췹a� gr홲홳tika� bhik쳕� pratisa�modiy췹a� svakasvakehi 홹anehi upavi�itavya� / ga詮� 홫at홿a� vandi(31b5)ya cetiya� n홶i d홳i 홸a�yakehi gr홲홳tik� kutsetavy� bahuk춗y� bahukara霑y� jihv홪re y�ya� ras홪r췹i parye첺tha / atha khalu sa�r홥hayitavy� / vaktavya� 홿u쳋an sobhana� kriyati bahukar� y�ya� bh홸a� vahatha / dharmmade�an충 karetha / sa�gh홸홲o kel홶흝ati / dh�mo kriyati kul홳i pras홥흝ant흓i / eva� sa�r홥hayitavy츠 / atha (31b6) d홳i 홸a�yake �eyy홹ane gr홲홳tik홳충 ca 홸a�yak홳채 ca bhakta� sajj흝ati / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / 홸a�yakehi pi pratik춗yeva ga詮i� 홫aniy췹a� cetiya� vandiya bhu쨓itu� / atha khalu duve sth홯흝o a(�)dr홫ayitavy홿o / ek� 홸a�yak홳충 ek� gr홲홳tik홳충 y� 홸a�yak홳충 sth홯� tahi� ta詮ul� prak쳃pitavy츠 / y� gr홲홳ti�k홳충 sth홯� yadi t홼a gr홲홳tik� (31b7) 홪at� bhavanti / tahi� pi ta詮ul� prak쳃pitavy츠 / atha d홳i gr홲홳tik� n홪acchanti / na k첺mati tahi� ta詮ul충 prak쳃pitu� / j홳itavya� / anek홿e gr홲홳tik홳충 gr홲o paro v� bhave cor� v� patit� bhave�su� / yath� n홪acchant흓i / (II.p.9) ekena bhik쳕点 vih홸a� ukkasiy췹a� nivy�(dhy�)(pa)yantena 홹itavya� / ki� gr홲홳tik� (J.145) 홪acchanti / na hi tti / yadi t홼a 홪acchanti teッ� pi (32a1) ta詮ul� prak쳃pitavy� / atha d홳i n홪acchanti / de�ak홯e ga詮i� 홫aniya cetiya� vandiya bhu쨓itavya� gr홲홳tik�(n충) th홯�-y-ot홸iya th�(l�) toyalipt충 kariya thapitavy츠 / e쳍 d홳i koci 홸a�yak홳충 bhaktenopanimantrayati vaktavya� / gr홲홳tik홳홲 api nimantreh흓i / atha d홳i 홫a�su� / n홹ti mama ta�hi� �raddh� n홹ti pras홥o vaktavya� vaya� pi na praticch홲o nti(tti) / atha d홳i (32a2) gr홲홳tik홳홲 api nima�treti bhakta� sajjayitavya� / 홹anapraj쨅pti� karttavy� / p홳흝a� pari�r홼ayitavya� / pu쳎a� sajjayitavya� / gandho sajjayitavyo / yadi t홼a gr홲홳tik� n홪acchanti / d홳apatir 홪ato bhavati / 홫a / bhante / 홫a�atha ga詮i� anuk홯yo va t홼a ady홶i bhavati / vaktavya� / pr홪o t홼a ady홶i gr홲홳tik� ca bhik첺vo n홪acchanti / atha d홳i 홫a / 홫a�atha (32a3) tumhe gr홲홳tik� pi e쳙ant흓i / ki� karttavya� / ga詮� t홼a vistare�a 홫a/niy췹a� ve(ce)tiyo vistare�a vanditavyo / ve(ce)ti(ya�) vistare�a vandiy췹a� yadi t홼a gr홲홳tik� 홪at� bhavanti bhu쨓itavya� / atha d홳i gr홲홳tik� n홪acchanti / 홹an홳i (J.146) va�j홿a(rjaya�)tehi upavi�itavya� / parithapa(ve첺)kena vaktavya� / ko gr홲홳tik홳충 bhikテ点� l홣hagr홫� yadi t홼a �(32a4)ha�su / aha� pi aha� pi tti vaktavya� / gr홲홳tik홳충 bhikテ点� pi詮ap홺a� parig춉natha nti(tti) / atha d홳i teッ� na koci l홣hagr홫ako bhavati / parive첺kena sarvveッ� ekasth홳e pi詮ap홺a� ukkaКhiy췹충 s충ghik홿a� kalpiyaku쩨ya� (II.p.10) thapitavyo / yadi t홼a k홯e 홪acchanti bhu쨓an홿e d홺avya� / atha d홳i vik홯e 홪at� bhavanti / na v� 홪acchanti / aparejju(32a5)k홺o �r홲a�er췹충 v� 홸홲ik홳홲 v� d홺avyo n홶i d홳i k첺mati gr홲홳tikehi yatrollagn홿e 홹itu�, // atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� 홸a�yaka� �eyy홹ana� ukkasitavya� p홥충 prakッliya hast충 nirmm홥iya st�pa� vistare�a vanditavya� / yadi t홼a anuk홯yo bhavati / 홸홲ehi v춌첺m�lehi ca�kramehi ni첺dy홫i sth홳aca�kramani첺dy홳u(32a6)yogam anuyuktehi v흓in홲ayitavy� / udde�aprayuktehi v� manasik홸aprayuktehi v� atha d홳i de�ak홯o bhavati vih홸a� pravi�iy췹충 홸a�yak충 bhikテ� pratisa�modiy췹a� svakasvakehi 홹anehi upavi�itavya� / ga詮흝a� 홫at홿a� st�pa� vandiy췹a� bhu�jiy췹a� gantavya� / n홶i d홳i gr홲홳tikehi 홸a�yak� kutsetavy� / pa�setavy� / (J.147) 蕁ny홪홸am홺� y�ya� prajㅓ(32a7)vaitak쳃(�ski)y� 短g홯� pi 홸a�ye vasanti divasa� y�ya� varッ�i pi詮ent� 홹atha / atha khalu vaktavy� dur홼홹ak홳i 홸a�yak홳i �eyy홹an홳i pr홶t홳i vivikt홳i vigatajanapad홳i manu쳙araha�ayyak홳i pratisa�layanas홸opy홳i du쳈ara� prati(vi)vekena durabhirama� eka� para� r홺ri vinayam홳o m홳asa� 홥hy홺ma� veti / 홿u쳋ana �obhana� kriyati 홸a�yaka� �eyy�(32b1)sana� kel홶흝ati / ukta� ceda� bhagavat� y홼ak흝a� ca bhik첺vo 홸a�yak홳i �eyy홹an홳i adhy홼asi쳙atha / t홼a v춄dh� yeva pratik충k쳃tavy� / ku�alehi dharmmehi no parih췹i na ca vo m홸a� / p홶흝충 avat홸am adhigami쳙ati / saddharmmasya antarddh홳홿a sa(�)moh홿a nti(tti) / eva� sa�r홼i(dhi)ya gantavya� / eva� 홸a�yakehi pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati (II.p.11) / 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr�(32b2)mati // * // V.3-4 Ms. 32b2 (J.147.13); Ch. 508b22 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / tena d홳i k홯ena tena samayena 홿u쳋anto nandanopanandan� p홳흝a� pratij홪aranti / te d홳i bhikテ tato yyeva mukha� tato yyeva hast충 nirmm홥iyanti / p홺rapari�r홼a点ni dhovanti / te d홳i kalyato yeva nandanopanandan� utthiy췹a hast충 nirmm홥iya p홳흝a� pari�r홼iya (J.148) p홳흝ama詮apa� parigha쩟iya t홿itamudrita� kariya gocara� (32b3) praviヂ츠 / 홪antuk� bhikテ 홪at츠 / p홳흝a� m홸ggenti / na labhanti / te d홳i odhy홿anti kin d홳i aya� p홳흝ama詮apo t홿itamudrito thapito eta� prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta� / bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha nandanopanandan충 / te d홳i �abd홶it츠 / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo nand(an)opanandan� // pe // y홼a 홪antuk�(32b4)n충 bhikテ点� ga�o 홪ato p홳흝a� m홸gganti / na labhanti / te d홳i odhy홿anti kin d홳i aya� p홳흝ama詮apo t홿itamudrito kariya thapito 홫a�su� / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� p홳흝e pratipadyitavya� / eva� p홥adhovan흝e pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� p홳흝e pratipadyitavya� / eva� p홥adhovan흝e pratipadyitavya� / n홿a� k첺mati (32b5) p홳흝a� pari�r홼iya p홳흝ama詮apa� gha쩟iya t홶i(yi)ya mudrita� kariya anyena gantu� / atha khalu p홳흝av홸iko t홼a uddi�itavyo / navak홳te pa헻pa(p�)헻k홿a v� yasya v� pr홶u�ati / eko v� dvayo v� trayo v� yattak� v� abhisa�bhu�anti / tehi kalyata eva utthiya hast충 nirmm홥iya (II.p.12) p홳흝a� pari�r홼iya golak� v� ma�ik� v� uヂ(r)ik� (32b6) v� thaganak� v� 홸a�jar� v� gha쩟� v� karak흝o v� appih췹� karttavy� / 膽la(�il�)may� v� m춗tik홲ay� v� k챘헺amay� v� acchehi v� cela첺(pa)쩟ehi v� bandhitavy� / yo subh홼it� kariya thapetavy� / yath� p홳흝a� cauk첺� bhaveya / na d홳i (J.149) kukku헯p촨akena bandhitv� sth홶etavya� / tehi bh홭anehi prak쳃pitavy� p쳇al홪ulik� v� campakagulik� v� �arkar� v� sarvva� ka(32b7)rttavya� / yath� sugandh� bhave�su / tato yadi t홼a anya� piban홿e p홳흝a� bhavati / anya� p홥adhovan흝a� pari�r홼itavya� / parivodha(dhova)n흝ena p홳흝ena �iriku詮ik� p�rayitavy� / 홮alpiyakarkkar� p�rayitavy� / p홥adhovanik� p�rayitavy� / varccakumbhik� p�rayitavy� / bhikテ点� hastodakasya p홺rodakasya p홸ibhogikasya kumbhik� ca karak� ca p�rayitavy� / go(33a1)gotrasth홶a(sthap�)n흝a� bhavati / yath� p쳇aliputre �o�ap홳흝a� r홭ag춉e tayota(poda)� v홸췹asy충 buddhavic흏程� n홲a pu쳈iri霑 camp홿충 ga�g홶홳흝a(�) �r홼asty충 pe(po)taleya� 痰kete dharap홳흝a� / mathur홿충 yamun� na k첺mati tato p홳흝홺o kalpiyakarak� v� akalpiyakarak� v� varccakumbhik� v� p�rayitu� / hastodakap홥odaka� v� p홳흝a� d홺u� / atha khalu tato piban홿e (33a2) d홺avya� / atha d홳i �r홥dho bhik쳕r bhavati / tato eva �r흆u詮ik충 p�reti an홶atti� / bhik쳕sya cak쳕 du�khanti vaidyo 홫a / bhante (II.p.13) gotrasthena p홳흝ena ak쳃�i dhov홫i tti labhy� d홳i p홺rap�ra� v� e쳍 d홳i (J.150) dhovanik충 v� rajanik홲 v� kareti / tasya udakena k홸yam bhavati / p홳흝adh�(v�)rik충 y홤ati icch홲i p홳흝a� d흝am홳an ti na k첺mati / gotrastha� udaka� d홺u� / atha (33a3) khalu p홸idhovan흝a� udaka� d홺avya� / bhakt홪re�a p홳흝a� v�(c�)rentena hast충 sunirmm홥it충 k춗v� bh홭ana� sunirmm홥ita� k춗v� cauk첺� p홳흝a� v�(c�)retavya� / p홳흝a� g춉nantena gharttitavya� / yath� ekahasto nir홲i쳍 bhavati / atha d홳i sahas홮홸e�a s홲iヅk춗o bhavati / prakッlayitv� ya(pa)tra痰kh홿a v� p홺ra� v� o쩟h홤i(33a4)kka�a� bhavati nirmm홥ayitv� p홺avya� / na d홳i atibahu(�) oヂha prak쳃pitavy� / ke痰 v� 홯ihitum v� ni�홯am v� / atha khalu oヂha pram홸jitv� agroヂhehi y�(p�)tavya� / tato yyeva stoka� varjayitavya� / tenaiva antena prakッlayantena ujjhitavya� / p홳흝a� v�(c�)rentena upalak첺yitavya� / yadi koci atibahu� oヂha� v� volayati ke痰 v� 홯aya�(33a5)ti nil쳇e v� apanetavya� ta� bh홭ana� ek홳te sthapitv� t��a� v� kulika� v� upari d홺avy� / abhijㅓna� / yath홭ㅓye akalpiyan ti / puno v� nirmm홥ayitavya� / pa�c홥bhakta� p홳흝a� c홸entena hast충 sunirmm홥it� kariya // pe // y홼a ekin� hastena p홳흝a� parig춉nitavya� / apare�a p홳흝agha헻k충 pa헻cchantena c흚ara(r�)�tarik홿a v� p홺r홳tarik홿e (33a6) v� g춉nitavya� / y홼a tenaiva antarakena ujjhitavya� / jent홮e c홸entena oヂh� (II.p.14) p홳흝ac홸ik홿e p홺ra� bandhitavya� / pibantena oヂh� patra痰kh홿e nirmm홥ayitv� agroヂhakehi p홺avya� // pe // ta� yyeva (J.151) karttavya� prah췹e c홸entena yadi bh�my홹taro bhavati bh홭an홳i patra痰kh홫i sthapitavy홳i / omh홿a v� v홯ik홿a v� bh홭anehi v� thapitavya� / yadi aヂa(33a7)bh홪a caturbh홪a� ca ni첺程ak� bhavanti / ekena madhyamav�(c�)rake sthitakena v�(c�)retavya� / apare�a pra�etavya� / atha d홳i pa헻p쳇ik홿e d�re d�ra� prah췹asya upaviヂ� bhavanti / ekena c홸etavya� // pe // labhy� d홳i p홸idhovanik홺o mukha� v� dhovitu� / hasta� v� nirmm홥ayitu�, / p홺rapari�r홼a�a� v� dhovitu� / na d홳i k첺mati / jhallajhall홿e ujjhitu� / m홺r홿e (33b1) upan홲etavya� / na d홳i k첺mati / p홸idhovaniy홺o sn홶i(yi)tu� v� c흚aram v� dhovitu� / ra쨓ana� v� ka촪itu� / atha d홳i bhikテ c흚arakarmma karo�ti / udaka� ca 홼ila� bhavati / bh홭ana� ca atirikta� ti le(/ la)bhy� d홳i p홶icakadharmm흝a y홤itu� / 홫a / 홿u쳋an dehi bh�yo 홳흝a d홹y홲i tti / ki� c홶i deti an홶atti� / ta� pi d홳i / g춉niya 홳흝a k홯ena k홯a� d홺avya� / atha d�(33b2)ni 홹a�nodako sa�gh홸홲o bhavati / ki� c홶i tato yeva pibati tato yeva p홸idhovan흝a� karoti / tato yeva hast충 dhovati ra�gam v� karoti / (J.152) an홶atti� / eva� p홳흝e pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // V. 5-6 Ms. 33b2 (J.152.3); Ch. 507c21 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto (II.p.15) nandanopanandan� 첺촺arggik� ca p홥adho�vanik홿충 jha(33b3)llajhall충 p홥충 dhoviy췹a� sarvva� udaka� sth�(ccho)riya p홥adhovanik충 omuddhik충 kariya �(r)drap홥aka� upan홫홫i prak쳃piya naiva karddama� pariharanti na p충su karddama� marddant� p충su marddent� d흏ghaca�krama� ca�kramanti / bhik쳕 홪acchanti p홥adhovan홿a / te d홳i 홫a�su� / m홺r홿e y�yam 홿u쳋anto p홥충 dhovatha / udake pi khalu [m홺r]� (33b4) ukt� bhagavat� tathaiva sarvvehi b홫irakehi j흚itapari쳈홸ehi te d홳i bhik쳕 pa�yanti / t충 p홥adhovanik충 춌t충 te d홳i odhy홿anti / ki� d홳i aya� p홥adhovanik� omuddhik춗� eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su� / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha / nandanopanandan충 첺촺arggik충 ca / te d홳i �abd홶it� / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺(33b5)vo nandanopanandan� 첺촺arggik� ca eva� n홲a eva� n홲a y�ya� p홥adhovanik홿충 gacchiya jhallajhall홿e p홥충 dhoviya udaka� cchoriya p홥adhovanik충 omuddhik충 kariya 홸drap홥충 up홳ah홹u prak쳃piya naiva p충su pariharatha na karddama� karddama� marddant� p충su marddant� d흏ghaca�krama� ca�kramatha bhikテ 홪acchanti / p홥adhovanik홿e p홥충 dho (33b6)van홿e y�ya� jalpatha m홺r홿e 홿u쳋anto p홥충 dhovatha udake pi khalu bhagavat� (J.153) m홺r� ukt� / tathaiva sarvvehi j흚itapari쳈홸ehi te d홳i bhik쳕 pa�yanti p홥adhovanik충 omuddhik충 k춗충 홫a�su / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / du쳈춗a� vo nandano nandanopanandan� 첺촺arggik� ca / tena hi eva� p홥� dhovitavy� / eva� (II.p.16) dhovitap홥ehi pratipadyitavya� kin ti (33b7) d홳i / eva� p홥� dhovitavy� / kin ti d홳i dhovitap홥ehi pratipadyitavya� / bhagav홳 d홳i bhikテn 홲antrayati / eva� bhik첺vo p홥충 dhovatha / yath� 痰riputro sthaviro ekam ida� bhik첺vo samaya� 痰riputro sthaviro vai痰ly홲 viharati / mah홼ane k팃홪홸a痰l홿충 sthaviro d홳i k홯asyaiva niv홹ayitv� p홺rac흚aram 홥홿a vai痰l흋 nagar톤 pi詮홿a praviヂo pr홹�(34a1)dikena atikr홳tena pratikr홳tena 홯okitavilokitena sanmi쨓itapras홸itena sa�gh쳇흍홺rac흚aradh홸a�ena antarggatehi indriyehi abahirggatena manasena sthitena dharmmat홼asthapr홶tena sm춗o sa�praj홳o m홸go viya k홸itak홸a�o ve痰l톤 nagar톤 pi詮홿a carati / sthaviro d홳i apare�a br홫ma�ena d�ヂo tasya br홫ma�asya bhavati / ime iti (34a2) kitik홿a putr츠 / �rama�ak츠 gr홲홳te iry홶atha� pa헺ayanti nirddh홼it� ca bhavanti vikopenti / so d홳i praduヂacitto sthavirasya p�ヂhimena p�ヂhima� anubaddho yatra yeva aya� �rama�ako 흏y홶atha� vikopayi쳙ati / tatraiva �e (膽r첿) kha헯ka� d홹y홲i / sthaviro d홳i gr홲홸a�yasamena (J.154) 흏y홶athena samanv홪ato vai痰l톤 pi詮홿a caritv� nirddh홼ito vih홸a� 홪ato sthavi(34a3)ro d홳i vih홸akesmin p홺ra� nik쳃piya hast충 prakッliya sa�gh쳇톤 praspho헻ya s홫ariya abhyantare�a dvigu�ik충 kariya c흚arava烟e sthapayitv� p홳흝asya dak홳aka� p�r흝a p태hak� prajㅓpiya p홥ataddha(쩟ha)ka� upan홲ayitv� up홳ahik홿o upan홲iya (II.p.17) up홳ah홿o( po)cchanno upan홲iya p홥충 dhovati / sthaviro d홳i dak쳃�ena hastena udaka� �(34a4)si쨇ati / v홲ena hastena p홥충 dhovati / sthavire�a d홳i v홲� ja�gh� dhovit� dak쳃点 ja�gh� dhovit� v홲o p홥o dhovito dak쳃�o p홥o dhovito up홳ah홿o(po)cchatu(nna)ka� g춉niya up홳ah� sa�pu헯� kariya ekasya up홳aho(h�)vaddhro yo(po)cchito dvit흝asya up홳ah홼addhro pocchito ekasya up홳ah홺ala� yo(po)cchita� dvit흝asya up홳ah�(34a5) tala� pocchita� / up홳ahik홿o nik쳃piya dak홳ak홺o v홲홿e kal홤흝e udaka� 홼arjayitv� dak쳃�ena hastena up홳ah홿o(po)cchanaka� dhoviya ni쳎클itv� 홺ape �o첺yeta� kal홤흝a udaka� 홼arjiya hast� dhot� hast충 (J.155) dhoviya dak홳aka� dhoviya p홳흝홼a�e첺� cchoriya 홺ape �o쳃ta� so d홳i br홫ma�o [ta]sya (34a6) 홤홸agocara� pa�yiya tuヂo so d홳i prasannacitto 홫a / yath홶i ima� bhavat� 痰riputre�a dak홳aka� / upac흏程a� yo pi so br홫ma点n충 uワodakakarako so pi na eva� �uc� labhy� khalu ito p홳흝a� p홺u� / sthavire�a d홳i tasya br홫ma�asya prasannacittasya catv홸y 홸yasaty홳i pradar�it홳i du�kham 홸yasatya� du�khasamudayam 홸yasatya� du�khani(34a7)rodham 홸yasatya� du�khanirodhag홲in� pratipadam 홸yasatya� / tena d홳i br홫ma�ena tatraiva sth홳e sthitena �rot홶attiphala� s홮ッtk춗a� bhikテ d홳i bhagavantam 홫a�su / yasya bhagav홳 katham aya� br홫ma�a sthavirasy홤홸agocare�a tuヂo bhagav홳 홫a / na etarhi evam anyad홶i e쳍 etasya 홤홸agocare�a tuヂo nyad홶i bhagavan anyad홶i (34b1) bhik첺vo bh�tap�rvvam bhik첺vo at흓am adhv홳a� etahi� ca nagara� (II.p.18) v홸췹as� k촨ijanapado / tatra d홳i agrakuliko 챙hyo mah홥hano mah홣hogo prabh�tadhanadh홳yako�akoヂh홪홸o prabh�taj홺ar�parajatavittopakara�o prabh�tahastya�va-ajagave촡ko prabh�tad홹휾홹a(J.156)karmmakarapauru첿yo / tasya d홳i eko putro aciraj홺o so (34b2) d홳i m홺홶it춂hir unn흝ati varddh흝ati / ya� k홯a� saptavar쳍 ヂavar쳍 v� so d홳i m홺홶it逕충 p�rvvotth홿� pa�c홳nip홺� priyav홥� mana-apav홥� / ki�karapari�r홼ako tasya d홳i �reヂhikasya kulaputrak� g춉a� ocaranti / tasya g춉a(�) gupta� ca surak쳃ta� ca na p홸enti ot홸a� vindan홿a / kad홤i d홳i so �reヂhi aparehi� jㅓtis홯e nimantritako gato va(34b3)rッr홺rika� ta� d홸a(ka)� rak첺p홯a� thapiy췹a� putra dv홸a� gha쩟iy췹a� rak첺m췹o 홹esi / so d홳i d홸ako �reヂhin� sapariv홸e�a gatena g춉asya dv홸a� gha쩟iy췹a� rak첺m췹o 홹ati tehi d홳i kulaputrakehi ot홸o labdho / te d홳i ta� g춉a� okkhandiy췹a� praviヂ� te d홳i ulk홿o ca d흍ik홿o ca prajv홯iy췹a� m홸gganti / so eko d�(34b4)rako d�ヂo te d홳i p춃chanti / d홸aka kahi� tumh췹a� hira�ya� v� suvar程a� v� / so d홳 홫a / aha� pi na j홳홲i / eta� g춉a� 蕁nyaka� m홸ggiya m홸ggiya ya� labhatha ta� g춉natha tehi d홳i m홸ggiya m홸ggiya prabh�ta� hira�yasuvar程a� g춉asya madhyam홪홸e mah홳ta� k팃a� k춗a� yo teッ� corasen홶ati� / so g춉asya (J.157) madhy홪홸e upaviヂa� / so d홳a(ni) co(34b5)rasen홶ati� pip홹ita� / tasya d홸akasy홫a / ha�gho d홸aka pip홹ito smi / icch홲i p홳흝a� p홺u� so d홳i d홸ako cauk첺samud홤홸o bh홭ana� g춉niya parim홸jiya hast충 sudh�(dho)t충 k춗v� bh홭ana� sudhota� k춗v� udakasya p�riya (II.p.19) yatra d흍� d흍yanti tatra all흋o so d홳i supratyavek쳃ta� kariya corasen홶atisya all흋o sen�(34b6)pati pib홫i tti ten홶i d홳i corasen홶atin� tasya d홸akasya p홳흝a� dentasya sarvvam upalak쳃ta� / so d홳i p춃chati ha�gho d홸aka kasya k춗ena tva� atra d흍am�la� all흋osi so d홳i 홫a / sen홶ati p홳흝a� pratyavek쳃tu�, / m� atra p홳흝asmi� t��o v� bhave pr췹ako v� tena sen홶atisya aph홹u bhaveya / so d홳i sen홶ati tasya 홤홸agocare�a tuヂo (34b7) tasya bhavati sen홶atisya m� t홼a m� t홼a asm홮a� t홼a e쳍 vadhak홳충 pratyarthik홳충 pratyamitr췹충 arthak홲o hitak홲o ko punarvv홥o yo etasya m홺홶it� v� jㅓtik� v� tehi e쳍 katha� amaitracitto bhavi쳙ati yadi vayam imasya d홸akasya eva� dharmmiヂhasya ima� hira�yasuvar程a� har홲a praticorehi pi mu쳙ema graha�a� pi gacchema / r홭akule pi vadhyema / so d홳i (35a1) corasen홶ati p홳흝a� pibiya t충 sarvv충 cor충 �abd홶iya p춃chati / ko bha�e ko aha� yu쳋홮a� te d홳i 홫a�su / sen홶ati 홫a / bhavanto aha� imasya d홸akasya eva� ca eva� ca 홤홸agocare�a tuヂo yadi vaya� etasya dharmmiヂasya eta� hira�ya� (J.158) suvar程a� harema praticorehi v� vaya� mu쳙ema graha�a� pi gacchema / r홭akule pi vadhyema / yadi yu쳋홮a� anuk�la� (35a2) bhave mu쨇ema vaya� eta� etasya hira�yasuvar程a� anya� vaya� corayi쳙홲a� / te d홳i 홫a�su� / yath� sen홶atikasya rucyati / so d홳i d홸akasy홫a / ha�gho d홸ak� ima� vaya� tava sarvva� hira�ya� suvar程a� demi te d홳i cor� nirddh홶it츠 / tena d홸akena dv홸췹i sarvv췹i gha헻t홳i devat� g홺h충 bh챘ate / (II.p.20) 홤홸agu�asampann츠 / ye bhavanti tu m홳av츠 / (35a3) labhanti vipul충 arth충 yath� p홳흝ad홿aka� / 홤홸a� �ik쳃ta� �reyo an홤홸a� na �ik쳃ta� / corehi g춉흓o sa�to mukto 홤홸ak홸a点t // gh홺y� bhavanty agh홺y홤홸a� �ik쳃y췹a� vinaya� ca sth홳e쳕 ca ai�varya� labhanti 홤홸agu�ayukt츠 // vadhy� bhavanty avadhy� 홤홸a� �ik쳃y췹a� vinaya� ca / tasm홳 nare�a satata� 홤홸agu�ena bhavi(35a4)tavya� / raudr� lohitap췹� caur� tu쳙anti t챙�痰 sant� / 홤홸e�a an홸y� 홸y� j홺홼akr홳t츠 // (J.159) bhagav홳 etasmin vastuni dharmmapada� bh챘ate / na br홫ma�asya prahareya n홹ya mu�ceya br홫ma�o / dhig br홫ma�asya hant홸a� ta� pi dhik yo sya mu�cati // bhagav홳 홫a / sy홥 vo bhik첺vo evam asy홥anyo sau tena k홯ena tena samayena ++(35a5) bhavati agrakulikasya putro naitad eva� draヂavya� / e쳍 痰riputro sthaviro anyo so corasen홶ati e쳍 br홫ma�o tad홶i etasya e쳍 홤홸agocare�a tuヂo etarhi pi e쳍 sthavirasya 홤홸agocare�a tuヂo / e쳍 d홳i bhik쳕 yad� gr홲홺o nirggato bhavati / tato gr홲aprave�ika� c흚ara� praspho헻tv� atyantapari(35a6)karmma� s홫aritv� sthapetavya� / 홸홲acara�aka� pr홼aritv� 홹ana� praj쨅petavya� p홥opav�(dh�)naka� udakad홳a� pi ca uヂhapayitv� celakha詮ena rajo praspho헻tavyo dak홳aka� kal홤흝a� a(�)varjetv� colaka� dhovitv� ni쳎i촫tv� up홳ah� (II.p.21) nirmm홥ayitavy� // pe // y홼a colaka� ni쳎i촫tv� thapetavyo / m� pr췹ak� j홿e�su (J.160) n흈ik홿a v� bhave�su / bhik쳕点pi t홼a (35a7) p홥충 dhovantena dak쳃�a(�ena) hastena udaka� 홹i�citavya� / v홲ena hastena p홥충 dhovitavy� v홲� t홼a ja�gh� dhovitavy� dak쳃点 t홼a ja�gh� dhovitavy� / v홲o p홥o dhovayitavyo dak쳃�o p홥o dhovayitavyo / up홳ah홿o praspho헻tv� sa�pu쩨k춗v� ekasyop홳ah홿e vaddhro pocchitavyo aparasya vaddhro pocchitavyo / ekasya up홳ah홿e tala� (35b1) pocchitavya� / dvit흝asya up홳ah홿e tala� pocchitavya� ku詮ik홺o v� karakato v� kal홤흝e udaka� 홼arjiya up홳ah홶occhanaka� dhovitavya� / p클iya 홺ape �o첺yitavya� / kal홤흝e udaka� 홼arjiya hast� dhovitavy� na k첺mati up홳ah홫i 홸drap홥ena prave�ayitu� atha khalu ya� k홯a� adhv홺� bhavanti / tato prave�ayitavyo / atha khalu d홳i (35b2) sarvvasa�ghasya p홥adhovanik� bhavati / na k첺mati bhik쳕点 jhallajhall홿e p홥충 dhovitu� udaka� cchorayi(riya) omuddhik충 p홥adhovanik충 karttu� / atha khalu accha헻k충 karentena p홥adhovanik홿충 pravi�itavya� / yadi t홼a koci bhik쳕� p�rvvapraviヂo bhavati / 홪amitavya� / y홼a tehi / dhovit� p홥� nti(tti) atha d홳i kha�ui(kh췹u)k홶홥adhovanik� bhavati / tr퇘i v홤홿o jalpayita(35b3)vyo(vy�)/yo ko v춄dhatarako v춄dho(ddhe) nti(tti) / yadi t홼a koci v춄dhatarako bhavati / antara� d홺avya� / ya� k홯a� tena p홥� dhovit� bhavati / upavi�itavya� / atha d홳i koci v춄dhatarako na bhavati / eva� pi upavi�itavya� / tato yadi t홼a dak쳃点nte p홥adhovanik� (J.161) bhava�ti / dak쳃�ena (II.p.22) ante(haste)na udaka� 홹i쨇itavya� / v홲ena hastena p홥� dhovitavy� / (35b4) v홲� t홼a ja�gh� dhovitavy� / dak쳃�ena(点) ja�gh� dhovitavy� / v홲o p홥o dhovitavyo / dak쳃�o p홥o dhovitavyo / atha d홳i v홲홳te p홥adhovanik� bhavati / v홲ena hastena udaka� 홹i쨇itavya� / dak쳃�ena hastena p홥� dhovitavy� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati tenaiva hastena udaka� 홹i쨇itu� / atha d홳i dve jan� bhavanti / ekena �(35b5)si쨇itavya� / ekena dhovitavya� / dak쳃点 t홼a ja�gh� dhovitavy� / v홲� ja�gh� dhovitavy� / dak쳃�o p홥o dhovitavyo / v홲o p홥o dhovitavyo up홳ah홿o sa�gh�(pu)쩨kariya ekasya up홳ah홿e vadhro pocchitavyo / dvit흝asya vadhrako pocchitavyo / ekasya up홳ah홿e tala� pocchitavya� / dvit흝asya up홳ah홿e tala� pocchita(35b6)vya� / yadi tahi� koci bhik쳕 bhavati navatarako so vaktavyo udaka� 홹i쨇ihi nti(tti) / up홳ah홶occhanno dhoviya p클iya tatraiva sthapitavya� / hast홳 nirmm홥iy췹a� ath�(dhv�)t홿충 up홳ah홿충 prak쳃pitavya� / n홶i k첺mati / p홥adhovanik홿충 ogu漸hita膽r첿�a ohitahastena v� / p홥adhovanik홿� upavi�itu� / atha khalu ek충s�(J.162)k춗ena upavi�itavya� / n홶i d홳i (35b7) k첺mati p홥adhovanik홿충 udde�aprayuktena v� manasik홸aprayuktena v� middh홳taragatena v� nirodhasam홶atti� cintantena 홹itu� / atha khalu p홥ehi dhovitehi utthiya gantavya� / dh�l� parivarjantena gantavya� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati p홥ehi dhovitehi d흏ghaca�krama� ca�kramitu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� sv홥hy홿a� karoti / p홥ehi dhovitehi ca�kramanti bh�yo dho(36a1)vitavy� / atha d홳i hemantak홯o bhavati bhik쳕� pa�yati ko bh�yo dhovi쳙at흓i / antamasato le�ka헯kha詮ena (II.p.23) v홲ahastena v� 홲arjiya pravi�itavya� / eva� p홥� dhovitavy� / eva� dhovitap홥ehi pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati / 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // V. 7-8 Ms. 36a1 (J.162.11); Ch. 508c24 bhagav홳 r홭ag춉e viharati / vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� j흚ako kaum홸abh춗yo bha(36a2)gavanta� y홤ati / anuj홳홺u bhagav홳 �r홼ak홳충 jent홮a� v홺apitta�le쳋ak홳충 paya(ph�)su bhavi쳙ati / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi anuj홳홲i / eッ ev홸thotpatti� // * // bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / sa�ghasya d홳i jent홮o te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik츠 / pratik춗yeva gacchiya jent홮a� prajv홯흝a dv홸a� gha쩟iya svedatt� 홹anti / 홪at� bhikテ dv홸a� y홼a(ca)nti (36a3) 홿u쳋anto detha dv홸a� / te d홳i 홫a�su / 홪ametu�(�tu) / 홿u쳋anto na t홼a (J.163) jent홮o tatto bhavati / ya� k홯a� bhik쳕 sannipatit츠 / ta� k홯a� sarvva� taila� upayojiya sarvva� c�r程a� upayojiya sarvva� udaka� cchoriya sarvva�, k챘헺a� agnau prak쳃piya jent홮a� apaduriya nirddh홼it츠 / 홫a�su� / pravi�antu 홿a쳋anto jent홮o tapto (36a4) te d홳i bhik쳕 膽tapraヂavyena sp�ヂ츠 / tvaritatvarita� praviヂ� te d홳i ya� k홯a� tehi 홿u쳋antehi 첺촺arggikehi dv홸a� 홪ha쩟iya b홫iravita詮ita� k춗a� / te d홳i taila� m홸gganti na labhanti c�r程a� m홸gganti na labhanti / uワena ca dh�mena ca sa�t홶it츠 / udaka� na labhanti / te d홳i dv홸a� 홪acchanti / y홼a b홫iravita詮ita� k춗a� / te d홳i 홫a�su� / (36a5) 홿u쳋an 첺촺arggik츠 / osaratha dv홸a� (II.p.24) dh�mena ca uワena ca mar홲a / te d홳i hasanti ca vilek첺nti ca / te d홳i 홫a�su� / svedantu 홿u쳋anto utp홺aga詮api헯k홳충 v홺apitta�le쳋ik홳충 ph홹u bhavi쳙ati / te d홳i ya� k홯a� dh�mena ca uワena ca suヂhu sa�t홶it츠 / ta� vela� jent홮asya dv홸a� mukta� te d홳i uワena ca sant홶it츠 / b홫yato pi (36a6) udaka� m홸gganti na labhanti te d홳i 홫a�su stokastoka� 홿u쳋ana m홺r홿e upanetha udake pi m홺raj쨅t� ukt� bhagavat� eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su� / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha 첺촺arggik충 / te d홳i �abd홶it츠 / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo 첺촺arggik츠 / evan n홲a sa�ghasya jent홮o tta(tti) / tad eva sarvva� bhagav홳 vi(J.164)stare�a praty홸o(36a7)cayati / y홼a ete d홳i bhikテ uワena ca dh�mena ca sant홶it� nirddh홼it� b홫yato pi udaka� m홸ggayanti / na labhanti / y�ya� d홳i 홫a�su stoka�stoka� 홿u쳋an m홺r홿e upanetha udake pi m홺raj쨅t� ukt� bhagavat� / 홫a�su / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / du쳈춗a� vo bhik첺vo 첺촺arggik츠 / n�(a)ha� bhik첺vo 첺촺arggik츠 / anekapary홿e�a metra� k홿akarmma vad홲i (36b1) sabrahmac홸i쳕 dhruva� pratyupasth홶ayitavya� / 홼i caiva raho ca maitra� v홤홮armma� maitra� manokarmma� sabrahmac홸i쳕 dhruva� pratyupasth홶ayitavya� / 홼i caiva raho ca tatra n홲a y�ya� idam eva�r�pa� p홶akarmmam aku�alan dharmmam adhy홤ari쳙atha / tena hi eva� sn홳e pratipadyitavya� / eva� jent홮e pratipadyitavya� kin ti d홳i eva� sn홳e pratipadyitavya� / eva� (36b2) jent홮e pratipadyitavya� / jent홮a� karentena va쩟ito v� karttavyo caturasro v� vidi�a� dv홸a� karttavya� / v홺ap홳흝a� v흓h� karttavy� / atya(bhya)ntare vi痰l� b홫irato (II.p.25) sa�dyi(k쳃)pt� / ek홿e v홺adh�(p�)n흝e v흓h흝e dvauvik� bhavati dvit흝� karttavy� bh�mi astaritavy� upalehi v� pak쳃쩟ik홿a v� sudh홲춗tik홯epo v� karttavyo / udviddhav흓h� karttavy� / bh(r)aヂik� (36b3; J.165) karttavy� / yena dv홸홫eヂhato vi痰l홫i upari sa�k쳃pt� udvedho nirghu(mu)ヂik� trayo hast� karttavy� vist홸e�a ni(r)muヂik� v� bh�mito ardhahasta-upastha(sth�)latarik� karttavy� / ulkabhramo karttavyo / yena bhraヂik� samantena karttavya� kap쳇a� karttavya� / yadi t홼a bhraヂik� dak쳃�ato bhavati / v홲ato kap쳇a� karttavya� / atha v� na(v�)mato bhraヂi(36b4)k� bhavati / dak쳃�ato kap쳇a� karttavya� / na d홳i k첺mati / s�cikabandhima� karttu�, / gha헻k� bandhima� karttavya� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati tad� karttavya� / yath� sukhena tapyati / atha khalu tath� karttavya� / yath� ya(ye)va phalam홺re�a lagga b홫irato c흚araku쩨 karttavy� / n홪adantakav흓h� karttavy� yat홿et홸th홿aiva bhavati jent홮av홸ik� v� 홸홲ik� v� (36b5) tehi jent홮e sant홳ik� 痰헯yitavy� / si쨇itv� samm홸jayitavyo / k챘헺a� se(sa)jjetavya� / bha詮� sajjayitavy� / gha쩠 v� sajjetavy� / ku詮� jent홮e p태hik� v� �uktik홿o v� dhovitavy� / k챘헺a� bhraヂik홿충 홭uhi(J.166)tavya� ga詮� 홮o헳tavy� / agnir d홺avyo udaka� 홫arttavya� / te d홳i agni datv� pa�c홥 ga詮� 홮o헳tavyo agnir d홺avyo / (36b6) udaka� 홫arttavya� / na d홳i agni� datv� pa�c홥 ga詮� 홮o헳tavy� / atha khalu ga詮i 홮o헳tv� agnir d홺avyo / m� evam eva k챘헺a� dahyeya jent홮asya ga詮� (II.p.26) 홮o헻t홭e j홳itavy� / ki� e쳍 jent홮o sarvvas충ghiko p홸ive�iko yath홿o(parッye /) yadi t홼a pary�(rッ)ye bhavati / ye tahi� pary�(rッ)ye tahi� gantavya� / atha d홳i parive�iko bhavati / ye tasmi� parive�ik� sa�ti tehi ga(36b7)ntavya� / atha d홳i sarvvas충ghiko bhavati tath� eva� sn홿antena c흚araka� s홫aritv� ekasth홳e sthavitavya� lo촪ikena v� pa헻k홿a v� c흚ara�ca(va�)�e v� thapetavyo jent홮ap태he v� pravi�atena na d홳i k첺mati / [b]홫� bhr홲ayantena pravi�itu� / atha khalu ekena hastena agrato praticch홥itv� praveヂavya� / eko ni쳈r홲ati / eko pravi�ati / yo pravi�ati / ten홳tara� d홺a(37a1)vya� / na d홳i 홹a(J.167)n홳i v� bh홭an홳i v� v춄dhataraka� v� bhik쳕� la�ghayantena gantavya� / sa�praj홳anena gantavya� / yadi d홳i up홥hy홿o v� 홤홸yo v� praviヂako bhavati / na d홳i b홫irato vikro�itavya� / sn홿홲i 홤홸ya sn홿홲i up홥hy홿a nti(tti) atha khalu c흚arak홳i sth홶itv� pravi�itv� tasya t홼a parikarmma karttavya� / atha d홳i anyasy홶i karttuk홲o bhavati / 홶춃chitv� kartta(37a2)vya� / atha d홳i so prak춗yeva bha�ito bhavati / asukasya v� asukasya v� parikarmma kuryesi tti / ki� c홶i an홶춃chitv� kareti / an홶atti� / yadi t홼a agni bahalako bhavati / navakehi agrato sth홺avya� / agni prativ홫entehi / atha d홳i agnir mmando bhavati / v춄dhehi agrato sth홺avya� / parikarmma karentehi na d홳i svedena v� malena v� uspho첿tavyo / uッntake(37a3)na sn홳ena v� pratipannena v� (II.p.27) parikarmma karttavya� / antev홹ikehi v� s홸vve(rddhe)vih홸ikehi v� parikarmma karentena na d홳i ap�rvvacarima� ubhayab홫� pras홸etavy� / atha khalu hastena agrato praticch홥ayitavya� / apare�a parikarmma k홸ayitavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� prah췹iko bhavati / na d홳i k첺mati / tehi agni(�) prajuhitv� udaka� pravi�i쳃tv� (37a4) udakatama� bandhitv� dv홸a� pihitv� 痰la� bandhitv� prah췹a� 홹itu�, / prasveda�tehi na d홳i k첺mati tailena �o첺yitu� / atha khalu min흝a d홺avya� / ca첺kena v� kara詮ik홿a v� hastasa�jㅓya v� bh홭anakena v� (J.168) d홺avya� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / c�r程a� r촨흝a upanetu� / min흝a d홺avya� / m홳abha詮e v� bh홭anena v� hastasa�jㅓya v� pi詮i(37a5)kam v� pa쩟iya d홺avya� / atha d홳i d홳apati 홫a�su� / y홼ad artha� bhadant� upanetu�(�tu) / eva� pi k춗v� m홺r홿e / upanetavya� / jent홮a� pravi�antena udakasya pratyayo j홳itavyo / katha� d흝ati / yadi t홼a mitaka� d흝ati / uワodaka� gha헳na v� ku詮ena v� tena tath� yeva grahetavya� / atha d홳i prak춗yeva 홫a�su� / y�(yo) pratibalo (37a6) bhavati udaka� upasth홶etu� / so pravi�atu / yo pratibalo bhavati / udaka� upasth홶etu� tena praveヂavya� / atha d홳i antev홹iko (v�) s홸vva(rddhe)vih홸iko v� 홫a�su / up홥hy홿홤홸y� pravi�atha vayam udakam upasth홶ayi쳙홲i tti // praveヂavya� eva� pi k춗v� m홺r홿e upanetavya� / up홹ak� v� karmmakar� (v�) 홸홲ik� v� 홫a�su / pravi�antu 홸yami(37a7)�r츠 vaya� udaka� d홹y홲a� / praveヂavya� m홺r홿e upanetavya� / atha d홳i ogho v� pu쳈iri霑 v� ta�홪o v� bhavati ki� c홶i y홼ad artha� upanenti / an홶atti� / na k첺mati / abhyavak촨e nagnasya nagnena parikarmma (II.p.28) karttu� / atha d홳i udakasya praticchanna� bhavati n홣him홺ra� v� udaka� an홶atti� / atha d홳i j홳um홺ra� udaka� bhavati / upaviヂena (37b1) karttavya� / yath� n홣hipraticchann� bhaveya na k첺mati 홺mano (J.169) c흚ar췹i g춉nitv� parasya c흚arehi sam홮ul흆춗v� sth홶etu� / atha khalu yath홹th홳e sth홶ayitv� gantavya� / eta� d홳i jent홮asya 홸ocita� bhavati / j홳itavya� / kim aya� jent홮o ekato s충ghiko parッya� parive�iko nimantritak홳충 ti yath� bhavati tath� gantavya� / yadi t홼a ekato s충ghiko bhavati / (37b2) sarvva�sa�ghena gantavya� / atha d홳i parッye bhavati / tehi gantavya� / parive�iko bhavati / parive�ikena gantavya� / nimantritak홳충 bhavati / nimant(r)itakehi gantavya� / atha d홳i 홸oc흝ati / bhante yasy홹ti taila� ca c�r程a� ca tato 홪acchantu nti(tti) / tato yasy홹ti taila� ca c�r程a� ca tehi gantavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕 jar홥urbbal� v� vy홥hidurbbal� v� bhavanti / tasya (37b3) sarvve(s홸ddhe)vih홸ik� bhavanti antev홹ik� v� tehi vaktavya� / up홥hy홿홤홸y� 홪acch홫i sn홫i vaya� taila� v홹y홲a / yadi sn홿ituk홲o bhavati gantavya� / atha d홳i na sn홿ituk홲o bhavati / vaktavya� su(sa)gotr흊홺� gacchatha y�ya� n홫a� sn홶ayi쳙홲i / atha d홳i jent홮o s충ghiko bhavati d홿akad홳apat� v� denti ga詮� 홫ani(37b4)tavy� / 홸ocayitavya� 홿u쳋an taila� bhavi쳙ati / c�r程a� bhavi쳙ati / udaka� bhavi쳙ati / (s)n홿a�tu 홿u쳋anto (J.170) yent홮av홸ik� adhye쳃tavy츠 / tehi jent홮o prajvalitavyo jent홮ap태hak홳i prave�ayitavy홳i / tailam prave�ayitavya� / c�r程a� prave�ayitavya�,/ �uktiyo prave�a(II.p.29)yitavyo / udaka� t홶ayitavya� / yadi t홼a alpa� (37b5) taila� c�r程a� bhavati / mitaka� d홺avya� / taila� ma(sa)�cayitavya� / udaka� bh홼ayitavya� / atha d홳i bahu� bhavati / sa�ghasa�vyavah홸ako v홥�(�) nayati v� jalpati visvast� bhadant� sn홿antu nti(tti) / eva� pi kariya tailam홺r� j홳itavy� navakehi bhikテhi sthavir췹충 bhikテ点� k홿aparicary� karttavy� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / navakehi bhikテhi uccahantehi sn�(37b6)yitu� / atha khalu anyonyasya sagauravehi sn홿itavya� / saprati�ehi sn홿itavya� / n홶i k첺mati / ucca�abdamah촨abdehi sn홿itu� / atha khalu alpa�abdehi alpanirgho첿hi jent홮e sn홿itavya� / atha d홳i pra�no sth홶흝ati / ki� c홶i praghuヂena svare�a pra�n� visarjenti / an홶atti� / ya� k홯a� bhikテ sn홺� bhavanti jent홮av홸ikena taila� �e첺� bhavati / prave�ayita(37b7)vya� / c�r程a� �e첺� bhavati prave�ayitavya� / jent홮ap태hik홳i dhoviya prave�ayitavy홳i / �uktiyo dhoviya prave�ayitavy홿o ya� k챘헺a� �e첺� bhavati yath홹th홳e sth홶etavya� / atha d홳i koci pa�c홺 pravi�ati / 홪acchantu 홿u쳋anto vayam eta� prave�ayi�y홲a nti(tti) / gantavya� tehi prave�ayitavya� / m� 홥흋avam utp홥aye jent홮a� si쨇iya sanm홸jiya n�(a)�g홸�(38a1)ni c홶iya jent홮a� b홫iragha헻ta� kariya gantavya� / eva� jent홮e pratipadyitavya� / eva� (J.171) sn홳e pratipadyitavya� na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // V. 9 Ms. 38a1 (J.171.3); Ch. 509b14 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / pa쨇홸thava痰� vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� y홼a adr홮ヅd bhagav충 pa쨇홫ik충 (II.p.30) vih홸ac홸ik충m anuca�kramanto anuvicaranto vih홸akehi bha詮a� ujjhit홼ak흏程e (38a2) tiヂhati sth홯흝o p태harik� adhotak� anupalipt� nak�lam튤ikehi 홯upyam홳� odanam홳ik홿o hast� k홮a�akuntehi nikkho촫yant� dro霑yo udv홿o pariyo bhaktap태hik� m췹ika� ca�geriyo �u쳙홿o pa헯lak충 / bhagav충 j홳anto yeva p춃chati / kim iya� bhik첺vo bh췹촡� ujjhitaprak흏程a� tiヂhati / tena hi eva� bha詮e pratipadyitavya� / (38a3) kin ti d홳i eva� bha詮e pratipadyitavya� / eta� d홳i sa�ghasya anugraho bhavati nityapavan� v� uddi�itavy� / m홹av홸iko v� da痰hav홸iko v� tatra uddi�itavyo / pa�c홫av홸iko v� tena sa�ghasya anugraho s홥hayitavyo bhik쳕sa�gho parive痰payitavyo / ya� k홯a� bhik쳕sa�ghena bhukta� bhavati ya� tatra bha詮a� bhavati lo(38a4)hik� (J.172) v� ka쩠hak� v� sth홯� v� pi헺arik� v� m홹av홸ikehi v� pak첺v홸ikehi v� kalpiyak홸a� �abd홼iya liptopalipta� kariya omuddhik� sthapitavy� / s�ry홥i(bhi)mukha� ya� k홯a� �u쳈� bhavanti / kalpiyaku헻� prave�iya sth홶ayitavy홳i / yath홹th홳a� ya� tatra bhavati / dugdhagha쩠 v� dadhigha쩠 v� vya쨓anagolak� v� te sudhot충 (38a5) suprakッlit충 k홸홶ayiya 홺ape sth홶ayitavy츠 / ya� k홯a� �u쳈� bhavati tato kalpiyaku헻� prave�iya sth홶ayitavy츠 / ya� tatra bhavati �atapotanako v� t홲rap홺r� v� lohap홺r� (II.p.31) v� ka헯cchuk� v� tadduk� v� ca첺k� v� pal흋ak� v� pal흋ak� v� nirmm홥it� k홸홶iya kalpiyaku헻� prave�iya yath홹th홳e prave�ayitavy홳i / et� bhavanti (38a6) m췹ik� v� kh췹uk� v� durvv� v� ka詮ahast� v� karkka헯k� v� praspho헻ya sudhot충 suprakッlit충 kariya 홺ape �o첺yitavy� / ya� k홯a� �u쳈� bhavanti / tato k흈akehi ollayitv� sthapitavy� yath� na khajjeya / ukkasiya sthapetavy� ete khajjakaca�ger흝o vanaphalaca�ger흝o har흓ak휽a�ger흝o v� praspho촫ya suprakッlit충 kariya ekamante sthapetavy츠 / ete bhavanti / (38a7) vastr홣hara�ak� v� pari�r홼a点 v� caturasrak� v� s홫aritv� k퇘a(la)kehi ollayitv� sthapayitavy� / yath� (J.173) na (kha)dye�su / et� bhai첺jyapi첺�ik� �il� na d홳i k홸ya(�) k춗v� yath� yeva pratiliptik� sthapetavy� / atha khalu sudhovitv� yath홹th홳e sth홶ayitavy� / n홶i d홳i kalpikaku쩨 adhyupek쳃tavy� / oddri程ak� v� prala(lu)ggik� v� acaukッ v� / apratisa�sk춗� v� / atha kha(38b1)lu k홯ena k홯a� yadi t홼a t��acchann� bhavati t��apulako d홺avyo / gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy� / abh흆ワa� sanm홸jayitavya� / atha d홳i t��aprave�ik� bhavanti / ek홳te stha첿(pe)tavya� / eva� yat ki쨇it sa�ghasya bh췹촡� yo yatra abhiyukto bhavati / tena ta� pratis홲etavya� / ete bhavanti ra�gagolak� v� ra�gagha헯k� v� ra�gaku詮ak� v� ra�gaka헯(쩠)hak� v� m챘av홸ikasya v� / (38b2) pak첺(v홸ika)sya v� 홥h흋a� bhavati / e쳍 bhik쳕 dhovanik� v� karttuk홲o bhavati / m홹av홸iko v� pak첺v홸iko v� y홤itavyo / atha d홳i dve jan� (II.p.32) y충ca(ca�)rat흓i tena v춄dhatarakasya jㅓtavya� atha d홳i� v춄dhatarakasya cirak홯o bhavati navatarakasya itvarak홯ika� bhavati / navatarakasya d홺avya� / atha d홳i ubhayeッ� itvarak홯ika� v춄dhatarakasya d홺avya� ubhaye(38b3)ッ� cirak홯ika� bhavati / v춄dha(J.174)tarakasya d홺avya� / tena dhovanik� v� rajanik� v� kariya na k첺mati tath� yyeva upamak쳃ta� v� ra�garak쳃ta� v� adhotakam v� anupaliptakam v� dayitu� na k첺mati / atha khalu sudhota� suprakッlita� sulipta� su�u쳈a� kariy췹a� c흚araraj펜 na d홳i c흚ara� ra�jetv� na tath� yeva vitanik� ujjhitv� gantavya� / atha kha(38b4)lu s홫aritv� yath홹th홳e sth홶ayitavya� / vaКhakibha詮a� bhavati / n홹ite v� d홳i y� v� vi痰lik� v� s�tr홺ha olambiko dhovitv� ek홳te sth홶etavy� / takッ�a� bh췹촡� bhavati / ku헺홸o v� v홹흝o v� vihara�ako v� nikh홥anako v� a쩟il� v� ek홳te sthapetavy� / et� bhavanti v홹흝o v� kudd홯ak� v� ni�re�iyo v� (38b5) na d홳i tath� yeca(va) m춗tik� praliptik� sthapetavy� / atha khalu bodhi(dhovi)satv� yath홹th홳e sth홶ayitavyo / tac ceva� c홺urddi�a� s충ghika� ma(bh�)詮aka� rikta paribhoga� na d홳i k홸ya� k춗v� vih홸e gopitv� sth홶etavya� / purok춗ya� sukha� bhavi쳙ati / atha khalu yasyaiva� (J.175) k홸yam bhavati / tasyaivan d홺avya� / eva� bh췹촦 pratipadyitavya� / (38b6) na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // V.10 Ms. 38b6 (J.175.3); Ch. 509c9 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� (II.p.33) aparehi� vih홸ake sa�bahul� bhikテ pratisa�kramati / so d홳i vih홸ako uppe촡nako aparo ca bhik쳕� / vir홺re u�v홹a(cc홸a)k홸ako v� pra�v홹a(sr홼a)k홸ako v� nirddh홼ito bhavati / sa c흚ara� c흚ara�va烟홺o h�(k�)쳃y췹a� patito / e(38b7)va� bh�m흝e patito ta� d홳i ekena 홮r홳ta� dvit흝ena 홮r홳ta� t춗흝en홮r홳ta� sarvva� karddamehi anupraviヂa� c흚arako�ako ava�iヂo so d홳i aparejjuk홺o kalyata eva niv홹iya pr홼ariya c흚araka� m홸ggati na labhati / tena d홳i m홸ggantena so c흚arako�ako d�ヂo ta� d홳i tahi� c흚arakar程ake g춉niya acchiya� ca헯nti sa�ca(rvva�) ph쳇ita� / e(39a1)ta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su� / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha ta� bhik쳕� / so d홳i �abd홶ito / bhagav홳 홫a / eva� ca tva� bhik쳕� c흚araka� c흚arako�ake g춉niya acchosi ca ca헯nti sarvva� ph쳇ita� tena hi eva� c흚are pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� c흚are pratipadyitavya� / ete d홳i sa�bahul� sa�bahul� bhikテ� / ekahi vih홸ake pratikramanti / yadi / (39a2) t홼a so uppe촡nako vih홸ako (J.176) bhavati / n홶i k첺mati bhikテhi muktaka� c흚ara� sthapayitu� / atha khalu c흚arak홳i sas홫arit홳i k홸iya antaramukha dugu点ntara� kariya c흚arava烟e sthapetavy홳i tato pa쩟ik홿e v� lo촪akena v� rejjuk홿e v� bandhitavy홳i / up홥hy홿asya (v�) 홤홸yasya v� c흚ara� s홫aritv� abhyantara parikarmma dvigu�ante / (39a3) agrato karttavyo / antarap클ito na d홳i up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya (v�) c흚arehi 홺mano c흚ara� (II.p.34) ve촪ayitavya� / atha khalu 홺mano c흚arehi up홥hy홿홤홸y췹충 c흚ar� ve촪ayitavy츠 / eva� sarvvehi bandhiya thapetavy홳i / atha d홳i bhik쳕 vir홺rak홯e u�v홹a(cc홸a)k홸o v� pra�v홹a(sr홼a)k홸o v� nirddh홼ati / c흚arava烟ak홺o / (39a4) c흚ar췹i mu�ciya eka� dvit흝a� v� t춗흝am v� lka(k�)쳃y췹충 bh�m흝a� patita� / ekena (�)kr홳ta� dvit흝ena 홮r홳ta� tatraiva sarvva� bh�m흝e anupraviヂo bhavati / aparejjuk홺o bhikテ kalyato yeva niv홹iya pr홼ariya c흚arak췹i m홸ggati so m홸gganto na pa�yati / tasya c흚arakasya ko�aka� n홶i k첺mati / tahi� c흚arako�a(39a5)ke g춉niya dranti acchitu� / m� c흚arako�ako bhavatu / m� c흚arako ti / atha khalu tato ko�ak홺o prabh춗i sukh홮a� mocayitavya� / c흚araka� dhoviya vih홸ako�ako (tha)payitavyo ta� c흚araka� ya� k홯a� �u쳈a� bhavati tato paribhu쨓ayitavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� / up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� c흚ar췹i upari sth홶ayita(39a6; J.177)vy홳i / atha d홳i so uppa�sulako vih홸ako bhavati / n홶i k첺mati up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� c흚arak홳i upari sth홶ayitu�, / 홺mano c흚arak홳i heヂhe sthapayitu(�) / atha khalu up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� heヂhe sthapayitavy홳i / 홺mano c흚ar췹i upari sth홶ayitavy홳i / n홶i k첺mati gr큰mak� bhavati rajo v홺arajo v� ukkani(39a7)k� c흚ara� vin촨eti ned홳i up홥hy홿홤홸y췹충 c흚arakehi 홺mano c흚ar� ve촪ayitavy� / atha khalu 홺mano c흚arehi up홥hy홿홤홸y췹충 c흚ar� ve촪itavy� / na d홳i k첺mati / vih홸o adhyupek쳃tu� / (II.p.35) uppa�sulo v� acauk쳍 v� / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� si쨇itv� sanm홸jitavya� / gomayak홸ヅ d홺avy� / va�ghorik� d홺avy� / na k첺(39b1)mati / c흚are点prasanna� g춉nitu� / khe헯ka쩠ham v� ucc홸aka쩠hakam v� prasr홼akumbhaka� v� sa�k홸a� v� ujjhitu� / up홳ah� g춉nitu� / gomay홳i v� uccinitu� / na k첺mati / c흚ara� adhyupek쳃tu� / cikkana� v� apratisa�sk춗a� v� omayilamayilam v� p쳇itavip쳇itam v� / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� dhovitavya� / ra�jitavya� / s흚itavya� / yath� cchavi eva� c흚are pratipadyi(39b2)tavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // (J.178) udd홳a� // evam ara�ye pratipadyitavya� / eva� gr홲홳tike pratipadyitavya� / eva� j�(p�)n흝e pratipadyitavya� / eva� paridhovaniye pratipadyitavya� / eva� p홥� dhovitavy� / eva� p홥adhovanike pratipadyitavya� / eva� sn홳e pratipadyitavya� / eva� jent홮e pratipadyitavya� / eva� bha詮e pratipadyitavya� / eva� c흚a(39b3)re pratipadyitavya� // * // // pa쨇amo vargga� // * // (Yoshiyasu YO�EZ홞� / �idetoshi YO嶋휹홞�) (II.p.36) VI. 1 Ms.39b3 (J.179.1); Ch.511b16 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik� kalyata eva vih홸acara�ak홳i niv홹an홳i nik쳃piy췹a� nagnapr홼춗� gr홲aprave�anik홳i nivasan홳i m홸gganti / gocar홺o nirddh홼it� gr홲aprave�anik홳i niv홹an홳i nik쳃piy췹a� nagnapr홼춗� vih홸acara�ak홳i niv홹a(39b4)k�(n�)ni m홸gganti / ete(ta�) prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha 첺촺arggik충 te d홳i �abd홶it츠 / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo 첺촺arggik츠 / eva� n홲a y�ya� kalyata eva utthiya vih홸acara�ak홳i c흚arak홳i nik쳃pitv� nagnapr홼춗츠 / gr홲aprave�anik�(ni) nivasan홳i m홸ggatha gocar홺o (39b5) nirddh홼it츠 / gr홲aprave�anik홳i niv홹an홳i nik쳃pitv� nagnapr홼춗츠 / vih홸acara(�a)k홳i nirv홹an홳i m홸ggatha / 홫a�su 홲a / bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� niv홹itavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� niv홹ayitavya� / bhik쳕点 t홼a kalyata evotthitv� gocara� (J.180) pravi�a�tena na k첺mati / gr홲aprave�anika� niv홹ana� anupahasta� k�(39b6)tv� vih홸acara�aka� nivasana� nik쳃pitu� / atha khalu prak춗yeva t홼a gr홲aprave�anaka� upahasta� karttavya� / tato gr홲aprave�ana� ca niv홹ana� 홼ellayitavya� vih홸acara�aka� niv홹ana� uccetalayitavya� / k홿abandhana� bandhayitv� c흚arav췹i prav홸itv� gocara� pravi�itavya� / gocar홺o nirddh홼itena n홶i k첺mati (II.p.37) vih홸acara�a� niv홹ana� / anupaha(39b7)sta� kariy췹a� gr홲aprave�anaka� niv홹ana� nik쳃pitu� / atha khalu prak춗yeva t홼a vih홸acara�aka� nivasana� upahasta� karttavya� / tato vih홸acara�aka� niv홹ana� 홼ellayitavya� / gr홲aprave�anaka� ca niv홹ana� uccelayitavya� / te bhikテ uddh홸aka� karttuk홲� bhavanti / upalepana� v� sa�m홸jana� v� bhavati / sn홳a痰헯ka� v� le�ka헯kha詮akam v� niv홹i(40a1)ya sn홺uk홲o bhavati / n홶i k첺mati niv홹ana� nik쳃pitv� sn홳a痰헯ka� v� le�ka헯kha詮aka� niv홹ayitu� / atha khalu niv홹ana� uccellayitu(tavya)� / sn홳a痰헻k� v� le�ka헯kha詮aka� 홼e촪ayitavya� niv홹ana� uccellayitavya� n홶i k첺mati sn홳ena sam홳ena niv홹ana� niv홹ayitv� k홲abhogin� yath� uparime�a niv홹anasya sn홳a痰헻k충 utk쳃pitu� n홶i k첺mati / he(40a2)ヂhena sn홳a痰헻k홲 v� le�ka헯kha詮akam v� os홸ayitu� / calanaka� yath� / atha khalu niv홹ana� (J.181) occellayitavya� / sn홳a痰헯ka� v� le�ka헯kha詮aka� v� uccellayitavya� / e쳍 bhik쳕 vik홯e pratikramati / n홶i k첺mati niv홹ana� nik쳃pitv� nagnapr홼춗ena r홺r흍r홼ara�a niv홹ina� m홸ggitu� / atha khalu pratik춗yeva t홼a r홺r흍r홼ara�aka� niv홹ana� upa(40a3)hast흆arttavya� / tato niv홹ana� uccellayitavya� / r홺ripr홼ara�a� niv홹ana� ca 홼ellayitavya� / eva� niv홹ane pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // VI. 2 Ms.40a3 (J.181.7); Ch. 511b27 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik� gocar홿e prasthit� vih홸acara�ak홳i c흚arak�(ni) (II.p.38) nik쳃piya eka(40a4)nivasan� gr홲aprave�anik홳i c흚arak홳i m홸gganti / gocar홺o nirddh홼it� gr홲aprave�anak홳i c흚ar췹i nik쳃pitv� ekaniv홹anak� vih홸acara�ak홳i c흚arak홳i m홸gganti / eta� prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta� / bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha 첺촺arggik홳 / te d홳i �abd홶it츠 (40a5) bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo 첺촺arggik츠 / evan n홲a y�ya� kalyato yeva gocar홿a prasthit� / vih홸acara�ak홳i c흚ar췹i nik쳃piya ekanivasan� gr홲aprave�anak홳i c흚ar췹i m홸ggatha / gocar홺o nirddh홼it� / gr홲aprave�anik홳i c흚ar췹i nik쳃pitv� ekanivasanak� vih홸ac흚arak홳i m홸ggatha / 홫a�su �(40a6)ma bhagavan (J.182) bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� pr홼aritavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� pr홼aritavya� / e쳍 d홳i bhik쳕� / kalyato yeva gocar홿e prasthito bhavati / n홶i k첺mati vih홸acara�ak홳i c흚arak췹i nik쳃piya ekanivasanakena gr홲aprave�anik홳i c흚ar췹i m홸ggitu� / atha khalu pratik춗yeva t홼a gr홲aprave�anaka� c흚ara� upahasta� karttavya� pr홼arantena gr홲a�(40a7)prave�anaka� c흚ara� 홤cellayitavya� vih홸acara�aka� c흚ara� uccellayitavya� / gocar홺o nirggatena n홶i k첺mati / gr홲aprave�anaka� c흚ara� nik쳃pitv� ekanivasanakena vih홸acara�aka� c흚ara� m홸ggita(tu)� / atha khalu prak춗e(tye)va t홼a vih홸acara�aka� c흚ara� upahast흆arttavya� / pr홼aram췹ena vih홸acara�aka� c흚araka� 홤cellayitavya� / gr홲aprave(40b1)�anaka� c흚ara� uccellayitavya� / eva� 홸홲acara�aka� v� 홤cellayitavya� / vih홸acara�aka� v� (II.p.39) uccellayitavya� / praspho헯yitv� s홫aritv� ek홳te sthapayitavya� / etan d홳i sa�ghasya u쩟h홳ak홳i bhavanti / cch홥anik� v� lepanik� v� samm홸janako v� bhik쳕 c흚arak췹충 day홸tha� / anya� le�ka헯kha詮a� pr홼arituk홲o bhavati n홶i k첺mati / c흚araka� nik쳃piy췹a� ekanivasana(40b2)kena le�ka헯kha詮a� m홸ggitu� / atha khalu prak춗yeva t홼a upahast흆arttavya� eka� ca 홼ellayitavya� dvit흝a� uccellayitavya� / eva� pr홼aritavya� / na pratipadyati / 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // VI. 3 Ms.40b2 (J.183.1); Ch. 511c7 (J.183) bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto nandanopanandan� gocara� pravi�ant� c흚ara� ka轝ha�t� pravi�anti / ka漸aka痰kh홫i lagna� bhavati / dranti acchanti / jh챙e v� v�(40b3)k첺痰kh홿홲 v� lagna� dranti ka촪anti / naiva dh�li� pariharanti / na kardama� pariharanti / sa�b홥harathy홫i sudh홶췹촸lepan� bhinti(tti)yo ghasant� gacchanti t홳 api d홳i c흚arak홳i / oma땗ama땗췹i p쳇itavip쳇it홳i kriyanti teッn d홳i s홸ddhevih홸ik� ca antev홹ik� ca odhy홿anti / vaya� yeca(va) t홼a c흚arak홳i dhovent� sivent� ra�jent� talavilaya� gacch홲a� (40b4) ime pi na j홳anti / katham antaraghare pravi�antehi c흚arehi pratipadyitavya� / eta� prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta�, / bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha nandanopanandan츠(�,) / te d홳i �abd홶it츠 / bhagav홳 홫a / satya� bhik첺vo nandanopanandan� (II.p.40) eva� n홲a y�ya� antara� ghara� pravi�ant� c흚arak홳i kaКhant� / gacchatha ta(40b5)d eva sarvva� bhagav홳 vistare�a praty홸ocayati / yu쳋홮a� sarvve(s홸ddhe)vih홸ik� antev홹ik� odhy홿anti // vaya� yeva t홼a c흚arak홳i dhova�t� s흚ant� ra쨓ent� talavilaya� (J.184) gacch홲a� / ime pi na j홳anti / katha� antaraghara� pravi�antehi c흚arake pratipadyitavya� / 홫a�su / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� antaraghara� pravi�a(40b6)ntena c흚are pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� antaraghara� pravi�antena c흚are pratipadyitavya� / n홿a� t홼a k첺mati bhik쳕点 antaraghara� pravi�antena c흚ara� kaКhantena pravi�itu� yahi� lagna� tahi lagna� yahi� p쳇ita� tahi� p쳇ita� / atha khalu yadi t홼a gr큰mak홯o bhavati / d�re ca gr홲o bhavati / s흏첿 v� skandhe v� c흚ara� k춗v� gantavya� / yad� gr홲am�laga(40b7)to bhavati / yadi tahi� ogho v� ta�홪am v� bhavati pu쳈iri霑 v� tahi� p홥충 prakッlitv� c흚ara� pr홼aritv� ga漸hip홸�va� 홣andhitv� pravi�itavya� / atha d홳i udaka� na bhavati / patra痰kh홿a v� t��akehi v� p홥� ja�gh� praspho헻tv� pr홼aritv� praveヂavya� / atha d홳i hemanto bhavati / pr홼aritv� gantavya� / parima詮ala� c흚ara� pr홼aritv� antaraghara� pravi�ita(41a1)vya� / parivarjitv� / bhr홳to v� a�vo bhr홳to v� hasti bhr홳to v� ratho-a�va va헯v� c�(v�) ohara p홸a(par�)yukta� ka漸aka痰kh� parivarjantena sudh홶췹촸la(le)pan홿o parivarjantena pravi�itavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya (II.p.41) yatna� karentasya c흚ara� dh�l흝e p�rita� bhavati / praspho헯yitavya� / karddamena v� vin촨itavya� bhavati / dhovitavya� / ka漸aka痰kh홿충 v� lagna� bhavati / (J.185) na d홳i m� c흚a(41a2)ra� m� ka漸aka痰kh� nti(tti) / udranti acchitavya� / atha khalu stokastoka� mocayitavya� / suv�(dh�)p췹촸lepan� bhitt� bhavati varjayitavy� / atha d홳i �amb홼a(dha)rathy� bhavati / susa�v춗ena pa�yillakena atikr홲itavya� / eva� antaraghara� pravi�antena c흚are pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati //* // VI. 4 Ms.41a2 (J.185.6); Ch. 512a1 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati vistare�a ni(41a3)d홳a� k춗v� te d홳i 홿u쳋anto nandanopanandan� antaraghara� praviヂ� sam홳� ma쨇� cary췹a� ca m�(s�)p촨ray� ca d홸akad홸ikehi p홥ehi mardditaparimarddit� / dh�l흝a karddamena mak쳃taparimak쳃t� tehi praj쨅ptehi upavi烟a(�a�)ti / c흚ar췹i vin촨ayanti / sudh홶췹촸lepan홿o bhitt흝o ghasa�t� upavi烟a(�a�)ti teッ� sarvve(s홸ddhe)vih홸i(41a4)k� antev홹ik� odhy홿anti / (J.186) vaya� yeva t홼a c흚ar췹i dhovent� s흚ent� ra쨓ent� talavilaya� gacch홲a� / ime pi na j홳anti katha� antaraghara� praviヂehi c흚arehi pratipadyitavya� / eva(ta)� prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha nandanopanandan충 / te d홳i �abd홶it� / bhagav홳 홫a / sa(41a5)tya� bhik첺vo nandanopanandan� eva� n홲a y�ya� antaraghara� praviヂ� sam홳� d홸akad홸ik홫i ma쨇a� ca / p태ha� ca trepa�yak� ca p홥ehi marditavimardit� / dh�l흝e kardamehi vin촨itakehi praj쨅ptehi (II.p.42) niヅdatha sudh홶췹촸lepan홫i bhitt흂i ghasa�t� pravi�atha c흚ar췹i vin촨ayanti yu쳋홮a� s홸ddhevih홸ik� antev홹ik� odhy홿a(41a6)nti / pa�yatha bha�e vaya� yeva c흚arak홳i dhovant� s흚ant� ra쨓ent� talavilaya� gacch홲a� / ime na j홳anti / katha� antaraghara� praviヂehi c흚arehi pratipadyitavya� / 홫a�su / 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi-y-eva� antaraghara� praviヂehi c흚are pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� antaraghara� praviヂehi c흚are pratipadyitavya� / e쳍 d홳i bhik쳕� / antaragha(41a7)ra� praviヂo 홹anena nimantr흝ati / 홹ana� j홳itavya� / yadi t홼a 홹ana� bhavati dh�l흝e v� mrak쳃ta� karddamena v� vin홹itaka� / oma땗ama땗a� v� praj쨅ptaka� bhavati / na k첺mati tahi� upavi�itu� / yadi t홼a bhik쳕sya visrambha(J.187)kula� bhavati / vaktavya� / bhagin흝o 홹ana� praj쨅petha m� c흚arak홳i vina�i쳙an ti / ya� k홯a� tahi� praj쨅pta� bhavati / 홲il� v� astari(41b1)k� v� kocako v� kalantarako pa헯 v� tato niヅditavy� / atha d홳i a�r홥dhakula� bhavati / bhik쳕sya v� avisrambhakula� bhavati tato ca st�pika� v� s충ghika� v� k홸ya� adh흋a� bhavati / n홶i k첺mati / tath� yeva niヅditu� / atha khalu le�ka헯kha詮ena rajohara�akena v� / praspho헻ya kasa�(�sa)kalik충 praj쨅piya upavi�itavya� / atha d홳i eva� pi na bhavati / anta(41b2)masato hasten홶i praspho헻ya 홲arjiya upavi�itavya� / n홶i k첺mati / antaraghare praviヂena sudh홶췹촸�lepan� bhitt흝a (gha)sa(�)tena atikramitu� / na k첺mati / s홶촨raya� v� op촨rayam v� omayilomayila� v� (II.p.43) pa詮ara� vip췹촡ra� ap촨rayitu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� / jar홥urbbalo v� vy홥hidurbbalo v� bhavati / vaktavya� bhagin� praj쨅pehi kuКasmi� yahi� ap촨ra(41b3)yitavya� / ya� k홯a� tahi� bi�bohana� v� amil� v� astarik� v� kocako v� 痰헯ko v� praj쨅pto bhavati / tato ap촨rayitavya� / atha d홳i a�r홥dhakula� bhavati / na v� bhik쳕sya vi�rambhakula� bhavati / antamasato sa�kacchik� pi skandhe datv� ap촨rayitavya� / na k첺mati / (J.188) antaraghara� praviヂena c흚arakena prat휽chitu� / sarppikhajjaka� (41b4) v� tailakhajjaka� v� ukkhinak� v� ta詮ul� praticchitu� / klinnak홳i v� pu쳎췹i praticchitu� / k쳕drap홮홳i v� phal홳i praticchitu� / vik쳕程am v� p홺ra� g춉nitu� / cikkann� v� hast홳 nirm홥itu� / m홯yam v� klinnaka� cikkan� v� oヂh홳i nirm홥ayitu� / labhy� d홳i c흚ar홳tarik홿a khakkha쩠ni phal홳i g춉nitu� / badar췹i v� kolak홳i v� 홲alak�(41b5)ni v� h홸흓ak� v� ta詮ul홳i v� anokヅ�ak� v� m홯yam v� 홮linnaka� �imba쩨yo v� atha d홳i bhik쳕sya yatna� karentasya c흚araka karddamena v� n홹ita� bhavati dhovitavya� / dh�l흝e v� otarita� bhavati / praspho헯yitavya� / p쳇ita� v� vip쳇ita� bhavati s흚itavya� / eva� antaraghare praviヂena c흚are pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hi(41b6)sam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati //*// VI. 5-6 Ms.41b6 (J.188.13); Ch. 512a2 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / 홿u쳋ato nandanasya upanandano n홲a bhr홺� so d홳i tasya s홸vve(rddhe)vih홸ikasy홫a (II.p.44) / ehi 홿u쳋a� gr홲a� pravi�y홲a� / aha� ca tatra ki쨇id eva akalp흝a� adhy홤ari쳙홲i / (J.189) m� kasyaci 홤ik첿si / aha� khalu te pit�yako bhav홲i / so d홳i 홫a / pi(t�)yako bhav홫i / m홺ulako bhav홫i / (41b7) yadi tva� tatra ki�ci akalpiya� / adhy홤ari쳙asi / 홤ak쳃쳙홲i / aha� so d홳 홫a / 홤ik쳃쳙asi 홫a / 홤ik쳃쳙a� / so d홳i 홫a / 홪acch홫a� tava �e첺yi쳙a� / te d홳i mah홳t홳i kul홳y upasa�kramanti nimantr흝anti / 홸ya bhaktak춗ya� karetha purebhaktika� karetha khajjaka� kh홥atha vanaphala� bhak첺tha / yath� pratibh홳aka� karetha so d홳i na kahi�ci adhiv홹ayati / (42a1) pa�yati m� imasya d홺avya� bhavi쳙at흓i ya� k홯a� pa�yati naiva e쳍 pratibalo pi詮홿a a漸hitu� / na ca pratibalo jetavana� sa�bh홼ayitu� ti / tato 홫a / 홿u쳋ana gaccha tva� na me tvay� s홸vva(rddha)� ph홹u bhavati kath홿a v� ni첺dy홿a v� ekasyaiva mama ph홹u bhavati / so d홳i �u쳈ena mukhena (J.190) p췹촡rehi oヂhehi tvaritatvarita� nirddh홼ati / k홯a� nidhy홿am홳o so (42a2) d홳i tato yeva anuparivarttiya mah홺mehi kulehi ipsit홳n홺i(ni) bhukt� tasyaiva anupadam eva nirddh홼ito ye d홳i bhikテ jetavanasy홸홲adv홸akoヂhakasam흍e sth홳a ca�kramasth홳ani첺dy홿ogam anuyukt� viharanti / te d홳i ta� pa�yanti / upa�u쳈ena mukhena p췹촡rehi oヂhehi tvaritatvarita� nirddh홼ita� k홯a� nidhy홿anta� teッ� bhavati / yath� aya� / u(42a3)pa�u쳈ena mukhena p췹촡rehi oヂhehi tvaritatvarita� nirddh홼ati / k홯a� nidhy홿am홳o bhavitavyam aya� vipralabdho / te d홳i ta� uccagghanti 홿u쳋an snigdho khalu te su(mu)khavar程o pilipil홿anti / oヂh� suヂhu khalu (II.p.45) nirddh홶흝ati / yath홶i d홳i nagarakulopakena pit�yakena s홸ddha� praviヂasya ipsit홳n홳i bhojan홳i bhu(42a4)kt홼isy� so d홳i 홫a / 홿u쳋an kuto me ipsit홳n홳i bhojan홳i bhukt홳i eva� ca eva� c홹mi vipralabdho eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha upanandana� so d홳i �abd홶ito bhagav홳 홫a / satya� upanandana eva� n홲a tva� nandanasya s홸vve(rddhe)vih홸i� jalpasi / ehi 홿u쳋an (42a5) gr홲a� pravi�i쳙홲a� / aha� ca tatra ki쨇i akalpiya� adhy홤ari쳙홲i // m� khalu kasyaci a(�)cik쳃쳙asi / aha� khalu te pit춞ako bhav홲i / tad eva (J.191) sarvva� bhagav홳 vistare�a praty홸ocayati / y홼a so d홳i 홫a / 홿u쳋an kuto me ipsit홳n홳i bhojan홳i bhukt홳i eva� ca eva� c홹mi vipralabdho 홫a / 홲a bhagavan / bhaga(42a6)v홳 홫a / du쳈춗a� te upanandana tena hi eva� pure�rama�ena pratipadyitavya� / eva� pa�c홤chrama�ena pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� pure�rama�ena pratipadyitavya� / eva� pa�c홤chrama�ena pratipadyitavya� / n홿a� t홼a k첺mati / bhik쳕点 pa�c홤chrama�o prave�itu� yo na pratibalo tasya ca 홺mano ca v춗ti� sa�vibhajitu� / atha khalu yo pratibalo tasya ca (42a7) 홺mano ca v춗ti� sa�vibhajitu� / tena pa�c홤chrama�o prave�ayitavyo / e쳍 d홳i bhik쳕 up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� pa�c홤chrama�o gacchati / n홶i k첺mati tena d�ra� p�ヂhato gantu� / n홶i k첺mati / khure�a khura� hanantena / atha khalu n홺y홺id�ra� n홺y홹anna� gantavya� / ten홶i d홳i pure�rama�ena n홶i k첺mati / gh챙ena yath� oКit홿e gr�(42b1)v홿e gantu� / atha khalu yugam홺ra� nidhy홿antena gantavya� / anek홿e bhr홳to v� hasti 홪accheya bhr홳to v� a�vo bhr홳to v� ratho ca詮o v� �v홳o ca詮o v� go�o (II.p.46) 홪accheya nti(tti) / yadi t홼a dak쳃�en홳ten홪acchati / v홲en홳tena uccanti(tti)tavya� / v홲en홳ten홪acchati / dak쳃�en홳tena uccattitavya� / atha d홳i du�cak쳕ko bhavati / jar홥urbbalo v� vy홥hidurbbalo v� / (42b2) pa�c홤chrama�ena vaktavya� / up홥hy홿o v� 홤홸yo v� v홲ahastikam v� dak쳃�ahastika� v� uccatta nti(tti) / atha d홳i na pa�yati hastena g춉niy췹a� ekato v� ekato v� uccattayitavyo / e쳍 ca d홳i bhik쳕sya s홸ddhevih홸� v� ante(J.192)v홹� v� pa�c홤chrava(ma)�a� prave�enti / yadi t홼a pratibalo bhavati tasya 홺mano ca v춗ti� sa�vibhajayitu� / prave�ayitavyo / atha d�(42b3)ni na pratibalo bhavati / prave�ito ca tena bhavati / pa�c홤chrama�o k홯ena k홯a� visarjayitavyo / tath� karttavya� yath� pratibalo bhavati pi詮ap홺am v� a漸hitu� / vih홸aka� v� gantu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� �ir충 vind�(ddh�)payituk홲o bhavati / b홫u�ir충 v쳬gulya�ir충 v� nil쳇i� v� yadi t홼a pratibalo bhavati / pa�c홤chrama�asya (42b4) 홺mano ci(vi)tta� sa�vibhajitu(�) vaktavya� / 홹a tva� sahitak충 bhu�jiya nirddh홼i쳙홲a� / ya� k홯a� �ir홼iddh� bhavati / ubhayehi bhu쨓iya nirddh홼itavya� / atha d홳i na pratibalo bhavati / k홯ena k홯a� visarjayitavyo / vaktavya� suvihita gantavya� / 홪ami쳙a� aha�, / yena v� tena s홸ddha� ten홶i d홳i pi詮ac홸ika� v� a漸hiy췹a vih홸a� (42b5) v� gacchiya 홫홸a� k춗v� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / dinn� mama 홳antik� ti / adar�anena priya� karttu�, / atha khalu bhukta� na bhuktan ti / anyasya haste p홺ra� datv� tahi� gantavya� / yadi t홼a na viddh� �ir� (II.p.47) bhavati gl홳asya anu(J.193)k홯ya� 홫홸a� datv� sahitakehi nirddh홼itavy� / atha d홳i d�ragocaro sa�gh홸홲o bhavati bhik쳕sya 홺mano (42b6) 홫홸aparyeヂi� paryetha(첺)m췹asya vik홯o bhavati / eva� pi kariya gantavya� / yadi t홼a so �ir홼iddho eva nirddh홼ati / aya� praviヂo bhavati / rathy홳tara� v� pa�yati / tato yyeva nivarttayitavya� / nagaradv홸e pa�yati nagaradv홸ato nivarttitavya� / panthe pa�yati / panth홺o nivarttitavya� / yato eva pa�yati / tato eva nivarttitavya� / atha d홳i koci vandati vaktavya� / (42b7) amuko vandati / atha d홳i nimantreti upalak쳃tavya� / pa�c홤chrama�ena yato nirggato bhavati / tato 홸ocayitavya� / amukena up홥hy홿o nimantrito amukena v� antaraghare bhu�jati / pure�rama�o na pratibalo bhavati dak쳃点m 홥i�itu�, / 홫a�su / 홥i�a dak쳃点� na d홳i pa�c홤chrama�ena vaktavya� / yath� yeva agr홹ana� agrodaka� agrapi詮a(43a1)p홺a� paribhu쨓asi tath� yeva dak쳃点m 홥i痰hi / atha khalu 홥i�itavya� pa�c홤chrama�ena / eva� pure�rama�ena pratipadyitavya� / eva� pa�c홤chrama�ena pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // VI. 7-8 Ms.43a1 (J.193.16); Ch. 512a19 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / apare�a d홳i bhik쳕点 bhik쳕 adhyeヂ� 홿u쳋an icch홲i pi詮ap홺a� nikk홯iyam�(43a2)na� so d홳i 홫a / 홳ehi p홺ra� so d홳i bhik쳕 pi詮ap홺asya k춗ena praviヂo aya� pi de�ak홯a� dantak챘헺a� g춉흓v� 홸홲ac홸ik충 ca�c�ryati / (J.194) so d홳i bhik쳕 pi詮ap홺a� g춉nitha / 홪ato / y홼a pa�yati so vih홸aka� gha쩟itaka�, so d홳i muh�rttaka� 홪amiy췹a� yad� n홪acchati (II.p.48) vih홸akasya dv홸am�le pi詮ap홺aka� thapiya gato ta� d홳i �(43a3)ha apare�a 홪acchiy췹a� utk쳃pta� so d홳i bhik쳕� / vih홸am 홪atv� 홪ameti / id홳톤 pi e쳙ati muh�rtta� pi e쳙ati y홼a ak홯휻h�ta� te d홳i ka(ga)ty홫a(ya)� k홯asya ubhaye sam홪at� so d홳i tasya jalpati / a(�)yu쳋an s홥hu ta� p홺raka� pi labhema / so d홳i 홫a / 홿u쳋an kasya p홺ra� kuto p홺ra� so d홳i �(43a4)ha / 홿u쳋an na tva� m홿� adhyeヂo icch홲i pi詮ap홺a� nikk홯iyam홳a� / so d홳i 홫a / 홿u쳋an yad� so may� pi詮ap홺ako vih홸asya purato nik쳃pto / so d홳i 홫a / 홿u쳋an eva� ca tva� 蕁nyake vih홸ake p홺ra� nik쳃piya gacchasi / so d홳i 홫a / 홿u쳋an eta� ca tva� mama pi詮ap홺an흂홸a(43a5)ka� adhye쳃tv� adar�anena priya� karesi / te d홳i vivadit� / bhagavato m�la� gat츠 / bhagav홳 홫a / n홿a� t홼a k첺mati n흂홸ikapi詮ap홺ena pi詮ap홺an흂홸aka� adhye쳃tv� adar�anena priya� karttu�, / n홶i k첺mati / pi詮ap홺an흂홸akena pi詮ap홺am 홳ayitv� 蕁nyake vih홸ake osariya gantu� / tena hi eva� (43a6) pi詮ap홺e(ta)n흂홸akena pratipadyitavya� / eva� n흂홸api詮ap홺akena pratipadyitavya� / (J.195) eta� d홳i sarvvasa�ghasya antaraghare nimantra�am bhavati / bhik쳕 jar홥urbbalo v� vy홥hidurbbalo v� bhavati / na pratibalo gantu� / pi詮ap홺an흂홸ako adhye쳃tavyo / vaktavyam 홿u쳋an icch홲i pi詮ap홺a� nikk홯iyanta� ti vaktavya� / 홿u쳋an m� kha(43a7)lu adar�ana� gami쳙asi / tena adhyeヂena sam홳ena duve p홺r췹y 홥홿a pravi�itavya� / yadi t홼a hemantak홯o bhavati / laghuk홯o atikramati / d홿akad홳apat� vaktavy츠 / detha gl홳asya pi詮ap홺a� / yadi t홼a d홿akad홳apati jalpanti / bhante pa헻p쳇ik홿a g춉natha vaktavya� / d흏gh홿u bhagavat� / (II.p.49) anekapary홿e�a gl홳o pari(43b1)di(ndi)to lahu� ca k홯o atikr홲ati / yadi t홼a denti dve pi詮ap홺ak� g춉nitavy� 홺mano ca tasya ca �iktaКitaka� k춗v� vih홸aka� 홪antavya� // atha d홳i gr큰mo v� varッr홺ro v� k홯o bhavati cire�a k홯o atikramati / pa헻p쳇ik홿a g춉nitavya� / �iktaКitaka� k춗v� vih홸aka� gantavya� / yadi t홼ad y홼adartha� bhakta� d흝ati / prak춗yeva 홺mano bhaktato tasya p홺ra� p�retavya� / (43b2) anubh홪o 홺mano g춉nitavyo / atha d홳i so d홳i patititti�o bhavati / yattaka� d흝ati tattaka� g춉nitavya� / na d홳i apratyagra� g춉nitavya� / ek홳te y�ya(첺)� s홮avya쨓ana� v� g춉nitavya� / n홶i d홳i adhotakehi hastehi aprayatehi g춉nitavya� / atha khalu (J.196) prakッlitv� nirmm홥ayitv� g춉nitavya� / atha khalu prakッlitv� nirmm홥ayitv� g춉nitavya� / yadi uppakka혃 k홯o bhava(43b3)ti / na d홳i tena bhu쨓antena 홹itavya� / atha khalu ubhaye pi詮ap홺� niharttavy� / tena gacchantena k홯o nidhy홶ayitavyo yadi j홳anti / �akya� sak홯ena sa�bh홼ayitu� / gantavya� gacchitv� tasya upan홲etavya� / atha pa�yati upakkha혃 k홯o ant홳tiko na �akya� sak홯e sa�bh홼ayitu� / m� d홳i ubhaye cchinnabhakt� bhavi쳙홲a tena (43b4) paribhu쨓itavya� / n홶i k첺mati n흂홸api詮ap홺en홶i adhyeヂo may� pi詮ap홺an흂홸ako ti adar�anena priya�, karttu� / atha khalu prak춗yeva t홼a dantak챘헺a� kh홥ayitavya� / hast� nirmm홥ayitavy� / p홳흝a� parisr홼ayitavya� / ku詮ik충 parip�riy췹a� vih홸asya prah췹ake dve 홹an홳i praj쨅piya (II.p.50) adhiヂh홳충 pratigr홫홶iya 홹itavya� / ya� k홯a� (43b5) 홪ato bhavati upavi�iy췹a� sahitakehi bhu�jitavya� / atha d홳i so jalpati / 홿u쳋an bhu�ja tva� bhukta� mayeti cchandayitavyo vaktavyo �naka� p�rehi ya� te rucyati ta� kh홥ehi yadi t홼a 홮충k첺ti / upavi�iy췹a� ya� rucyati ta� kh홥itavya� / atha d홳i na k충k쳃tavya� / 홿u쳋an bhu�ja tva� n홫a� bhu�ji쳙a� / atha d홳i d�ragocaro sa�gh홸홲o (43b6) bhavati / pi詮ap홺an흂홸ako ca cire�a 홪acchati k홯o ca stok홼a�e쳍 bhavati (J.197) n흂홸akapi詮ap홺ena hast� nirmm홥iy췹a� p홳흝asya ku詮ik충 p�riy췹a� panthe pratyudgacchitavya� / yatra yeva ta� pa�yati / tatra yeva panth홺o uccattiy췹a� sahitakehi bhu쨓itavya� / atha d홳i n흂홸akapi詮ap홺o na pratyudgacchati k홯o ca atikramati pi詮ap홺an흂홸akena tvaritatvarita(43b7)m 홪antavya� / atha d홳i d�re sa�gh홸홲o bhavati pi詮ap홺an흂홸akena yatraiva p홳흝a� pa�yati / tatraiva bhu�jitavya� / m� d홳i vaya� ubhayeva bhaktaccheda� kari쳙홲a eva� pi詮ap홺ah홸akena pratipadyitavya� / eva� n흂홸api詮ap홺ena pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // VI.9 Ms.43b7 (J.197.9); Ch. 512b1 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / te d홳i bhikテ pi詮홿a ca(44a1)ram췹o antaraghare y홼a u쩟h췹홺o nirgho헳nti / jano d홳i odhy홿anti / pa�yatha bha�e �rama�ak츠 / y홼a u쩟h췹홺o nirgho헳nti / naヂa� bhraヂa� kuto imeッ� �r홲a�ya� eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / (II.p.51) bhagav홳 홫a / samyag bhik첺vo jano odhy홿ati / tena hi eva� pi詮홿e caritavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� pi詮홿e caritavya� / n홿a� t홼a k첺mati pi詮ac홸ikena y�(44a2)va u쩟h홳홺o nirgho헯yitu� / n홶i adar�anapathe sth홺u�, / atha khalu ude�e sth홺avya� / dar�ana�rava�apathe ned홳i vaktavya� / pi詮ap홺a� mah홶u�ye dehi / atha khalu t튤霑kena udde�e sth홺avya� / na d홳i ito v� ito v� nidhy홿antena 홹itavya� / m� pa�ye�su / cor� v� ocorak� (J.198) bhavanti / atha khalu 첺�홿atana� manasikarentena sth홺a(44a3)vya� / cak쳕r anity� y홼a mano anityan ti sth홺avya� / e첺 str� dh홳ya� ohananti yadi t홼a ka詮ik홶�rakam ukkaКhiya occaraka� pravi�ati j홳itavya� / d홹yati eッ ti / atha d홳i parivarttiy췹a� bh�yo nidhy홿ati j홳itavya� / na eッ d홹yati gantavya� / eッ str� dh홸충 v� p큰ayati / tilam v� / mudgam v� kal홿홲 v� dalenti yadi (44a4) t홼a �il홶�rak충 pi쳃y췹a� occaraka� pravi�ati j홳itavya� / eッ d홹yati / atha d홳i parivarttiya nidhy홿ati / j홳itavya� / eッ na d홹yat흓i / eッ str� karp홹a� kartteti yadi t홼antuka nik쳃piy췹a� uttheti / j홳itavya� / d홫iti eッ nti(tti) / atha d홳i bh�yo pras홸ayati j홳itavya� / na d홫iti eッ nti(tti) / eッ str� upaviヂik� �(44a5)sati / bhikテna pa�yiy췹a� uttheti j홳itavya� / d홹yati eッ nti(tti) / atha d홳i utthiy췹a� bh�yo upavi�ati j홳itavya� / na eッ d홹yati / eッ str� bhik쳕� pa�yiy췹a� occaraka� pravi�ati j홳itavya� / d홹yati eッ nti(tti) / atha d홳i rikt� nirddh홼ati / j홳itavya� / eッ na d홹yati gantavya� / eッ str� k충sabh홭ana� m홸jati bhik쳕 pa�yi(44a6)y췹a� (II.p.52) hast충 dhovati / j홳itavya� d홹yati eッ tti / atha d홳i 홣hara点ni v� ucch홸eti j홳itavya� / na eッ d홹yat흓i / mah홺man충 manu쳙췹충 g춉� bhavanti / tahi� ku詮� ujjhitaprak흏程� bhavanti / 痰헯k� v� pa헯k� v� h홸� v� arddhah홸� v� hira�ya� v� suvar程am v� na d홳i tahi� a�abdakar程ik홿e nirggantavya� / atha khalu prati(J.199)sa�viditena nirggantavya� / (44a7) eva� ya� ya� k홸mma� cchindiy췹a� occaraka� pravi�ati d홺uk홲� bhavati / na tena gantavya� / eva� pi詮홿a caritavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // VI.10 Ms.44a7 (J.199.4); Ch. 512b26 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� te d홳i ni�rayakara霑y� pi詮홿a caranti / teッ� up홥hy홿홤홸y� sneha� sthapenti / khajjakha詮ak홳i thapenti / pa�yanti ya� k홯am �(44b1)gat� bhavanti / tato teッ� sa�vibhaji쳙홲a� / te pi d홳i b홫yena b홫ya� pratikramanti / te d홳i teッ� up홥hy홿홤홸y� odhy홿anti vaya� yyeva t홼a imeッ� k춗ena sneha� thapema� / khajjakakha詮ak홳i sthapema� / j홳홲a vaya� ya� k홯a� 홪at� bhavi쳙anti / tato sa�vibhaji쳙홲a� / ime pi b홫yena b홫ya� pratikramanti / eta� prakara�a� bhikテhi �ruta� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhaga(44b2)v홳 홫a / tena hi eva� pi詮ac홸ikena pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� pi詮ac홸ikena pratipadyitavya� / e쳍 d홳i bhik쳕 ni�rayakara霑yo bhavati / n홶i d홳i k첺mati pi詮홿a cariy췹a� b홫yena b홫ya� pratikramitu�, / n홶i up홥hy홿홤홸y췹충 v� bhu�jant홳충 ned홳i uヂhihitv� 홹itavya� / imehi �aknoma / pi詮ac홸ikehi mukhe kavala� prak쳃pitu� / atha khalu dar�a(44b3)nopavic홸e 홹itavya� / atha (II.p.53) khalu pi詮ac홸a� a漸hiy췹a� up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� all흍ayi(J.200)tavya� / yadi t홼a labdha� bhavati up홥hy홿ena v� 홤홸ye�a v� sa�graho karttavyo / �aktuk� stok� bhavanti / �aktuk� d홺avy� / sneho d홺avyo / khajjakha詮ak홳i sa�vibh홪o karttavyo / atha d홳i up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� pi(44b4)詮ap홺ako bhavati / aya� ca pi詮홿a caritv� 홪ato bhavati / sahitakehi paribhu쨓itavya� / l�ham ca pra霑ta� ca eka� ca apara� ca / atha d홳i so pra霑tabhojanasya mah홸hasya p�ra� p홺ra� g춉niy췹a� 홪acchati / 홫a / up홥hy홿홤홸ya paribhu�j홫i nti(tti) / suvihita kuto ima� ti p춃chitavyo / yadi t홼a 홫a / up홥hy홿홤홸ya asuk�(44b5)ye ce헻k홿e dinna� / asuk홿e ca詮avidhav홿e dinna� / asukena pa詮akena dinna�, / asuk홿e sth�lakum홸흝e dinna� / asuk홿e p홶abhik쳕霑ye dinna� / asuk홿o p홶a�r홲a�er흝e dinna� / vaktavya� suvihita apratigr홫yo e쳍 jano m� bh�yo eteッ� tena pratig춉n흂asi / atha d홳i 홫a / up홥hy홿홤홸ya / asu(44b6)kasya(k홿e) me v췹ijasya s홸thav홫asya parikath� k춗� / buddhavacana� jalpita� / tena me e쳍 prasannena 홫홸ako dinno vaktavya� suvihita karohi dh�ma� m� ca puna� / 홲i첺cak쳕� / atha d홳i 홫a / (J.201) up홥hy홿홤홸ya bhu쨓홫i / yadi t홼a paribhu쨓itavya� / atha d홳i na k충k첺ti vaktavya� suvihita paribhu(�)j홫i tva� n홫a� paribhu쨓i쳙an ti / ya� k홯a� up홥hy홿ena v� �(44b7)c홸ye�a v� anujㅓ dinn� bhavati / tato paribhu쨓itavya� / yadi koci nimantreti / yadi arthiko bhavati praticchitavya� / atha d홳i pi詮ac홸a� a漸hitv� tato eva nad흆ule v� udup홳akule v� pu쳈iri霑kule v� 홫홸a� k춗v� p홺ra� nirmm홥ayitv� 홪acchati / an홶atti� / eva� pi詮ac홸ikena pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati (II.p.54) / 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲a(45a1)ti // * // udd홳a� eva� niv홹itavya� / eva� pr홼aritavya� / (eva� antaragara� pravi�antena c흚are pratipadyitavya�) eva� antaraghare praviヂena c흚are pratipadyitavya� / eva� pure�rama�ena pratipadyitavya� / eva� pa�c홤chrama�ena pratipadyitavya� /(J.202) eva� pi詮ap홺ah홸akena pratipadyitavya� / eva� n흂홸api詮ap홺ena pratipadyitavya� / eva� pi詮홿a caritavya� / eva� pi詮ac홸ikena pratipadyitavya� // 첺ヂho vargga� // * // (Yasuo 宴쫙폄충�) VII. 1 Ms.45a1 (J.203.1); Ch.512c11 (II.p.55) bhagav홳 �r홼aty충 vi(45a2)harati vistarena nid홳a� k춗v� te d홳i bhikテ andhak홸e prah췹e upavi烟a(�a�)ti / ukkhalant� prakkhalant� eta� prakara�a� / y홼a bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi d흍o n홲a karttavyo / 홿u쳋anto nandanopanandan� d흍av홸ik� te d홳i prah췹홺o utthit� cape헻k홿e d흍a� nirvv홶enti / c흚arako�en홶i nirvv홶enti / yog홤홸� bhikテ gandhena vy홼ahanti / eva(ta)�prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato (45a3) 홸ocaye輿u / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� d흍e pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� prad흍e pratipadyitavya� / e쳍 d홳i sa�gh홸홲o purima� pa�cima� prah췹a� pratij홪r흝ati / d흍ac�(v�)rik� uddi�itavy� / eko v� dvayo v� yattak홼� abhisa�bhu�anti navak홳tena v� pa헻p쳇ik홿e v� yasya v� pr홶u�ati / tehi prak춗yeva t홼a d흍a(45a4)varttik홿o varttitavy홿o d흍ako헻k홳i sajjayitavy홳i taila� sajjayitavya� / agni pratij홪춗avyo / tu첿�a v� kar첿�a v� gomayapi詮ik� v� pa헻pa헻k홿e sthapetavy� / yath홳up�rvve�a gaccheya bhakta痰l홿충 v� pa헻p쳇ik홿e sthapetavy� (J.204) d흍av홸ikena d흍am 홥흍entena pratham홳am eva bhagavato �ar흏aku(45a5)헻k홿충 d흍o 홥흍itavyo yad� cetiya� vandita� bhavati / tato ni쳈홹iya sthapetavyo m� 홥흋ava� utp홥aye쳙� ya� k홯a� prah췹asya jarjaro 홫ato bhavati / yadi t홼a so dvibh�mik� sa�gh홸홲o bhavati / prathama� t홼a sop홳amaggul흝ed흍ako j홯ayitavyo / catuhi pr홹홥asya ko�e ko�e d흍ako pra(45a6)jv홯ayitavya� / varccaku쩨ya� d흍ako prajv홯ayitavyo / pa�c홺 prah췹a痰l홿충 (II.p.56) d흍ako prajv홯ayitavyo / ya� k홯a� bhik쳕sa�gho prah췹e upaviヂo bhavati / tato d흍av홸ikena d흍ako v홸ayitavyo / m� tarhi koci pracal홿at흓i / yadi t홼a koci pracal홿ati accha헻ka� kariya utth홶ayitavyo vaktavya� 홿u쳋ana tava d흍o pr홶u�at흓i / tena (45a7)sa c홸ayitavyoimin� upavi�itavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya up홥hy홿o v� 홤홸yo pracal홿ati / na k첺mati / so 'dhyupek쳃tu� / atha khalu so pi accha헻k홿e upasthapetavyo vaktavya� / up홥hy홿홤홸ya tatra d흍o pr홶u�at흓i / 홹a tva� �(a)ha� c홸ayi쳙an ti / tena c홸ayitavyo / (J.205) atha d홳i bhik쳕 �r홥dhako bhavati / 홫a / suvidita홹a tva� / aha�,(45b1) c홸ayi쳙an ti / d홺avyo / n홶i k첺mati / tena up홸ambha点bhipr홿e�a d흍o c홸ayitu� / tehid흍ac�(v�)riko(ke)hina k첺mati / agh홺o v� pravedayitum / atha khalu cittam utp홥ayitavya� vin흚ara�a� nau karenti tti ya� k홯a� prah췹asya yath홹ukha� k춗a� bhavati / tato prah췹a痰l홺o d흍ako ukka촪itavyo / n홶i k첺mati / cape헻k홺ha(ye) v� mukhav홺ena v� c흚arako(45b2)�ena v� d흍a� nirvv홶ayanta(tu)� / atha khalu tulik홿e nisnehiya d흍avartti okaКhiya kulik홺aile nirvv홶ayitavya� / atha d홳i navak� bhikテ prah췹a痰l홿충 pratikramanti / na k첺mati prah췹a痰l홿충 d흍a� nirvv홶ayitavya� / atha khalu bahi pr홹홥ako�ehi d흍ak� nirvv홶ayitavy� / sop홳amaggul흝a� pr홹홥aku쩨ya� d흍ako nirvv홶ayitavyo vibhavo (45b3) bhavati / (II.p.57) sarvvar홺ri� varccaku쩨ya� ca prasr홼aku쩨ya� d흍ako prajv홯ayitavyo / atha d홳i vibhavo na bhavati / yad� bhikテ pratikr홳t� bhava�ti / tato varccaku쩨ya� d흍o nirvv홶ayitavyo / varccaku쩨ya� nirvv홶ayitv� racch홥흍o (J.206) nirvv홶ayitavyo racch홿충 nirvv홶ayitv� sop홳a膽r첿 nirvv홶ayitavy츠 / sop홳a膽r첿 nirvv�(45b4)payitv� prah췹aro(痰)l홿충 d흍o nirvv홶ayitavyo / na d홳i sahas홮홸asya apratisa�viditv� nirvv홶etavy� / atha khalu 홿u쳋anto praj쨅petha �ayy홿o d흍a� gopayi쳙an ti / tato hastena t홼a ov홸ayitavyo / tato vaktavya� / m� 홿u쳋an e쳍 nirvv홶ayi쳙a ti / na d홳i k첺mati / mukhav홺ena v� c흚arako�ena v� cape헻(45b5)k홿a v� nirvv홶ayitu� / yadi d흍avartti / dagdhik� bhavati / palikh쳇ir vv� okaКhitavyo nirvv홶ito bhavati / agni gopayitavyo / tu첿hi v� kar첿hi v� bu첿na v� bu쳃k홿av� / ya� k홯a� pa�cime y홲e prah췹asya jharjjharo 홫ato bhavati / tato d흍av홸ikehi sop홳amaggul흝a� t홼a d흍o prajv홯ayitavyo / n홶i k첺mati prah�(45b6)�a痰l홿충 sahas� d흍aka� prave�ayitu� / m� navak� bhik쳕 sahas� vipraka헯(m) utthiha�sna(su) nti(tti) / atha khalu vaktavya� / 홿u쳋anta� d흍o prave膽yat흓i / d흍o prave�ayati nti(tti) / ya� k홯a� prah췹asya yath홹ukha� k춗a� bhavati / prah췹a痰l홿홳 t홼a prathama� d흍ako nirvv홶ayitavyo / atha d홳i nat홼a nirbh홺i na k첺mati nirvv홶ayitu� / ya� k홯a� vibh홺a� bhavati (J.207) / 홮�(45b7)�a� k춗a� bhavati / tato varccaku쩨ye prasr홼aku쩨ye ca d흍ako (II.p.58) nirvv홶ayitavyo / taila� �e첺� bhavati / s홫ariy췹a� gha헻k홿충 n�(v�) bh홭ane v� sth홶ayitavya� / d흍ako헻k홿o ekasth홳e sth홶ayitavy� / d흍avartt흝o ni쳎e촫y췹a� eka� hi ko�ake sth홶etavy� / yo eva� deva�ika� d흍o jv홯ayitavyo / eva� d흍e pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // (46a1) 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // VII.2 Ms.46a1 (J.207.7); Ch.513a5 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / te d홳i bhik쳕� prah췹e pracal홿a�ti / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi yaヂ� n홲a c홸ayitavy� / yaヂ흝a� t홼a bhik쳕点 k홸홶ayam췹ena aヂahast홿홲ena karttavy� / muヂim홺r� sth�latvena ubhayehi� antehi lohakena bandhitavy� / navak홳tena v� pa헻p쳇ik�(46a2)ya v� yasya v� puna� pr홶u�ati eッ ev홸thotpatti� // * // bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik츠 / yaヂ� c홸ent홿o yeca(va) bhik쳕 pracal홿ati / ta� yeva k쳃pr홿e yaヂ흝e ure v� 홫anati p홥e v� a(�)hanati te d홳i bhik쳕 viha헺iyant� 홸홼a� mu쨇ati/ 홿u쳋a� hato smi hato sm흓i / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / (J.208) bhagav홳 홫a (46a3) tena hi eva� yaヂ흝e pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� yaヂ흝e pratipadyitavya� / yaヂ� k홸ayantena karttavya� / va烟asya v� nalasya v� na�glasya v� rohi첺sya v� da�a-aヂahast충 d흏ghatvena ubhayato agre yottakha詮ehi ve촪ayitavy� / navak홳tato c홸etavy� yaヂi d홳i c홸entena na d홳i ogu漸hita膽r첿�a v� c홸etavy� (II.p.59) ohita(46a4)hastena v� up홳ah홸튬hena v� yaヂi c홸etavy� / atha khalu ek충s흆춗ena c홸ayitavy� n홿a� t홼a k첺mati bhik쳕点 yaヂi� c홸entena k쳃pr홿e yaヂ흝e 홫anitu� / n홶i k첺mati vihe헺an홣hipr홿e�a yaヂ� c홸ayitu� / atha khalu maitracittena yaヂ�(ヂ�) c홸ayitavy� / v춄dh홳tato navak홳ta� / ete d홳i bhik쳕� pracal홿anti n홶i k첺mati a(46a5)dhyupek쳃tu�, / n홶i k첺mati k쳃pr홿e yaヂ흝e 홫anitu� / rajag[v]asma viya / atha khalu p홸�ve sthitv� trikkhatto purato yaヂi k홸ayitavy� / yadi na budhyati / accha헻k� karttavy� / yadi v홲ena sthitako bhavati / dak쳃�ena j홳ukehi sa�gha쩟etavyo / yadi dak쳃�ato sthito bhavati / v홲aj홳ukena tena cchanti(tti) / pratyupasthitavya� / gha헻(46a6)tavy� utth홶iy췹a� vaktavya� 홿u쳋an tava yaヂi pr홶u�ati / c홸ehi tena c홸etavya� / imin� upavi�itavya� / na d홳i k�amati / ogu漸hita膽r첿�a v� // pe // y홼a atha khalu (J.209) ek충s흆춗ena c흚ara� k춗v� g춉nitavya� / tena c홸etavya� / atha d홳i bahu prac홯ayanti / na d홳i te sarvve val흚and� viya utthapetavy� / yo tatra navakataro bhavati / tasya yaヂ� d홺avy� / (46a7) atha d홳i bhik쳕 up홥hy홿홤홸y� pracal홿anti na k첺mati adhyupek쳃tu�, / atha khalu accha헻k홿e utth홶iy췹a� vaktavya� up홥hy홿홤홸ya tava yaヂ� pr홶u�ati tena dharmmagaurave�a pratyutth홿a g춉흓avya� na k첺mati yaヂ� tasya d홺u� / atha khalu vaktavya� / 홹a tva� / aha� c홸ayi쳙a te(ti) / na yeva yaヂ� c홸etavya� / na d홳i tena ot홸aprek쳃点 c홸etavy� / atha kha(46b1)lu 첺�홿a(ta)na manasikarentena (II.p.60) c홸etavy� yadi koci prac홯ayati tasya d홺avy� / te pi d홳i tahi� na 홪h홺o bandhitavyo / atha khalu cintetavya� / bahukaro e쳍 asm홮a� ci(vi)n흚ara�a� karoti / tena t홼a c홸etavy� / atha d홳i �raddhako bhik쳕r bhavati / 홫a / sagotr흊홺� 홹a tva� / aha� c홸ayi쳙홲i / d홺avy� eva� t홼a c홸etavya� / y홼a prah췹asya yath홹ukha� k�(46b2)ta� bhavati n홶i k첺mati tehi bhikテhi yaヂ� c홸e(J.210)ntehi citta� prad튤ita(tu)� / atha khalu cittam utp홥ayitavya� / vinivara�a� me karent흓i / eva� yaヂ흝a� pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // VII.3 Ms.46b2. (J.210.4); Ch.513a24 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� te d홳i bhik쳕�(kテ)prah췹asmi� yaヂi� c홸ayant촨흓ena kilammati / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagava(46b3)to 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi ge詮uka� n홲a karttavyo / ge詮uka� d홳i bhik쳕点 k홸홶ayam췹ena k홸홶ayitavyo / t�点n홲 v� pal홯홳홲 v� le�ka(헯)kakha詮ak홳홲 v� s�trasya v� ul홿a v� b홫yenapa�ena nattakena veヂayitv� s�trakena veヂayitavyo / n홶i k첺mati / khakkha헯� karttu� n홶i k첺mati / ati[�ithila� /] atha khalu (46b4) t홥��o karttavyo / yo bh�m흝a� 홶i헻to yugam홺ra� uppa헯tiso c홸ayitavyo / navak홳tena v� pa헻p쳇ik홿a v� yasya v� puna pr홶u�ati / eッ ev홸thotpatti� // * // (J.211) bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik츠 / ge詮uka� c홸aya�t� iヂakha詮a� le�ka(II.p.61)헯kakha詮ena veヂayitv� c홸enti / yo yeva prac홯ayati / ta�, (46b5) yevak쳃pre�a ge詮ukena urasi v� t췹촦ti / p홸�vasmi v� 홫ananti / te d홳i bhikテ vihe헺ayam홳� 홸홼a� mu쨇anti / 홿u쳋ana hato smi hato smi / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / n홶i k첺mati / 홪h홺acittena v� duヂacittena v� ge詮uk충 c홸ayitu�, / atha khalu maitracittena hitacittena ge詮uko caritavyo / n홶i (46b6) k첺mati / ge詮uka� c홸ayantasya citta� prad튤ayitu� / atha khalu citta� pragopayitavya� / vin흚ara�a� so karenti tti / e쳍 d홳i bhik쳕� prac홯ayati / na k첺mati k쳃pre�a ge詮ukena 홫anitu� / atha khalu bh�yo ge詮ukam 홹thapayitv� accha헻k홿e utth홶ayitavyo / vaktavya� 홿u쳋홳 tava ge詮ukopr홶u�ati / utthehi c홸ehi nti(tti) / imena c홸ayitavyo imena (J.212) upa(46b7)vi�itavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya / up홥hy홿o v� 홤홸yo v� prac홯ayati / na k첺mati / so pi adhyupek쳃tu� / atha khalu trayo v� v홸� ge詮uk충 purato abh홲ayitv홤cha헻k홿e utth홶ayitavyo / vaktavya� up홥hy홿홤홸ya tava ge詮uko pr홶u�ati / ten홶i d홳i dharmmagaurave�a pratyutth홿a pu�oti / niヅditavya� / na d홳i tena ot홸aprek쳃点 홹itavya� / atha kha(47a1)lu 첺�홿atana� manasikarentena 홹itavya� / atha d홳i 홫a / 촨a tuma� aha� c홸ayi쳙an ti / tena yeca(va) c홸ayitavyo / atha d홳i �r홥dhako bhik쳕r bhavati / 홫a sagotr흊홺� 홹a tva� aha� c홸ayi쳙an ti / d홺avya� / eva� t홼a c홸ayitavyo / y홼a (II.p.62) prah췹asya yath홹ukha� k춗a� bhavati / na k첺mati so ge詮uko adhyupek쳃tu� / p쳇itavip쳇it� / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� si쨇ayitavyo / k�(47a2)lena [k홯a� prakッlitavyo / eva� ge詮uke] [pratipa]dyitavya� / na pratipadyati / 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ti // * // VII.4 Ms.47a2 (J.212.14); Ch. 513b17 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati vistare�a nid홳a� k춗v� te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik츠 prah췹a 홪at� sam홳� skandh홺o niヅdana� / (J.213) ot홸iy췹a� ko�e ko�e g춉흓v� va헯-va헯 nti(tti) / praspho헯yitv� praj쨅payitv� ni첺danti / ya(�) k홯a� prah췹asya yath�(47a3)sukha� k춗a� [bhavati] / tato niヅdana� ko�e ko�e g춉흓v� va촡-va�� nti(tti) praspho헻ya s홫aritv� skandhe k춗v� gacchanti / yog홤홸충 bhik쳕� �abdena vy홫ara(vaha)nti / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� niヅdane pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� niヅdane pratipadyitavya� / n홿a� t홼a k첺mati / bhik쳕点 prah췹a� (47a4) okastena niヅdana� [ko�e ko�e] g춉흓v� va촡-va�� nti(tti) / praspho헯yitu� / atha khalu vih홸ake v� b홫yato v� niヅdana praspho헯y췹a� dvigu�a� k춗v� prah췹a� okasitavya� / 홺mano pratisandhismi sukh홮a� niヅdanaka� p태hake praj쨅payitavya� / tath� karttavya� yath� 홳antarika� na vy홼ahati / n홶i k첺mati yath홹ukhe k춗e utthiya niヅdana� (47a5) ko�e ko�e g춉흓v� ca헯-ca헯 nti(tti) prapho헯yitu� / atha khalu sukh홮a� utthitv� dvigu霑k춗v� (II.p.63) skandhe k춗v� ca gantavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� pa�yati dvit흝e prah췹e / av흓aka� bhavi쳙at흓i / r홺ri� ca �ayy홹ana� (J.214) yath홶raj쨅ptaka� 홹ati n홶i k첺mati niヅdana� yath홶raj쨅ptaka� k춗v� gantu� / atha khalu yath홮halu praj쨅ptaka� dvigu霑k춗v� tato gantavya� (47a6) dvit흝asya prah췹asya jarjare 홪ate otaritavya� / n홶i k첺mati prah췹a� okastena niヅdana� ko�e ko�e g춉흓v� va촡-va�� nti(tti) / praspho헯yitu� / atha khalu yath� s홫a헯sya niヅdanasya dvit흝o anto udveliya praj쨅payitavyo / tato niヅditavya� / n홶i k첺mati / prah췹asya yath홹ukhe k춗e niヅdanaka� ko�e ko�e g춉흓v� va촡-va�� nti(tti) / praspho헯yitu�, / atha (47a7) khalu sa�praj홳a� s홫aritv� skandha� k춗v� gantavya� / n홶i k첺mati / niヅdana� adhyupek쳃tu� / omayilomayila� p쳇itavip쳇ita� / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� dhovitavya� / k홯ena k홯a� si�citavya� / eva� niヅdane pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // VII.5 Ms.47a7 (J.214.12); Ch. 513b8 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik츠 / prah췹a o(ka)sta(47b1)k츠 / sam홳� 홹anehi upavi�iy췹a� up홳ah� nikkh홹iya eka pi ekena hastena p홸ワik홼addhrakasmi g춉흓v� dvit흝a� (J.215) dvit흝ena hastena p홸ワik홼addhraka� g춉흓v� ca헯-ca헯 nti(tti) praspho헯nti yog홤홸충 bhikテ� �abdena vy홼ahanti / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� up홳ah홿e pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� up홳ah홿e pra(47b2)tipadyitavya� / n홿a� (II.p.64) t홼a k첺mati bhik쳕点 prah췹a upaviヂena up홳ah� nikkhosiyaekam pi ekena hastena p홸ワivaddhrake g춉niya dvit흝a� dvit흝ena hastena p홸ワivaddhrake g춉niya ca헯-ca헯 nti(tti) praspho헯yitu� / atha khalu bhik쳕点 pratik춗yeva t홼a p홥adhovanik홿e up홳ah홿o pocchiya prah췹asya jarjare otaritavya� / yadi t홼a prah췹a痰l홿충 bh�myast홸o k춗ako bhavati / (47b3) na k첺mati sop홳ahena p홥ena prah췹a� upavi�itu� / atha khalu up홳ahik홿o dv홸am�le nikkh홹iya pravi�itv� v춄dh홳te a쨓ali� k춗v� yath홼춄dhik홿e upavi�itavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕 pa�yati / anek홿o up홳ahik홿o m튤ikena v� khajje�su / bhikテ v� j홳anto v� aj홳anto v� g춉흓v� gaccheyanti ki� karttavya� sa�pu헻kariy췹a� v홲akena ha(47b4)stena g춉niya niku헻takena os홸ayitv� sa�praj홳a� g춉niy췹a� gantavya� / pratisandhismi tath� yeva sa�pu헻k춗ik홿o 홹anasya heヂhe sthapitavy홿o sthapitv� prah췹am upavi�itavya� / ya� k홯a� prah췹asya yath홹ukha� k�(ta�) bhavati / bhik쳕点 upasthapitv� up홳ah홿o tath� yeva sa�pu쩨k춗ik홿o (J.216) g춉흓v� niku헻takena v홲홣홫충 os홸iya sa�praj홳a� nirddh�(47b5)vitavya� / atha d홳i ak춗o bh�mi-ast홸o bhavati sa-up홳ahena prah췹a痰l충 pravi�itavya� / v춄dh홳te up홳ah홿o p홸ワivaddh(r)ake os홸iya pra点ma� karttavya� / abhiniku헻takena pr채jal흆춗ena gantavya� / y홼at pratisandhiniヅdana� praj쨅payitv� up홳ah홿o nikkh홹itv� parya�kena niヅditavya� / prah췹asya yath홹ukhe k춗e 홪amayitavya� / bhik쳕点 (47b6) y홼a v춄dhatarak� nirddh홼it� pa�c홥 utthayitv� up홳ah홿o 홣andhiya gantavya� / atha d홳i (II.p.65) v춄dhatarak� 홹anti / bhikテ ca 홪antuk홲o bhavati / up홳ah홿o 홣andhiya navak홳te sa�praj홳a� gantavya�, / n홶i k첺mati sa�ghamadhye bhakt홪re taparpa点gre v� sam휽흝a� v� sa-up홳ahena niヅditu� / n홶i k첺mati / up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� agrato sa-up홳ahena niヅditu� / atha kha(47b7)lu up홳ahik홿o nikkh홹iy췹a� pra点ma� k춗v� upavi�itavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕 gl홳o bhavati ki� c홶i sa-up홳aho up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� m�le upavi�ati / an홶atti� / n홶i k첺mati bhik쳕点 p홥충 dhovantena up홳ah홿o va촡-va촡 nti(tti) praspho헯yitu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕� / adhv홳am 홪ato bhavati / up홳ah홿o ca p충sun� op�rit� bhavanti / nad흆�le v� pu쳈iri霑k�le v� (48a1; J.217) p홥a� dhoviya praspho헳ti / an홶atti� / ta pi d홳i na k첺mati / v춄dhatarakasya v� anuv홺a� praspho헯yitavya� / n홶i k첺mati upanah� adhyupek쳃tu� / odri程ak� v� paluggak� v� / atha khalu k홯ena k홯a� gha헯yitavya� / k홯ena k홯a� pratyagralak� d홺avy츠 / eva� up홳ah홿e pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // VII.6 Ms.48a1 (J. 217.6); Ch. 513b25 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viha(48a2)rati / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik츠 prah췹a� upaviヂ츠 / auddhaty홣hipr홿� muktehi p홸�vehi / khala-khala nti(tti) k홹anti / yog홤홸충 bhik쳕� �abdena vy홼ahanti / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su� / (II.p.66) bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� k홹itavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� k홹itavya� / n홿a� k첺mati bhik쳕点 prah췹am upaviヂena auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a muktehi p홸�vehi khulu-khulu nti(tti) k홹itu�, / atha (48a3) d홳i bhik쳕sya k홹o 홪acchati / hastena gr흚� parimarditavy� / atha d홳i na p홸eti vinodayitu� sa�praj홳aka� k홹ayitavya� / atha d홳i bh�yo bh�yo k촨o (J.218) 홪acchati / b홫irato nirddh홶iya k홹itavya� / prah췹asya v� 홲antriya gantavya� / n홶i k첺mati bhakt홪re v� tarpa点gre v� s홲홿ik홿e v� auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a muktehi p홸�vehi / kha-kha-kha (48a4) nti(tti) k홹itu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya k홹ik� 홪acchati / sa�praj홳a� k홹itavya� / atha d홳i bh�yo bh�yo ukk홹ik� 홪acchati / antariko vaktavyo / 홿u쳋an mama t홼a pi詮ap홺a� ukkaКheti(si) / tath�(to) gantavya� / n홶i k첺mati dharmma�rava�ikena upaviヂe auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a muktehi p홸�vehi kha nti(tti) k촨itu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya k홹o 홪ato bhavati / (48a5) gr흚� marditavy� / atha d홳i na p홸eti vinodayitu�, / sa�praj홳a� k홹itavya� / atha d홳i puno puno k홹홼흝ati / dharmma�rava�asya 홲antriya gantavya� / n홶i k첺mati / up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� agrato v춄dhatarak홳충 v� auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a muktehi p홸�vehi kha-kha-kha nti(tti) k홹itu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya ukk홹ik� 홪acchati / sa�praj홳a� k홹itavya� (48a6) ekatama�te 홪acchiya k홹itavya� / eva� k홹e pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // VII.7 Ms.48a6 (J. 218.16); Ch. 513c3 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto (II.p.67) 첺촺arggik츠 prah췹a� upaviヂ츠 / auddhaty홣hipr홿츠 kulik홿e nakka� vijjhanti / s�traka� pi va쩟iy췹a� nakke prak쳃panti / te d홳i sarvve�a ka漸hena hacch흝anti / te (J.219) d홳i yog홤홸충 bhikテ� �abdena vy홼ahanti / eta� praka(48a7)ra�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� k쳃pitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� k첺(k쳃)pitavya� / n홿a� t홼a k첺mati / bhik쳕点 prah췹a� upaviヂena auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a tulik홿a v� nakka� vijjhitu� / s�tra� va쩟iya nakkasmin prak쳃pitu�, / n홶i k첺mati / sarvve�a ka漸hena h� nti(tti) k쳃pitu� // atha d홳i bhik쳕sya an홣hogena kヅvik� 홪acchati vinodayitavya� / nir홯a� parimarditavya� / nakk� v� (48b1) parimarditavy� / atha d홳i na p홸eti vinodayitu� / sa�praj홳a� kヅvayitavya� / yath� anantarikasya na vy홼aheyy� / khe헳na v� si�gh췹akena v� / atha d홳i puno puno kヅvik� 홪acchati prah췹asya 홲antriya gantavya� / n홿a� t홼a k첺mati bhik쳕点 bhakt홪re v� tarpa点gre v� upaviヂena auddhaty�(bhi)pr홿e�a sarvve�a ka漸he(na) kヅvitu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya kヅvik� 홪acchati / vinodayitavy� / a(48b2)tha d홳i na p홸eti vinodayitu� / sa�praj홳a� kヅvitavya� / yath� 홳antarikasya na vy홼aheyy� / khe헳n�(na v�) si�h췹akena v� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya puno (J.220) puno kヅvik� 홪acchati / 홳antarikasya vaktavya� / 홿u쳋a� mama pi詮ap홺am ukkaКhesi tato gantavya� / n홶i k첺mati / dharmma�rava�e (II.p.68) sarvve�a ka漸hena kヅvitu�, / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya kヅvik� 홪acchati vinodayitavya� / atha d홳i (48b3) na p홸eti vinodayitu� / sa�praj홳a� kヅvitavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya puno puno k쳃vik� 홪acchati / dharmma�rava�asya 홲antriya gantavya�, / n홶i k첺mati s홲홿ik홿홲 v� / up홥hy홿홤홸y췹홲 v춄dhatarak홳충 v� agrato auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a sarvve�a ka漸hena kヅvitu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya kヅvik� 홪acchati vinodayitavya� / atha d홳i na p홸eti vi(48b4)nodayitu� / ekamate gacchiya kヅvitavya� / yadi t홼a koci kヅvati / na d홳i vaktavya� / j흚a ti / atha khalu yadi v춄dhatarako bhavati / vaktavya� / vand홲i tti / atha d홳i navako kヅvati / 홸oceti vaktavya� / eva� k쳃vitavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // VII.8 Ms.48b4 (J. 220.13); Ch. 513c20 bhagav홳 �r홼asty홲 viharati / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik츠 prah췹am u(48b5)paviヂ츠 sam홳� �arkar홿a� pi �a(ka)lik홿a� pi a�ga� kharakaca-kharakaca �ti(tti) ka[詮�]yanti / yog홤�(r�)n bhikテn �abdena vy홼ahanti / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / (J. 221) bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� sa(ka)�d튤itavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� (ka�)d튤itavya� / na k첺mati bhik쳕点 prah췹a upaviヂena auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a �arkar홿e v� a�ga� kharakaca-(II.p.69) kharakaca nti(tti) ka詮�yitu� / a(48b6)tha ca d홳i bhik쳕 prah췹a� upaviヂako khajjati / a�guヂhodare�a v� hastatalena v� sukh홮a� / ucca쩟ayitavya� / atha d홳i bh�yo bh�yo khajjati khajjanako bhavati prah췹asy홲antriya gantavya� / n홶i k첺mati / bhik쳕点 bhakt홪re v� / tarpa点gre v� sam홼홶i(yi)k홳충 v� auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a sa�kalik홿a v� �arkkarak홿a v� kharakaca-kharakaca nti(tti) ka詮�yitu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕 bhakt홪re v� tarpa(48b7)点gre v� upaviヂako bhavati / koci [쳍] prade�o khajjati / hast홼ase kalpiy� bhavanti / ki� c홶i bhik쳕� kulik홿a v� k챘헺aga[te]na v� sakalik홿a v� ka詮�yati / an홶atti� / ta� pi tath� d홳i ka詮�yitavya� / yath� 홳antaryaka� �abdena (na) vy홼ahati / atha d홳i bhik쳕� sa(kha)jjanako bhavati / puno puno ka詮�yati / 홳antarikasya p홺ra� d홺avya� / 홿u쳋an mama pi詮ap홺a� ukka촪esi / ta(49a1)to gantavya� / na k첺mati / up홥hy홿홤홸y췹충 v춄dhatarak췹충 v� agrato auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a a�ga� kharakaca-kharakaca nti(tti) (J.222) ka詮�yitu� / n홶i k첺mati osariya indriy췹i vuktanti ka詮�yitu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya koci prade�o khajjati / a�guヂhod�(da)re�a v� hastatalena v� parimardditavya� / atha d홳i (na) p홸eti vinodayitu� / puna� puna� khanati / ekatama�te gacchiya ka詮�yitavya� / eva� ka詮�ye (49a2) pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // (II.p.70) VII.9 Ms.49a2 (J. 222.6); Ch. 513c11 bhagav홳 �r홼asty충 viharati / te d홳i 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik츠 prah췹am upaviヂ츠 / auddhaty홣hipr홿� ja�bhayanti / a�g홳i bha쨓ayanti / pa헯-pa쩠va pho촦nti / ama촡� ma촡ma촡� yath� s흂� v� vy홪hr� v� / eva� ja�bhayanti / yog홤홸충 bhikテn �abdena vy홼ahanti / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato �(49a3)rocaye�su / bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� jambhayitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� jambhayitavya� / n홿a� t홼a k첺mati bhik쳕点 prah췹am upaviヂena auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a osaritv� indriy췹i ma헯ma헯 a�g�(ni) bha쨓antena yath� s흂ena v� vy홪hre�a v� unnadantena eva� bha쨓ayitavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya prah췹am upaviヂasya vij춎bhik� 홪acchati / na d홳i a�g홳i 헯쩟a-헯쩟a nti(tti) (49a4) pho헯ntena (J.223) mukha� vivaritv� jambhayitavya� / vinodetavy� nilal쳇am v� parimarditavya� / n홹� v� parimarditavy� atha d홳i na p홸eti vinodayitu� / sa�praj홳a� mukha� pithitv� jambhayitavya� / tath� karttavya� yath홳antarika� �abdena na vy홼ahati / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya vij춎bhik� puno puno 홪acchati nirddh홼iya vij춎bhitavya� / prah췹asya v� 홲antriya gantavya�, / (49a5) n홶i k첺mati prah췹am upaviヂakena ma헯-ma쩠ya a�g홳i bha쨓itu�, / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya a�g홳i du�kh홿anti / ek� t홼a b홫� sukh홮a� pras홸ayitavy� ya� k홯a� vi�r홳to bhavati / (II.p.71) t충 sanmi쨓iya dvit흝� sukh홮a� pras홸ayitavy� / eko p홥o sukh홮a� pras홸ayitavyo / ta� sanmi쨓iya dvit흝o sukh홮a� pras홸ayitavyo / na k첺mati bhik쳕点 bhakt홪re v� ta(49a6)rpa点gre v� s홲홿ika� v� dharmma�rava�e v� a�g홳i bha(�)jantena vij춎bhayitu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya vij춎bhik� 홪acchati / yadi c흚arac흏程a(ko�a)kena mukha� pidhiya sukh홮a� vij춎bhitavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya vij춎bhik� puno puno 홪acchati / yadi t홼a bhakt홪re v� upaviヂako bhavati / anantarikasya p홺ra� datv� gantavya� / dharmma�rava�ena v� upaviヂako bhavati / dharmma�rava�asya 홲antri(49a7)ya gantavya� / n홶i k첺mati bhik쳕点 gocara� v� pravi�antena antaraghara� (J.224) (v�) praviヂena ma헯-ma쩠ye a�g홳i bha(�)jantena vij춎bhitu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya bh�yo bh�yo vij춎bhik� 홪acchati c흚arako�ena mukha� pidhiya sa�praj홳ena vij춎[bh홿i]tavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya antaraghare v� upaviヂasya puno puno vij춎bhik� 홪acchati / utthiya gantavya� / na k첺mati / up홥hy홿홤홸y췹충 v춄dhatarak홳충, (49b1) v� agrato ma헯-ma쩠ye a�g홳i bha�jantena vij춎bhitu� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya vij춎bhik� 홪acchati / ekamata� gatv� eva� vij춎bhitavya� / na pratipadyati // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikr홲ati // * // VII.10 Ms.49b1 (J. 224.9); Ch. 513c26 bhagav홳 samyaksambuddho yadartha� samud홪ato tadartham abhisambh홼ayitv� �r홼asty충 viharati 痰st� dev홳채 ca manu쳙췹채 ca satk춗o guruk춗o m홳ita� p�(49b2)jita� / (II.p.72) apac홿ito l홣h홪raya�ograpr홶to l홣h� c흚arapi詮ap홺a�ayy홹anagl홳apratyayabhai첺jyapari쳈홸췹충 tat[ra] ca anupalipta� padmam iva jalena pu�yabh홪iy충 satv충 pu�yehi nive�ayam홳o phalabh홪iy홳 satv충 phalehi pratiヂh홶ayam홳o v홹an홣h홪흝홳 satv홳a v홹an홿홲 avasth홶ayam췹o am춗am analpakena devamanu쳙충 sa�vibhajanto pr췹iko쩨 (J.225) ni(49b3)yuta�atasahasr췹i am춗am anupr홶ayanto anavar홪raj홺ijar홲ara�asa�s홸ak홳t홸anarakavidurgg홳 mah홶rap홺ato abhyuddharitv� k첿me same �ive sthale abhaye nirvv췹e pratiヂh홶ayam홳o 홼arjayitv� a�ga-magadha-mall�-varji-k홹i-ko�ala-kuru-pa쨇ala-ceti-vatsa-matsa-蕁rasen a-�ivi-da痰r程a-a�vaki-avanti jㅓne d�ヂapar홮ra(49b4)mo svaya�bh� divyehi vih홸ehi br홫mehi vih홸ehi 홸yehi vih홸ehi 홳i�jyehi vih홸ehi s홺atyehi vih홸ehi buddho buddhavih홸ehi jino jinavih홸ehi / j홳ako j홳akavih홸ehi sarvvaj쨚 sarvvaj쨅vih홸ehi cetova�iparamap홸amipr홶t� punar bbuddh� bhagavanto yehi yehi vih홸ehi 홮충k첺nti tehi tehi vih홸ehi viharanti / te d�(49b5)ni 홿u쳋anto 첺촺arggik츠 / auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a �vetamayena saktuk충 kulm홹충 ca mardiy췹a� 홺ape �o첺yanti / ya� k홯a� �u쳈� bhavanti / tato �vetamayena yeva kh홥anti / bilv홳i kh홥anti / sv홺akopanat홳i phal홳i kh홥anti / kal홶�(ya� v�) satilapallava� kh홥anti / ya� k홯a� prah췹asya jarjaro 홫ato bhavati / tato prah췹a痰l충 gacchiya caturddi�a� (49b6) niヅdanti / ya� k홯a� bhik쳕sa�gho upaviヂo bhavati / eko t홼a p�tiv홺akarmma� karoti aparo gacchanti / aparo 촪ara- (II.p.73)촪a(ra) nti(tti) / (J.226) aparo 홫a / s홥hv 홿u쳋a� ki� eta� samvatsarika� pratikarmma� aヂa�aten홶i kho v홺a� na iccheyy� aho manoj쨚 �abdo anuk�la� karoti / 홳antarik홳충 paddamuヂik충 jighr홶enti / 홫a / jighr홿u쳋an aho m�ヂo gandho aho sobhano ga(49b7)ndho yog홤홸홳 bhikテn �abdena vy홼ahanti / eta� prakara�a� bhikテ bhagavato 홸ocaye�su / (J.226.19) bhagav홳 홫a / �abd홶ayatha 첺촺arggik홳 // * // y홼ad 홲a bhagavan bhagav홳 홫a / tena hi eva� v홺akarmme pratipadyitavya� / kin ti d홳i eva� v홺akarmme pratipadyita(vya)� / n홿a� k첺mati / (J.226.19) bhik쳕点 auddhaty홣hi(J.227)pr홿e�a �vetamayena kulm챘홳 v� �aktuk홳 v� mardiy췹a� 홺ape �o첺yitv� �veta(50a1)mayena yeva kh홥itu� / n홶i k첺mati / bilv홳i v� madanaphal홳i v� tatk홯ak홳i phal홳i kh홥itu� / kal홿a� v� satilapallava� v� // atha d홳i bhik쳕 pi詮ac홸am a漸hantoparapratibaddh홿e j흚ik홿e �vetamayena kulm챘홳 v� �aktumardditak홳 labhati / v홺akopak홳i v� phal홳i / ki� c홶i kh홥eti / an홶atti� / na k첺mati prah췹am upaviヂena auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a v� 촪ara-촪a(50a2)r홿e v홳a(ta)karmma karttu�(�,) / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya prah췹a痰l홿홲 upaviヂasya v홺akarmma 홪accati / na d홳i osaritv� indriy홳i karttavya� / atha d홳i 홸�avy홥hiko bhavati / sa�praj홳a eka� phiccaka� utk쳃piy췹a� hastena vivaritv� v홺akarmma (II.p.74) karttavya� / tath� karttavya� yath� ananta(ri)ka� �abdena na vy홼ahati / ta� pi d홳i na k첺mati / yena v춄dhatarako tena piccakam u(50a3)tk쳃pitu� / atha khalu yena navakatarako tena phiccakam utk쳃pitavya� / atha d홳i v춄dhatarako ca navakatarako ca ekasth홳e 촪ukkaka� bhavati / n홿a� k첺mati sa�ghanavakena yena sa�ghasthaviro tena phiccaka� utk쳃pitu�, / ki� c홶i yena v춄dhatarako tena phiccaka� utk쳃pati / an홶atti� / (J.227.16) atha d홳i bhik쳕 na p홸eti sa�praj홳a v홺akarmma (50a4) karttu�, / nirddh홼iy췹a� v홺akarmma karttavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya puno puno v홺akarmma 홪acchati / prah췹asya 홲ant(r)iya gantavya� / n홶i k첺mati bhakt홪re (J.228) v� tarpa点gre v� auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a v홺akarmma karttu�, / atha khalu eka pi(phi)ccaka� utk쳃piya v홺akarmma karttavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya v홺akarmma puno 홪acchati anantarikasya p홺ra� (50a5) datv� gantavya� / n홶i k첺mati / dharmma�rava�e v� s홲홿ik홿홲 v� auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a v� phara-pharasya(r홿a) v홺akarmma karttu�, / atha khalu eka� phiccaka� utk쳃pitv� v홺akarmma karttavya�(�) / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya (J.226.8) puno puno v홺akarmma 홪acchati / (II.p.75) dharmma�rava�asya 홲antriya gantavya� / n홶i k첺mati / up홥hy홿a� v� 홤홸yam v� 홲antrayitv� gantu� / n홶i (50a6) k첺mati antaraghara� ni첺程ena auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a phara-phar홿a v홺akarmma karttu�, / atha khalu eka� phiccaka� u(t)k쳃pitv� sa�praj홳an v홺akarmma karttavya� / atha d홳i bhik쳕sya puno puno v홺akarmma 홪acchati / ekamanta� 홪acchiya karttavya� / n홶i k첺mati / up홥hy홿asya v� 홤홸yasya v� v춄dhatarakasya v� agrato auddhaty홣hipr홿e�a pharaphar홿a v홺akarmma karttu�, / atha (50a7) d홳i bhik쳕sya v홺akarmma 홪acchati / ekamanta� gacchiya karttavya� / n홶i d홳i k첺mati / anuv홺a� karttu�, / m� gandhena vy홼aheyy� / apav홺a� karttavya� / v홺apatha� mu쨇itv� / (J.226.18) atha d홳i bhik쳕sya s홸ddhe(rthe)na s홸ddha� gacchantasya samud홤홸o bhavati / na d홳i s홸thena agrato sthitv� v홺akarmma karttavya� / (J.228.6) atha d홳i 홸�avy홥hiko bhavati / hastena vivaritv� m홸ggato udvarttitv� sa�praj홳a� ka(50b1)rttavya� / yath� s홸tha� gandhena na vy홼aheyy� / v홺apatha� mocayitv� karttavya� / eva� v홺akarmme pratipadyitavya� / na pratipadyati // * // 홣hisam홤홸ik홳 dharmm홳 atikramati // * // udd홳a� (eva�) prad흍e pratipadyitavya� / (eva� yaヂ흝a� pr홺ipadyitavya� /) (II.p.76) eva� ge詮uke pratipadyitavya� / eva� niヅdane pratipadyitavya� / evam up홥hy�(nah�)ye pratipadyitavya� / eva� k홹itavya� / eva� kヅvitavya� / (J.229) eva� ka詮�yitavya� / eva� ja�bh홼ayitavya� / (50b2) eva� v홺akarmma pratipadyitavya� / (J.230) antarodd홳a� sa�ghasthaviro ca �ayy홹ana ka헺ina 홪antuk� ca 홸a�yak� nev홹ik� ca prad흍o ca saptavargg츠 prak촨it츠 // * // 홣hisam홤홸ik츠 sam홶t츠 // * // 홸yamah홹충ghik홳충 lokottarav홥in충 madhyudde�a-p쳇hak홳충 p쳇heneti // * // ye dharmm� hetuprabhav� hetun teッn tath홪ato hy avadat / teッ� ca (50b3) yo nirodha evamv홥� mah촨rama�a�